Home

DC INVERTER VRF PLUS WATER HEATER SOLUTION Service

1. res ATEN A M NOTE The wires 3 4 must be removed in installation SN Communication Wire i 4 1 r FTI 2 EN IRON za lt KIENT5 j R m Communication Wire L MO CN12 CNIS CN18 N19 299 vp PS FUT PTC i SS vnde CN3 bb AYEGN E DE 0 D A POWER 3 PCB AQ 2BN L Law ONY 1BU CN30 PPIT S N NIj 1 lt lt N21 SIEUT CN17 CN7 14 XTI D CET a LE KIRI Lx XL CEN x Du KE 2 V 250 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R28Zd Na K GMV R36Zd Na K GMV R50Zd Na K GMV R71Zd Na K GMV R90Zd Na K GMV R1 12Zd Na K G MV R125Zd Na K GMVL R28Zd Na K GM VL R36Zd Na K GM VL R50Zd Na K GMVL R71Zd Na K GMVL R90Zd N a K GMVL R112Zd Na K GMVL R125Zd Na K L CZ A LA ell L CA A ATA PES j x X26 X10 AZ gt lt J C t dra C jJ
2. T 20 1 11 _ Il Sy EN EM how 19 12 x 1 B 8 a 17 1 P ii 1 B T 31 342 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R22G NaB K GMV L R28G NaB K No Part Name c I 2 E c c c 20 22 23 m 26 2 28 29 31 Signal Cable 400103953 343 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 GMV L R36G NaB K GMV L R45G NaB K 344 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R36G NaB K GMV L R45G NaB K Part Name 345 De
3. XT 4 PE u Ain IRD I6RD TA L 8 Cw 17WH Pd ORD any Temp Controller EA 14 WH Ml e GWH AVE kt uw WH 2 N W 7 W J wEAT HEAT l HEAT XI E Ls Consuner HEAT N ALL B pues OYE LLL 2 Twana 1 KR CNISGU 6 I age Auxiliary p E V 11W LE TURE TC CN PE electric UP ER WATER TA TEMP SENSOR EW L heater A D amp RER AP UNIT CN9 CNI f lt _ ta MANUAL PES CN Ld 5 m 1 CNIARD CNI3GBU vel D Uv Sms AC N PUMP TUBE TUBE Ad i xp O0 E E x7 gt 13WH A yy d connect to the OWH IZRI power supply of ii DUT PIPE BOTTOM WATERIN PIPE ha Higa hoat TEMP SENSOR TEMP SENSOR TEMP SENSOR 9 eG 20K 5 20K T IK X pump mE M PUMP M JI DISPUSE DIRGRAM 5 LA Op 2 3 6 54160 gt C TLOO RQ5GB K RQ8GB K C POWER Je 0 1 r1 IRD PWH N N 5RD SRD PES 6WH K AWHA i Transforner JD HEAT I HEAT Xe 4 HEAT N HEAT I AC N ac UNI PES p OYE J CNIS BU PEIS c
4. GMV R36T NaA K GMVL R36T NaA K No GMV R45T NaA K GMVL R45T NaA K Code Qty Code Qty 1 Display Board 30296309 1 30296308 1 2 Water Tray 20182703 1 20182703 1 3 Me Foam for Fresh 2312702 1 12312702 1 4 Water Tray Foam 12312703 1 12312703 l 5 Fan Fixer 76712709 1 76712709 1 6 Centifugal Fan 10312702 1 10312702 1 7 Motor FNIIT 1 15704114 1 15704114 1 8 Evap Support 01844136 1 01844136 l 9 Evaporator Assy 01024200 1 01024200 1 10 Motor Support 01702702 l 01702702 l 11 Motor Gasket 76712705 l 76712705 1 12 Water Tray support 01332706 1 01332706 1 13 Front Side Plate 01302741 1 01302741 1 14 Body Fixer 01332705 1 01332705 1 15 Right Side Plate 01302743 1 01302743 1 16 Tube exit plate 01382719 1 01382719 1 17 Cable cross Loop 76515202 1 76515202 1 18 Noise Elimination Box 07444103 1 07444103 1 19 Electronic Expansion Valve 07334282 1 07334282 1 20 Expansion Valve Winding 4304000101 1 4304000101 l 21 Wire Clamp 71010103 l 71010103 l 22 Electric Box Assy 01394806 1 01394807 1 23 Terminal Board 42011106 1 42011106 1 24 Transformer 43110226 1 43110226 1 25 2 xd GBEBO 33010026 1 33010026 l 26 Main PCB Z6G25C 30226199 1 30226198 1 27 Electric Box Cover 01424238 1 01424238 1 28 Base Plate 01222712 1 01222712 1 29 Cord Baffle Plate 01362701 1 01362701 1 30 Connecting Wire 40010232 1 40010232 1 31 Le
5. 1 1 w common static pressure the high static press re with 12 2 in th ith XT3 1 in GMV R125P Na K GMVL R125P Na K X3 BK 1 with X with n X5 in the common GMV R22P NaB K GMV R28P NaB K GMV R36P NaB K GMV R45P NaB K GMV R56P NaB K GMV R71P NaB K GMVL R22P NaB K GMVL R28P NaB K GMVL R36P NaB K GMVL R45P NaB K GMVL R56P NaB K GMVL R71P NaB K SERVICING a K 244 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING POWER 1 N N Lib b COMMUNICATION CORD FUSE SOT 3194 250V COMMUNICATION CORD ONT ADI CNIS SPD Receive 9 sio Board p CN20 7 EOS E m CN3 CNI CN2 UG BUIYE BKWHRDIBN T3 1 TT Ae 552 ere TS je HIT gt 07 RA Rua RTIA pt 4 d EK V L ES mika Dut Mio In Environment Xx PA Temp Temp Temp Temp LCD Pa Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Fine YE 3 HH GN Ed AL GMV R90P NaB K GMV R112P NaB K GMV R140P NaB K
6. Model RQD5GA K RQD8GA K Heat Exchange kW 5 8 Capacity Power Supply 220V 50Hz 220V 50Hz Input Power 80W 80W Water Pump Water Flow 1 m h 1 m h Delivery Lift 6m 6m Heat Exchanger Tube in tube Tube in tube Caliber of water in out 3 4 i 3 4 Water System pipe ln Screw Thread G3 4 G3 4 Fluorin Svsten Gas Pipe b16mm 16 Connection Liquid Pipe 12 7mm 12 7mm Dimensions mm HxWxD 650x300x250 650x300x250 Model RQD5GB K RQD8GB K Heat Exchange kW 5 8 Capacity Power Supply 220V 50Hz 220V 50Hz Input Power 80W 80W Water Pump Water Flow 4 4GPM 4 4GPM Delivery Lift 6m 6m Heat Exchanger Tube in tube Tube in tube Caliber of water in out Water System pipe 3 4 in 3 4 in Screw Thread G3 4 G3 4 Fluorin Svsten Gas Pipe 15 9mm 15 9mm Connection Liquid Pipe 12 7mm D12 7mm Dimensions mm HxWxD 650x435x258 650x435x258 Model RQ5GB K RQ8GB K Heat Exchange kW 5 8 Capacity Power Supply 220V 50Hz 220V 50Hz Input Power 80W 80W Water Pump Water Flow 4 4GPM 4 4GPM Delivery Lift 6m 6m Heat Exchanger Tube in tube Tube in tube Caliber of water in out as Water System pip 3 4 in 3 4 in panera Screw Thread G3 4 G3 4 Fluorin Systen Gas Pipe 15 9mm 15 9mm Connection Liquid Pipe D12 7mm D12 7mm Dimensions mm HxWxD 650x300x250 650x300x250 41 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT
7. 204 13 1 PIPELINE BETWEEN HYDRO BOX AND WATER TANK 0 000 0 01000 000000 204 13 2 CONNECTING PIPE BETWEEN OUTDOOR UNIT AND 205 13 3 CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF HYDRO BOX AND WATER 205 13 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF WATER PIPELINE eee 205 14 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIOLN 206 14 1 PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 206 14 2 SPECIFICATIONS OF POWER CORD amp CIRCUIT BREAKER 4 0 61 60 207 14 3 WIRING SKETCH 02 00 02 02 0 2 0 0000 0000000000 207 14 4 DIA SUP OF UNIT nana pan asna anon u tine pis a 208 15 DEBUGGING OF THE UNIT 214 15 1 PREPARATION FOR THE 2 0000 000 0000 214 15 2 DEBUGGING OF COOLING MODEL ceecccsscceescecesceccssscecssccesseccesseecseceessecesecesaseesaeceeneeens 215 15 3 DEBUGGING OF HEATING MODE Lee ceceeecceceescccecssscececssecececssscececssseeceessseeceesssseceesssseceessaseees 215 15 4 DEBUGGING OF WATER HEATING ceeccccecssscccecsssceceesccecees
8. GMV R56 63 7 1 80T Na K GMVL R56 63 71 80T Na K No Part Name Code Qtv Code Qtv 1 Tube Exit Plate 01382711 1 01382711 1 2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4 3 Front Side Plate 01302718 1 01302718 1 4 Left Side Plate 01302715 1 01302715 1 5_ Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1 6 Rear Side Plate 01302714 1 01302714 1 7 Bottom Foam 52012711 1 52012711 1 8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3 9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 10 l Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1 11 Fan Motor 15704102 1 15704102 1 12 Centrifugal Fan 10312705 1 10312705 1 13 Evaporator Connection 01072710 1 01072710 1 14 Cable cross Loop 76513101 2 76513101 2 15 shunt 07228806 1 07228806 16 l Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1 17 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4 18 Electric Box Base Plate 01412721 1 01412721 i 49 Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1 20 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1 21 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4 22 Terminal Board 360 42011222 1 42011222 1 23 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1 24 Electric Box Cover 20102702 1 20102702 1 25 Electric Box Cover II 20102703 1 20102703 1 26_ Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1 27 capacitar 33010010 33010010 i 28 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1 29 Evaporator 01004641 1 01004641 1 30 Evaporator Support 01072715 2 01072715 2 31 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1 32 Bolt subassembly 70210051 1 70210051 1 2382
9. 135 5 A BOISTINGOE U ika dir an te Pe ve Eco Te eed za OE TR ey a alas Eee geil 135 5 2 SELECTION OF INSTALLATION 137 5 3 DIMENSION AND HOLE SITE esses eene eee A Q 138 5 4 SPACE DIMENSION FOR INSTALLATION OF THE UNIT IS SHOWN BELOW 139 6 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT 143 BA DUCT M B PME RSEN 143 6 2 4 WAY CASSETT TYPE 149 GS AWAY CASSETT UNT u u Rn kp u u Red eae a ES et Nb Ebr rerit de 155 6 4 WALL MOUNTED TYPE hq BS EP ne Ma se RO Ve Mn ser aou say toes 159 6 5 EEOOR GEIEING TYPE ea a a uka ee Ge aj 161 7 INSTALLATION OF HVDRO BOX 166 7 1 DIMENSION OF 166 7 2 INSTALLATION METHOD AND DIMENSION OF HVDRO BOX eee 166 7 3 CONNECTING PIPE BETWEEN OUTDOOR UNIT AND 170 7 4 CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF HYDRO BOX AND WATER TANK 170 8 INSTALLATION OF WATER TANLK
10. Model GMV L R22PS NaB K GMV L R28PS NaB K GMV L R36PS NaB K kW 2 2 2 8 3 6 Cooling Capacitv Btu 7507 9554 12284 kW 2 5 3 2 4 0 Heating Capacitv Btu 8530 10918 13648 m3 h 450 570 570 Air Flow Rate CFM 265 335 335 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 37 33 39 35 39 35 External Static Pressure Pa 50 20 50 20 50 20 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 04 0 06 0 06 Fan Motor d A 0 28 0 41 0 41 urrent mm 99 52 9 52 912 7 Gas Pi 93 8 93 8 12 ee mm 96 35 96 35 96 35 ipes Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 1 4 1 4 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 20 1 5 20 1 5 20 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 1425x736x300 1425x736x300 1425x736x300 Package Dimensions mm WxDxH 1514x785x360 1514x785x360 1514x785x360 Weight Net Gross kg 28 5 33 5 30 5 35 5 30 5 35 5 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 24 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PROD
11. 4 f 2 A RTS UNIO CN11 RI S A J LL AS wires NOTE The J 4 must be Wires LAS 09 lt gt 2 22 gt 5 C installation In emp Sensor eh RIS 7 3 7 ACN ACH CN CNI2 CN10 CN9 FAN1 DISP1 pp DISP2 pp SWING CN14 CN17 COMS Y Cx t A 2 Stepping Motor k Communication Wire Communicotion Wire Manual panel 5 4 should be ren be installed by tallation 249 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R22G NaC K GMV R28G NaC K GMV R36G NaC K GMV R45G NaC K GMVL R22G NaC K GMVL R28G Na C K GMVL R36G NaC K GMVL R45G NaC K m m
12. Model GMV L R45P Na K GMV L R50P Na K GMV L R56P Na K kW 4 5 5 0 5 6 Cooling Capacity Btu 15355 17061 19108 kW 5 0 5 8 6 3 Heating Capacitv Btu 17060 19790 21496 m3 h 840 840 1400 Air Flow Rate CFM 494 494 824 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 40 36 40 36 42 38 External Static Pressure Pa 40 40 100 Power Supplv 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 07 0 07 0 15 Fan Motor Running A 0 69 0 69 1 32 Current mm 12 7 912 7 015 9 Gas Pipe mon Inc 91 2 1 2 5 8 Connectin mm 6 35 96 35 99 52 g Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 1 4 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness 30 1 5 g30x1 5 g30x1 5 Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 980x736x266 980x736x266 1112x756x300 Package Dimensions mm 1068 766 320 1068 766 320 1245 785 360 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 36 39 36 39 55 59 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 17 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT
13. 171 8 1 CAUTIONS OF 5 2040 0000 0 0 000 171 8 2 SELECTION OF INSTALLATION POSITION OF WATER TANK 600000 eerie 171 8 3 INSTAEEATION CAUTIONS S a a a eue 171 9 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING 172 9 1 SPECIFICATION 172 9 2 ALLOWABLE LENGTH AND HEIGHT DIFFERENCES OF THE REFRIGERANT PIPING BETWEEN THE INDOOR AND OUTDOOR a 172 9 3 SELECTION OF Y TYPE BRANCH 02 00 0 02 00006 6 600000000000 174 9 4 SELECTION OF 0 0 000 0 0 600000000000 174 10 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING 175 10 1 FLOW CHART OF 175 10 2 THREE PRINCIPLES OF REFRIGERANT PIPING INSTALLATION sucer 176 10 3 INSTALLATION OF METAL EMBEDDED 2 004000 0 00 00000000000 176 10 4 INSTALLATION OF CARRIAGE OF REFRIGERANT 0 4 0 6 6 00 0 176 10 5 MANAGEMENT AND MACHINING OF REFRIGERANT 4 0000000 177 10 6 INSTALLATION OF REF
14. External Dia x Thickness mm 30 1 5 Model GMV L R63P Na K GMV L R71P Na K GMV L R80P Na K kW 6 3 7 1 8 0 Cooling Capacity Btu 21496 24226 27297 kW 7 0 8 0 8 8 Heating Capacity Btu 23884 27296 30026 m3 h 1400 1400 1400 Air Flow Rate CFM 824 824 824 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 42 38 42 38 42 38 External Static Pressure Pa 100 100 100 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 15 0 15 0 15 Fan Motor F Running Current A 1 32 1 32 1 32 mm 15 9 15 9 15 9 Gas Pipe inch Inc 5 8 5 8 5 8 Connectin mm 99 52 9 52 9 52 g Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 3 8 93 8 93 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes 30 1 5 30 1 5 Unit Dimensions WxDxH 1112 756 300 1112 756 300 1112 756 300 Package Dimensions mm 1245x785x360 1245x785x360 1245x785x360 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 55 59 55 59 55 59 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 18 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUC
15. Model RQ20LA K RQD20LA M RQ30LA K RQD30LA M Heat Exchange kW 20 20 30 30 Capacitv Power i 220V 50Hz 380V 50Hz 220V 50Hz 380V 50Hz Supply Input Power 370W 370W 370W 370W Water Flow 2 5m h 2 5m h 2 5m h 2 5m h ump Delivery Lift 15m 15m 15m 15m Heat Exchanger Tube in tube Tube in tube Tube in tube Tube in tube Caliber of Water water in out 3 4 in 3 4 in 3 4 in 3 4 in System pipe Connection Screw Thread G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 Fluorin Gas Pipe 19 05 19 05mm 19 05 19 05 Systen Connection Liquid Pipe 15 9 15 9 b15 9mm 15 9mm b 1050 410 905 1050 410 905 1050x410x905 1050x410x905 42 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 5 Water Tank PRODUCT Model SXD250LC K SXD300LC K SXD350LC K SXD400LC K Capacity V 250 300 350 400 Max Working Pressure MPa 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 Material SUS304L SUS304L SUS304L SUS304L Inner pot Thickness mm 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 Insulating Material Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Layer Thickness mm 50 45 45 45 Material Cold Plate Cold Plate Cold Plate Cold Plate Outer Layer Thickness mm 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 Caliber mm DN20 DN20 DN20 DN20 Circulated Pipes Screw 2 G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 Thread Cool Water in Caliber mm DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 Pip
16. K K K kW 4 5 5 6 7 1 Cooling Capacity Btu 15355 19108 24226 kW 5 0 6 3 8 0 Heating Capacity Btu 17060 21496 27296 m3 h 700 1000 1100 Air Flow Rate CFM 412 589 647 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 40 36 44 40 45 41 External Static Pressure Pa 50 20 60 30 60 30 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 07 0 15 0 15 Fan Motor Running A 0 55 1 3 1 3 Current mm 12 7 015 9 015 9 Gas Pipe inch 1 2 5 8 5 8 Connectin mm 6 35 9 52 9 52 g Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness 30 1 5 30 1 5 30 1 5 Unit Dimensions mm 980x721x266 1155x756x300 1155 756 300 WxDxH Package Dimensions mm 1068x766x320 1245 785 360 1245x785x360 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 34 37 49 56 49 56 Notes little higher in actual operation Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a 22 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT
17. 228 2 3 EXHAUST TEMPERATURE 2 00 2 0 6 600000000000 estne 229 2 4 COMPRESSOR OVERCURRENT 02 00 000 0 0 12 00000000 006000 229 2 4 COMPRESSOR OVERCURRENT 0 2 00 00 2 0000 2 00000 000000000 230 2 6 WATER FULL PROTECTION ccccccsssccsssccesscecssccsssecesseccesceccsascessccesseccsasesesseceeseecessesesaseeeaecesneeens 233 2 7 ERROR WITH ROOM SENSOR TUBE INLET TUBE MIDDLE AND TUBE EXIT SENSOR ERROR WITH ROOM SENSOR TUBE INLET TUBE MIDDLE AND TUBE EXIT SENSOR AND EXHAUST CASING TOP SENSOR ERROR WITH THE COMPRESSOR BOTTOM 233 2 8 NO ENERGIZATION TO THE UNIT AND MAINBOARD 20 2000000000000 234 2 9 PEC PROTEETIONI 2 ia sa au ama a a 235 2 10 IPM PROTECTION IA a a L a A huy 236 2 41 TRIPPING DEC 237 2 12 RADIATOR OVERHEAT 02 220 2 2 000600100010000000000 238 2 13 OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION OF DC VOLTAGE ii iii 239 gt 555 240 3 1 INTRODUCTION OF MAJOR ELECTRICAL ELEMENTS eee 240 3 2 WIRING DIADRAM EE E E a wa
18. 81 A Swa Gas usss ay 84 4 1 WIRED CONTROLLER OF INDOOR UNIT 84 4 2 WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER FOR HYDRO UNIT 86 5 FIELD 5 97 5 em vant RE o 97 A uc 99 5 4 CONNECTION BETWEEN REGION CONTROLLER AND THE UNIT 100 6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER 101 6 1 BUNGTION S aa Gite bene te e 101 6 2 CASE STUDY ois canteen celtic enti oderit GN T Bi aa dat de FIN a OUS dE dee 101 7 MONITORING SOFTWARE 114 f V FUNGTION Sua BA ec ette eee pe especie ete Ses B rer tei tec 114 7 2 CONNECTION BETWEEN THE COMPUTER AND THE 22 0 000000000000 114 TIS HARDWARE edicts ka nad eee Q dt utere eee Prae 116 INSTALEATION B b Ta aW SE YZ wak sys 123 1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION 123 1 1 PRECAUTI
19. 349 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 GMV L R22G NaCl K GMV L R28G NaC K 1 350 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual GMV L R22G NaC K GMV L R28G NaC K Part Name G Wall Mounting Frame 01252220 _ 3 evaporatorAssy 0100628 6 Jprampipe 05 a Water Tray 5 jArtower 10512080 1 Swnglevr 110682002 10 Swnglevr 10582008 6 Frontpanel 2000522 GuideLouver 10912003 3 9 StppngMoor isa SERVICING 351 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 6 GMV L R36G NaCl K GMV L R45G NaC K na
20. De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING No Part Name Code GMVL R45PS NaB K GMVL R45P NaB K 1 Plate of Air outlet 01498641 1 1 2 Support of Evaporator 01805280 1 1 3 Evaporator Sub assy 01024211 1 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01078625 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub 01314230 1 1 assy 7 Seal of left side Plate Sub assy 01494128 1 1 8 Seal of Connection Pipe Sub assy 01498640 1 1 9 Hook 02112466 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01425249 1 1 11 Cover Board Assy 01259064 1 1 12 IRight Side Plate Sub 01308670 l 1 Lassy 13 Motor Support 01709056 l 1 14 Motor 1501832202 l 1 15 Motor Sub assy 15002401 2 2 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 02225234 1 1 17 Filter 11725202 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394739 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01265296 1 1 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub assy 01339058 1 1 21 Water Pump Assy 15404121 1 0 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010010 1 1 24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 30226221 1 25 Main Bord 30226167 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39004167 1 1 317 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING No Part Name Code GMV R45PS NaB K GMV R45P NaB K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01498641
21. GMV R90 112 125 140 Na K GMVL R90 112 125 140 Na K No Part Name Code Qtv Code Qtv 1 Tube Exit Plate 01382711 1 01382711 1 2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4 3 Front Side Plate 01302713 1 01302713 1 4 Left Side Plate 701302711 1 01302711 1 5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1 6 Rear Side Plate 01302709 1 01302709 1 7 Bottom Foam 52012717 1 52012717 1 8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3 9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1 11 Fan Motor 15704103 1 15704103 1 12 Centrifugal Fan 10310101 1 10310101 1 13 Evaporator Connection 01072733 1 01072733 1 14 Cable cross Loop 76512702 2 76512702 2 15 shunt 07228804 1 07228804 1 16 Electronic Expansive Valve 707334102 1 07334102 1 17 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1 18 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4 19 Electric Box Base Plate 01412721 1 01412721 1 20 Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1 21 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1 22 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4 23 Terminal Board T360B 42011142 1 42011142 1 24 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1 25 l Electric Box Cover I 20102702 1 20102702 1 26 Electric Box Cover II 20102703 1 20102703 1 27 l Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1 28 Capacitor 33010012 1 33010012 1 29 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1 30 Evaporator 01004640 1 01004640 1 31 Evaporator Support 01072708 2 01072708 2 32 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1 33 Bolt subassembly 70210051 1 70210051 1 34
22. WxDxH Weight Net Gross 44 53 Model GMV L R112Zd Na K GMV L R125Zd Na K kW 11 2 12 5 Cooling Capacity Btu 38216 42652 kW 12 5 13 5 Heating Capacity Btu 42652 46064 m3 h 2200 2300 Air Flow Rate CFM 1295 1354 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 54 55 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 18 0 18 Fan Motor Running Current A 1 8 1 8 mm 015 9 015 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 mm 9 52 89 52 Ipes Liquid Pipe inch 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes CExternal Dia x Thickness E DIEM DER Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 1590x238x695 1590 238 695 Package Dimensions mm 1714x330x830 1714x330x830 44 53 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 4 3 Operation Range Model Range of outdoor temperature Cooling 10 C S0 F 48 C 118 4 F Heating 20 CC4AF 27 C 8 F 40 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 4 Hydro box PRODUCT
23. 315 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Qty No Part Name Code GMV R22PS NaB GMV R28PS NaB GMV R36PS NaB K K K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01494118 1 1 1 2 Support of Evaporator 01094122 1 1 1 01024231 1 3 Evaporator Assy 01024230 1 01024232 1 4 expand valve 43040001 1 1 l itting SM CB 001094121 1 vaporator 6 Left Side Plate Sub assy 01314172 1 1 1 7 Seal of left side Plate 01494115 1 1 1 Sub assy 8 Seal of left Connection 01494116 l l l Pipe Sub assy 9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01424319 1 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01264176 1 1 1 12 Right Side Plate Sub 01314175 1 1 1 assy 13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1 1570520103 1 14 Fan Motor 1570520201 1 1 15 Motor Sub assy 150024011 1 1 1 Border Plate Assv of Air 16 Return End 02225234 1 1 1 17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394977 1 1 1 19 ILower Cover Platej 01264178 l l l Sub assy 20 im motor mounting Plate 01324341 1 1 1 ub assy 21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 1 1 1 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1 24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226222 1 1 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296014 1 1 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39008026 1 1 1 316
24. 49 48 47 46 360 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual NE ER m S 9 NEIN fo JR NECI S 1 8 9 P bet CRM 2 2 JR 24 25 Fi 26 Rm 2 29 30 RE Sm 32 39 9 JR 35 36 Er 38 Ex SERVICING GMV L R90Zd Na K GMV L R112Zd Na K GMV L R125Zd Na K Code 261124152 10512025 0133241802 24212019 24212018 10512026 105124082 261124162 26152005 01532413 20102138 30545654 01544106 26152006 15212402 26112026 0127240802 01272409 70812001 05235433 26232001 12312404 01332404 01792408 01792407 26112027 01072425 01402407 24253001 24253002 42011159 46010013 30226903 76512404 76512210 43110237 01412408 10319051 73012402 33010064 33010056 15012405 15012404 361 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Motor Fixer 01722410 Front Grill Clip 1 26252002 Rear Side Plate of Air Outlet 01302416 a Capacitor D is only applicable to GMV L R90Zd Na K Capacitor 2 is only applicable to GMV L R112Zd Na K GMV L R125Zd Na K c Motor is only applicable to GMV L R90Zd Na K Motor is only applicable to GMV L R112Zd Na K GMV L R125Zd Na K 362 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Man
25. Applied for RQD5GB K RQ5GB K RQD8GB K RQ8GB K RQD20LA M RQD30LA M RQ20LA K RQ30LA K On Off 4 2 4 Size of Control Device 94 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 60 a PEN parce CI yy d B 35 D 4 2 5 Installation of Wired Controller Hr ye a 5N O 95 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Fig 3 1 Installation Schematics of Wired Controller No 1 2 3 4 5 Name Socket housing Base plate Screw M4X25 Control Screw installed in wall of controller Panel ST2 2X6 5 Fig 3 1 illustrates the simple installation process of wired controller Care shall be taken to the following points 1 Before installation firstly cut off the power supply to the cables buried in the mounting hole of wall Do not operate on live components during the entire installation process 2 Pull out the 4 cord twisted wire from the mounting hole on wall and insert this wire into square hole behind the base plate of wired controller 3 Attach the base plate of wired controller
26. j uu 5 han ma L Signal Cable 400103953 1 Note a Evaporator Assy 1 is only applicable to GMV L R28Zd Na K Evaporator Assy is only applicable to GMV L R36Zd Na K Evaporator Assy 3 is only applicable to GMV L R50Zd Na K d Motor is only applicable to GMV L R28Zd Na K GMV L R36Zd Na KMotor Motor is only applicable to GMV L R50Zd Na K Part Name BIND IN IN j gt a 356 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 GMV L R71Zd Na K 357 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R71Zd Na K Part Name Code Right Swing Motor Fixer 26152008 Right Fixing Palte 01332404 Support of Motor Bearing 01792408 23 358 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Motor Fixing Plate 01332426 53 Left Fixing Plate 01332405 Left Side Foam sub assy 12312406 10512028 Swing Louver 66 Signal Cable 400103953 67 EXV sub assy 07334255 68 EXV SPF 18D88 07334193 67 Magnet Coil for EXV 430001087 Display Board 263351 30296309 359 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 3 GMV L R90Zd Na K GMV L R112Zd Na K GMV L R125Zd Na K Bs Si 4 6 7 8 10 11 A2 AS 14 15 16
27. Number of indoor Lamp display units LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 1 Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Bright 2 Dark Dark Dark Dark Bright Dark 3 Dark Dark Dark Dark Bright Bright 4 Dark Dark Dark Bright Dark Dark 5 Dark Dark Dark Bright Dark Bright 6 Dark Dark Dark Bright Bright Dark 62 Bright Bright Bright Bright Bright Dark 63 Bright Bright Bright Bright Bright Bright De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLESHOOTING 2 1 High pressure protection High pressure protection Use pressure gauge to measure if the pressure is really high Yes Check if the operation mode of indoor unit is set properly es Check if the gas valve and liquid valve are fully open Yes Check if the front panel of outdoor unit is covered tightly Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor and outdoor exchanger is smooth Check if the indoor and outdoor fans run normally Check if the indoor swing louver is fully open Check if the capacity output o outdoor unit is equal to the capacity demand of indoor units Check if the indoor electronic expansion valve can work normally Check if the indoor outdoor filters or radiating fins are dirty or blocked The system pipe is blocked No No Measure if the Ves pressure A is Replace the mainboard of outdoor unit normal No
28. K kW 22 2 8 3 6 Cooling Capacity Btu 7507 9554 12284 kW 25 3 2 4 0 Heating Capacity Btu 8530 10918 13648 m3 h 450 570 570 Air Flow Rate CFM 265 335 335 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 37 33 39 35 39 35 External Static Pressure Pa 50 20 50 20 50 20 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 04 0 06 0 06 Fan 4 Motor Bunning A 0 28 0 41 0 41 Current mm 99 52 9 52 912 7 STE inch 93 8 93 8 1 2 Connecti mm 96 35 06 35 6 35 ng Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 1 4 1 4 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 20 1 5 20 1 5 20 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 880 655 250 880 655 250 880 655 250 Package Dimensions mm 1020x745x305 1020x745x305 1020x745x305 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 27 31 28 5 33 5 28 5 33 5 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 21 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R45P NaB GMV L R56P NaB GMV L R71P NaB
29. Y Yes gt No Y Water pump stops y CONTROL 58 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual e Cooling and Water Heating Operation Cooling and water heating n preventing it from Yes nning again 3mi Adjust temp Bo gt Yes On anti cold air Yes Mo v v Fan setting speed Fan stop Fan stop Y Y Start water pump Electric expansion of water tank valve Off z v Electric expansion Start water pump valve controlled GE water tant by capacity CONTROL 59 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Heating and Water Heating Operation Heating and Water heating Guide louver N Yes Guide louver swings Yes On defrosting No On preventing it CONTROL gi Air Supply Operation running again P 3min Adjust templ ne b Yes On anti cold airl Y v Fan stop Fan stop Fan stop Eleltric y Electric expansi Start water pump expansion valve on valve control of water tank Off led bv defrosting Electric W TW Y ater pump o ater pump o expansion yal water tank is on water tank is off controlled by
30. LL SSL A qground A ALL LL Important Notice The unit must be installed by the professional personnel according to this install instruction to ensure the well use Please contact the local authorized repair department of Gree before installation Any malfunction caused by the unit that is installed by unauthorized center would not be treated on time by the inconvenience of the business contact 3 It should be guided under the professional personnel when the air conditioner unit is moved to other place 6 4 3 Installation demonstration the wall hole for the outlet pipe26 Fig 1 1 Find the horizontal position by seton method since the drainage hose is on the left side adjust the rear panel to make its left side a little bit lower 2 Fix the rear panel on the wall by bolt 3 After installing the rear panel pull it by hand to check if it is firm enough The hang panel should support the weight of an adult 60KG and the weight shared by every bolt for steady should be fairly even 4 The diameter showed on the fig 1 is 65mm Installation the Wall Mounted Type indoor unit Make the piping hole b65mm in the wall at a slight downward slant to the outdoor side The center of the hole should be determined refer to Fig 1 ir Insert the piping hole sleeve into the hole to prevent the connected piping and wiring from being damaged when passing through the hole 160 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solut
31. Model GMV L R90P NaB K GMV L R112P NaB K GMV L R140P NaB K kW 9 0 11 2 14 0 Cooling Capacity Btu 30709 38216 47770 kW 10 0 12 5 15 0 Heating Capacity Btu 34120 42650 51180 m3 h 1700 1700 2000 Air Flow Rate CFM 1001 1001 1177 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 48 44 48 44 50 46 Sialc Pa 80 40 80 40 100 50 ressure Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz F Output kW 0 225 0 225 0 26 an Motor Running A 2 15 2 15 2 67 Current i mm 015 9 015 9 015 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 5 8 Connecti m 9 52 9 52 9 52 ng Pipes Liquid i Pipe inch 3 8 3 8 3 8 Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Method Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 30 1 5 30 1 5 30 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 1425x736x300 1425x736x300 1425x736x300 Package Dimensions WxDxH mm 1514x785x360 1514x785x360 1514x785x360 Weight Net Gross kg 62 71 62 71 63 5 73 Notes little higher in actual operation Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a 23 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT
32. a B controlled j Electromagnetic valve B close B close B close B close Y 67 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 2 CONTROL FUNCTION OF THE UNITS 2 1 Control Function of the Outdoor Unit 1 The Capacity of Compressor Output The capacity of compressor is counted by the indoor load or hydro box load and the former relates to running or stopping of indoor unit the setting temperature the outdoor temperature and the indoor temperature the hydro box load relates to running or stopping of hydro box the setting water temperature actual temp the outdoor temperature and the indoor temperature Then the capacity of compressor output will match the indoor loads and hydro box optimally 2 Compressor Startup Control Except the system receiving the stop signal if the system starts it must run for 6min at least Once the compressor stops it restarts after 3min later at least The compressor has to be stopped for at least 3min once it stops During this 3min the compressor can t started up When the complete unit is under heating mode and the capacity requirement of each indoor unit is 0 the compressor must be stopped Initialization Control of Compressor 3 Outdoor Fan Control The closed cycle control of direct current motor is adopted it detects the actual rotational speed of motor feedback pulse of motor and then compares it with the target rotationa
33. S pe C 34 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3 35 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1 36 Water Level Switch 45010201 1 45010201 1 37 Drainage hose Pump 09292121 1 05232721 1 38 Right Side Plate 01302716 1 01302716 1 39 Cable cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1 40 Pump Cover 01252711 1 01252711 1 41 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 42 Electronic Expansive Valve 0713411401 1 0713411401 1 331 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 GMV L R100T Na K 332 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R100T Na K GMVL R100T Na K No Part Name Code Qty Code Qty 1 Tube Exit Plate 01382711 1 01382711 1 2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4 3 Front Side Plate 01302713 1 01302713 1 4 Left Side Plate 01302711 1 01302711 1 5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1 6 Rear Side Plate 01302709 1 01302709 1 7 Bottom Foam 52012717 1 52012717 1 8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3 9 Bolt 70210051 4 70210051 4 10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1 11 Motor FN60T 1 15704103 1 15704103 1 12 Centrifugal Fan 10310101 1 10310101 1 13 Evaporator Connection 01072733 1 01072733 1 14 Cable cross Loop 76515202 2 76515202 2 15 Gas Collector 07228804 1 07228804 1 16 One Way Valve 07334200
34. Pipe expandin Backfire check 9 g machine set 23 valve 10 Casing roller 9 5 25 4vmm set 24 Manometer pcs Electric hand 11 Level bar pcs 25 drill pcs Phillips 12 screwdriver 26 Rivet Gun pcs Slotted Electric 13 Screwdriver set 27 hammer EHE pcs gas welding 14 tools set 28 ENG 2 2 The Tools which can t be Mixed for Different Refrigerants Name Function Reason Lubricant lits Refrigerants Spread it on nut cap to lubricate surface which organic artificial oil FVC68D contains Charge refrigerants R22 uses mineral oil SUNISO4GS which can t compatible with R410A The grease filth will be casued if they are mixed Pressures of R410A and R22 are quite different Vacuum pump and connector Vacuumization Vacuum pump can be universal But the connector which can prevent the mineral oil inside the pump from backflow shall be installed In other words check valve shall be installed Manometer Charge conduct pipe Create and keep vacuum charge refrigerants and check pressure They cam t be all purpose because a different pressure resistance b grease filth will be accumulated to cause blockage and malfunction of compressor Leak detector Detect leakage The detection methods are different for different work substances 127 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 3 SELECTION OF
35. Refer to the Instruction Manual for Replace the pressure switch Indoor Unit Fully open the valve Cover up the front panel properly No Remove the obstructions Measure the fan motor and signal input Measure the swing motor and signal input to the dial up of indoor and outdoor unit Engage the valve body with the coil Refer to the Repair and Maintenance Focus on checking the inlet and outlet of the connection between indoor units and main pipe Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoorx unit Replace the electronic expansion valve drying filter and other parts r sq c Na 305044 v SERVICING 227 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 2 Low pressure protection Low pressure protection Use pressure gauge to measure if the pressure is really low Check if the refrigerant in the system is too low Check if the operation mode of indoor unit is set properly Check if the gas valve and liquid valve of outdoor unit are fully open Check if the front panel of outdoor unit is covered tightly Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor and outdoor exchanger is smooth Check if the indoor and outdoor fans run normally Check if the indoor swing louver is fully open Check if the capacity output outdoor unit is equal to the ca
36. To guarantee the good performance the unit must be installed by professional personnel according with this instruction Please contact the local authorized repair department of Gree before installation Any malfunction caused by the unit that is installed by unauthorized center would not be treated on time by the inconvenience of the business contact 149 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 6 2 2 Dimensions Data GMV L R28T Na K GMV L R36T Na K GMV L RA45T Na K GMV L R50T Na K GMV L R56T Na K GMV L R63T Na K GMV L R71T Na K GMV L R80T Na K GMV L R90T Na K GMV L R100T Na K GMV L R112T Na K GMV L R140T Na K Package i sion Width mm Depth mm Height mm Model GMV L R28T Na K 950 950 210 GMV L R36T Na K 950 950 210 GMV L R45T Na K 950 950 210 GMV L R50T Na K 950 950 210 GMV L R56T Na K 950 950 310 GMV L R63T Na K 950 950 310 GMV L R71T Na K 950 950 310 GMV L R80T Na K 950 950 310 GMV L R90T Na K 950 950 340 GMV L R100T Na K 950 950 340 GMV L R112T Na K 950 950 340 GMV L R125T Na K 950 950 340 GMV L R140T Na K 950 950 340 GMV L R22T NaA K 650 650 230 GMV L R28T NaA K 650 650 230 GMV L R36T NaA K 650 650 230 GMV L R45T NaA K 650 650 230 150 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 6 2 3 Installation space requirements GMV L R28T Na K GMV L R36T Na
37. eDisassemble the retaining nuts on the compressor eHeat the suction and discharge pipe with gas welding before removing compressor eConduct nitrogen ill protection when welding and the pressure of nitrogen is 0 5 0 1kgf c m relative pressure eHeating with caution in case the surroundings get burning due to high temperature 4 Remove compressor Remove compressor from chassis eRemove from chassis compressor 258 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5Fix the compressor base plate new on ePosition accurately the new compressor eScrew down fixing nuts for compressor with wrench eDo not up side down compressor during assembly Fix the new compre on base plate 6 Connection of eWeld the suction and suction and discharge pipe with gas discharge pipe welding with pipeline eProvide nitrogen system protection during gas welding and the nitrogen pressure should be 0 5 0 1 kgf cm relative pressure Weld suction and ePlease pay attention to discharge pipe of heating in case that 3 Compressor surrounding materials U should be burnt bv high temperature 7 Connection eAssemble the power power supply 777777 supply wires onto right wires of position accor
38. 60 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Air supply 2 No Guide louver wes Guide louver swings i Fan setting speed Y Electric expansion valve controlled by mode of air supply 1 2 2 Operation Flowchart of Outdoor Unit Power On Y Electric expansion valve initialization gt Air supply ortemp Air supply 3 gt gt adjustment A Temp Adjustment On preventing it from Yes running again 3min ee de EE MP NE Protection device starts P LED of error On dvo P LED oferrorison P Press Run stop button ES LED of error Off A ooling heating water he tin wi cooling and water heating 4 way valve On when eating and water heating heating Off when cooling and air supply ki 6000 ant da ang ori Cooling and Heating and EU P Heating RTE water heating water Lvalve Off N U heating run Compressor Stop amp e Cooling Operation Cooling Y Initialization of Startupl Protection of Compressorl No 4 way valve A close Yes CONTROL 4 way valve B
39. Insulated water tank It is used for storing hot wator 255 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV Pds224W Na M GMV Pds280W Na M RQD20LA M RQD30LA M RQ20LA K RQ30LA K tion Name Function Illustra i TA Compressor Heat Exchanger It is key part of air conditioner which inhales the gas with low temp and low pressure then compress it to be the gas with high temp and high pressure and finallv discharge it The heat exchange between refrigerants and flowing air can be realized 4 way valve Electric expansion valve AR P FANAL i SEMANA AZ E It can change the flow direction of refrigerants so that the switch between cooling and heating can be realized It is throttling gear which turn the high pressure and liquid refrigerants to be low temperature vapor gt Electromagnetic valve It is controlled by strong current It is opened when it is energized and it is closed when deenergization High low pressure switch When the high low pressure of the system is higher lower than a specified value it will work as a protection Oil separator It is between discharge vent of compressor and inlet of condensator which separates the gas of refrigerants from lubricants of compressor Gas liquid separator It is between outlet of condensator and suction vent of compressor which is used for separatin
40. accessory f Below 500mm LUE Below 75mm i gt Toprevent the drainage hose from dropping downward hanger rods shall be erected every 1 0 1 5m LT Gradient over 1 100 Hanger rod Correct Incorrect gt Use the included drainage hose and clamp Insert the drainage hose to the drainage port and tighten the clamp gt For thermal insulation wrap the big sponge to the drainage hose clamp gt indoor drainage hose shall be thermally insulated 200 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Big sponge accessory Clamp accessory AR Below 4mm Sponge grev Drainage hose gt Toconnect the drainage pipes for multiple machines please use the method of multi pipe collection as shown below 100mm LLE Introduce water here Over 100mm for water test T joint collecting i Fig The specification of collecting drainage pipe shall be suitable to the working capacity of the unit We may collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in one system An outdoor unit and all the indoor units connected to this outdoor unit are called one system or collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in several systems The ceiling height must be considered and a specific gradient shall be ensured along the water flow direction The cassette type indoor unit is provided with water pump and the maximum lift of its drainage pip
41. Compressor High pressure three times successively that a compressor is under high high pressure r teclioni Switch pressure this compressor will be stopped In this case error code p E1 will be displayed and the run indicator will blink When it is detected for 10 minutes successively that Tevap is S 2 Indoor Evaporator varying with indoor unit the antifreeze protection will be antifreeze p activated in which case the outdoor unit will immediatelv shut off sensor protection the indoor electronic expansion valve and the capacity will be set to 0 Compressor ose When the low pressure reaches the protection value absolute low pressure pr pressure 0 15MPa the low pressure switch will be cut off in Switch A protection which case the low pressure protection will be displayed When the exhaust temperature Texhau is equal to and higher than 1130 the compressor will be stopped Upon the first occurrence of exhaust protection the error code E4 will be Compressor Exhaust displayed When the exhaust temperature is lower than TR the exhaust z temperature compressor will resume to operation after it has been stopped for temperature sensor 3 minutes The compressor can resume to operation for the first protection gt f two times But if this occurs three times successively in 1 hour the unit must be disconnected from power supply before it can r
42. To eliminate oxide caused by insufficiency of nitrogen filled protection during pipe welding To remove foreign substances and water that may enter the piping due to improper storage and transport To check whether big leakage is existent at connections of the piping between indoor unit and outdoor unit 2 Cleaning steps a Mount a pressure gauge on nitrogen cylinder Nitrogen bottle Indoor unit Ae outdoor unit Liquid pipe Outdoor side fos fra 5 pips The opening of the pipe not to be purged shall be blocked with blind plug Air pipe b High pressure end of the pressure gauge is connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle of the small pipe liquid pipe c All copper pipe ports outside the A side of indoor unit shall be blocked by blanking plugs Copper pipe Blanking plug 2 Block with insulation materials N 8 Copper pipe ports not to be cleaned shall be blocked by n y blanking plugs A Quick release N Z I 2 Cleaning process d The valve on nitrogen cvlinder shall be opened to maintain pressure at 28Kgf cm e Check whether nitrogen flows through the liquid pipe of indoor unit A f Cleaning The mouth of the pipe shall be blocked with insulation material held by hand until pressure rises to a level difficult to be withstood and at the moment the insulation material shall be released quickly And then the mouth shall be blocked again Repe
43. Communication indicator n green will light during communication ON OFF button ineffective briefly is reserved L 1 Function Introduction Communication module is used for conversion and transfer of signal of PC and air conditioner during the communication of them making the role of communication controller Refer to User Instruction to Communication Module for details 2 Dimension Description L mm W mm H mm Communication module 150 102 30 118 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 3 Installation Dimension Description Distance to top side mm Diameter mm Hanging Hole 35 5 4 Use Instruction to Communication Module The Sketch Map of COM as shown below With air conditioner COMI OOM2 e Use Instruction CONTROL With PC or other communication modules Please check the user manual of communication module for details information 5 Installation Criteria of Communication Module Ensure the specification of power adapter to avoid malfunction or damage to the communication module Ensure unique DIP address of each communication module in the project to avoid malfunction Ensure communication cable connects with correct COM to avoid malfunction The communication modules should be put in centralized control cabinet together to avoid direct sunlight or high temperature and wet environm
44. GMV L R28P Na K Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation Model GMV L R22P Na K GMV L R25P Na K kW 2 2 2 5 2 8 Cooling Capacity Btu 7506 8530 9554 kW 2 5 3 0 3 2 Heating Capacity Btu 8530 10236 10918 m3 h 450 450 570 Air Flow Rate CFM 265 265 336 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 37 33 37 33 39 35 External Static Pressure Pa 25 25 25 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 02 0 02 0 02 Fan Motor Running A 0 17 0 17 0 16 Current G A mm 99 52 9 52 9 52 inch 93 8 93 8 3 8 96 35 96 35 06 35 g F Ipes Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 1 4 p1 4 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness mm 920519 20 1 5 20 1 5 Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 875x680x220 875x680x220 875x680x220 Package Dimensions WxDxH mm 1012x708x275 1012x708x275 1012x708x275 Weight Net Gross kg 27 31 27 31 27 31 15 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT GMV L
45. JS E lt 25 p Water lever X gt N Polyethylene pipe Bolt attachment Fix the install cardboard 1 Note e Please do tighten the nuts and bolts to prevent air conditioner breaking off e Connect the refrigerant pipe When connecting the pipe to the unit or remove it from the unit please do use both spanner and torque wrench as shown in fig 3 When smearing both inside and outside of the flare nut with antifreezing motor oil screw it by hand and then tighten it with spanner Referto form 1 to check if the wrench has been tightened too tight would mangle the nut and lead leakage Examine the connection pipe for gas leakage and then take the treatment of heat insulation as shown in the fig 3 Only use median sponge to entwine the wiring interface of the gas pipe and heat preservation sheath of the gas collection pipe 152 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Smear freeze motoroil EN rA here NG Median sponge attachment N Q entwine the wiring interface with seal mat Thread fasten x4 Torque wrench qx Heat preservation NA w sheath of liquid inlet 25 tube attachment for KS liquid tube OK x Sy lt Heat preservation S SA Spanner MK sheath of gas collection gt Gas collection tube tube attachment for 2 gas tube Liquid inlet tube AL Wiring interface Fig 3 Flare nut
46. The data in the tables is subject to change so the data on the nameplate shall govern Water output is measured based on nominal water heating conditions Set output according to different configure of the tank so there are max water output and min water output Cooling Heating Indoor 27 C 80 6 F 19 C 66 2 F Indoor 20 C 68 F Outdoor 35 C 95 F Outdoor 7 C 44 6 F 6 C 42 8 F De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 1 2 Indoor Unit 1 2 1 Common ESP Duct Type Indoor Unit Capacity Power Model Cooling Heating Ref Supply Appearance Btu h Btu h GMV R22P Na K 8530 7507 GMVL R22P Na K GMV R25P Na K 10236 8530 GMVL R25P Na K GMV R28P Na K 10918 9554 GMVL R28P Na K GMV R32P Na K 12283 10919 GMVL R32P Na K GMV R36P Na K 13648 12284 p GMVL R36P Na K GMV R40P Na K 15354 13649 GMVL R40P Na K GMV R45P Na K 17060 15355 GMVL R45P Na K GMV R50P Na K 19790 17061 GMVL R50P Na K GMV R56P Na K ice 21496 220 240V GMVL R56P Na K RADA ene GMV R63P Na K 23884 21496 GMVL R63P Na K GMV R71P Na K 27296 rI w 24226 GMVL R71P Na K GMV R80P Na K 30026 I 27297 GMVL R80P Na K GMV R90P Na K 34120 30709 GMVL R90P Na K GMV R100P Na K 37532 34121 GMVL R1
47. 4 5 6 EEEE ESSE SS 7 8 9 EN Te ACA m a Ul 352 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R36G NaC K GMV L R45G NaC K mi B T p T i n 5 xi 5 gt zi x 5 Part Name 353 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 3 5 Floor Ceiling Type Unit 1 GMV L R28Zd Na K GMV L R36Zd Na K GMV L R50Zd Na K gt 3 u Bs uy 3 EM z 354 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R28Zd Na K GMV L R36Zd Na K GMV L R50Zd Na K Part Name Ti OO ME Ce ie Lo Riom Decorator pae mane Ta Lower suppor f 2 III N e aj e e INI NI Roa a ay afta ay ay Sep ep Aap Sm Am Oo 355 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R28Zd Na K GMV L R36Zd Na K GMV L R50Zd Na K ses 0 see j s i rie omar 2 seen j
48. Form 1 The tightening torque needed for tightening nut Diameter Inch Surface thickness mm Tightening torque N m 01 4 20 5 15 30 N m 3 8 20 71 30 40 N m 1 2 21 45 50 5 8 21 60 65 03 4 21 70 75 N m e Drainage hose 1 Installing the drain hose The diameter of the drainage hose should be equal or bigger than the connection pipe s The diameter of polythene pipe Outer diameter 25mm Surface thickness 21 5mm Drainage hose should be short and drooping gradient should be at least 1 100 to prevent the formation of air bubble f drainage hose cannot has enough drooping gradient drain raising pipe should be added To prevent bent of the drain hose the distance between hoisting stands should is 1 to 1 5m 1 5m N T 5 TL Z 7 O Correct 1 100 or more gradient x wrong Use the drainage hose and clamp attached Insert the drainage hose to the drain vent and then tighten the clamp Entwine the big sponge on the clamp of drainage hose to insulate heat yx Heat insulation should be done to indoor drainage hose Sponge attachment Drain stepup pipe note SX The installation height of the drain Clamp Clamp attachment 7 raising pipe should less than 280mm 2 drain raising pipe should form a M Sponge gray Drain hose Below 4mm Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION ri
49. Hold the top cover 2 Remove the electric box and one support of electric box Unscrew the bolts to remove electric box of hydro box and its supports e Prevent them from dropping off 266 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 3 The removal of side plate shall be based on practical situation When the unit is suspension setting remove the side plate for convenience of servicing 4 Unscrew the nuts on both ends of water pump to remove it Unscrew the nuts by spanner 5 Installa new water pump and screw the nuts Install a new water pump and screw the nuts 6 Assemble the electric box its support and the side plate Assemble the electric box its support and the side plate 267 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 4 2 2The Unit with Top Air Outlet GMV Pds224W Na M GMV Pds280W Na M Disassembly and Assembly of External Casing Remark Remark o Step station Handling Instruction 1 Disassembly of the front Z Unscrew the bolts plate Remove the front plate 2 Disassembly of the cover Unscrew srcews of electric box Remove cover of electric box Disassemble electric Unplug each power cord and communication wire from mainboard Unscrew bolts GDisassemble electric box 4 Disassemble dome ES
50. If the drainage pipe is unblocked and if the water flow is smooth Adjust the drainage pipe 22 Check the drainage pump 2 7 Error with room sensor tube inlet tube middle and tube exit sensor error with room sensor tube inlet tube middle and tube exit sensor and exhaust casing top sensor error with the compressor bottom sensor Temperature sensor error If the plug on temperature sensor is correctly connected to the socket on mainboard Check the orientation of plug and socket Remove the temperature and measure if its resistance is within normal range Replace the temperature sensor Replace the mainboard of indoor unit De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 8 No energization to the unit and mainboard energization to the unit land mainboard Check the power supply of terminal board for any fault Put the air switch to ON position The air switch is damaged or loosened board is energized No Check if the air switch in the unit is ON gt Yes No If the input of filter board gt is energized Yes No If the output of filter e Replace the filter board Yes Replace the mainboard SERVICING SERVICING De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 9 PFC protection displayed on hand controller Monitor
51. Setting of high low static pressure fan This setting includes the setting of high static pressure fan and low static pressure fan adjusted as needed for the project The factory default setting is low static pressure fan dial up switch pulled to ON position Cautions 1 The above settings must be done under power shutdown state 2 The dial up switch of function code is classified into 3 bit code 4 bit code and 5 bit code The 4 bit code or 5 bit code is used for duct type unit only including multi duct type unit and 1 to 1 duct type unit 3 When the setting of control mode is L the function dial up for setting of memory mode setting of master slave indoor unit will be disabled When the setting of control mode is l this function dial up setting is enabled 4 The dial up switch shall be put to position correctly and shall not be put to middle position Dialing of the switch to ON position indicates O and the dialing to opposite direction indicates NS 5 After dialing up please mark the address code of the unit Definition of Heating Capacity of Water Tank Heating capacity of water tank is decided by the setting on wired controller of hydro box which is based on the model of water tank and can t exceed heat exchange capacity of Tube in tube of hydro box The different settings mean different output capabilities Default setting corresponds to output capability of max water
52. The installing position must ensure that the machine will not be buried in the snow or affected by the wastes or oil mist To meet the noise and vibration requirements the outdoor unit shall be installed by using rubber damping pad or spring damper The installing dimension shall comply with the installation requirements in these instructions The outdoor unit must be fixed at the installing position The installation shall be done by specialist technicians 5 2 Selection of Installation Site The place with no residual air The place where the accessories can be securely fixed The place where the air will not obstruct the water inlet pipe or water outlet pipe The place that goes beyond the heating range of other heat sources The place where the wastewater can be safely drained The place where the noise and hot air will not affect the neighbors The place where the snow will not be piled The place where the water outlet pipe will not be blown by strong wind Notes D Do not use guardrail on four sides Leave 1m at least above the machine Incase of short circuit risk please install an adaptor changeable in air direction To avoid short circuiting please provide adequate suction space when multiple machines are to be installed Inthe region with snow the machine shall be installed in a frame or beneath the snow guard thus to prevent snow piling on the machine Do not install the equipment in a
53. gt Unscrew bolts Remove dome 268 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 Disassemble fan assy 5 Disassemble front plate 1 and front lining board sub assy 5 Disassemble left side plate right side plate rear lining board sub assy and rear cover plate AT MT Wil 7 Assemble the unit by reversed steps SERVICING Unscrew bolts Remove fan assy Unscrew the bolts Remove front plate 1 GbDisassemble bolts Remove the front lining board sub assy Unscrew bolts Remove left side plate and right side plate Remove the bolts of rear lining board sub assy and rear cover plate Remove rear lining board sub assy and rear cover plate eAssemble the unit by reversed steps and inspect it 269 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Disassembly and Assembly of Compressor SERVICING Remarks Make sure there isn t any refrigerant in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before removal of the compressor Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Disconnect the electrical source wire 2 Take down the compressor from the bottom pan 3 Fix the new compressor on to the bottom pan 4 Connect the compressor with system pipes 6 Renew the electrical heating belt and exhausting temperature sensor 7 Check if the compressor rotates in reverse and lubricant have leaked Relax the screws
54. 15355 GMVL R45PS NaB K GMV R56PS NaB K 21496 220 240V 19108 R410A GMVL R56PS NaB K 1Ph 50Hz GMV R71PS NaB K 27296 24226 GMVL R71PS NaB K GMV R90PS NaB K 34120 30709 GMVL R90PS NaB K GMV R112PS NaB K 42650 38216 GMVL R112PS NaB K GMV R140PS NaB K 51180 47770 GMVL R140PS NaB K Conversion Formula Btu h kWx3412 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 1 2 4 Cassette type PRODUCT Capacity Model Cooling Heating Ref 1 Btu h Btu h GMV R22T NaA K 8530 R410A 220 240 7506 GMVL R22T NaA K GMV R28T NaA K 10900 9550 GMVL R28T NaA K GMV R36T NaA K 13650 12280 GMVL R36T NaA K GMV R45T NaA K 17060 15360 GMVL R45T NaA K GMV R28T Na K 10900 9550 GMVL R28T Na K GMV R36T Na K 13650 12280 GMVL R36T Na K GMV R45T Na K 17060 15360 GMVL R45T Na K GMV R50T Na K 19790 17060 GMVL R50T Na K GMV R56T Na K 21500 19100 GMVL R56T Na K GMV R63T Na K 23880 21500 GMVL R63T Na K GMV R71T Na K 27300 24230 GMVL R71T Na K GMV R80T Na K 30030 27300 GMVL R80T Na K GMV R90T Na K 34120 30700 GMVL R90T Na K GMV R100T Na K 37532 34121 GMVL R100T Na K GMV R112T Na K 42650 38210 GMVL R112T Na K GMV R125T Na K 42650 46062 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Ser
55. 15mm is recommended Dependening on the pressure of tap water water tank can provide hot water Therefore tap water is essential for using hot water Keep the cut off valve of inlet of water tank open when using it 5 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT 5 1 Hoisting of Unit Transport the unit to a place as close as possible to the installing site before taking it out of the packaging box AN CAUTIONS Never put any object on top of the unit before and after installation To lift the machine with crane please use two ropes to lift the outdoor unit Hoisting Method The machine must be balanced when it is lifted Check and ensure that the machine can be lifted up safely and stably AN CAUTIONS Do not attach the ropes to the lower wood frame of the packaging box 135 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Never remove any packaging materials As shown insert two ropes through the square holes on the machine and protect the machine with batten and corrugated paper Never remove the wood lt gt rame and plastic straps 213 Ss A angle between rope and machine shall be higher than 60 ie the ropes the batten and orrugated paper with a thickness not over 15mm AT y Do not apply any orce to this board both sides Insert the ropes through square hole During lifting the position of rop
56. 38 Electric expansion valve SPF 18D88 07334193 1 39 Electric expansion valve coil 4300010811 1 40 Solenoid Valve fittings Solenoid Coil 4304000428 1 41 Solenoid Valve FDF6A 43000072 1 42 Oil Separator 07228302 1 43 Oil SeparatorSub assy 07424136 1 44 Liquid Accumulator with 3 pipes 07424135 1 45 Pressure Switch with leading out wire 4602000902 1 46 Discharge Pipe Sub assy 04634235 1 47 PFCInductance 43120122 1 48 Mounted Plate Sub assy 01844134P 1 49 Compressor and Fittings 5VD420ZAA21 00205224 1 50 Isolation sheet sub assy2 01244136 1 51 Inductance Box 01424173 1 52 Chassis Sub assy 01194137P 1 53 Motor SWZ120A 15704115 1 54 Axial Flow Fan p472X165 10338731 1 55 Electric expansion valve sub assy 07334346 1 56 Electric expansion valve VPF 25D18 07334102 1 57 Electric expansion valve coil 4300010810 1 58 Cabinet 01435436 1 69 Front Side PlateSub assy 01314139 1 60 Front Grill 22414102 2 GMV Pds140W Na K GMV Pds160W Na K Exploded View 289 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Parts List No Part Name Code Qty 1 Rear Grill 01475432 1 2 Top cover plate 01255262 1 3 Condensator assy 01124169 1 4 Electric box sub assy 01394836 1 5 Electric box 26904131 1 6 Mainboard WZ6P30 30226209 1 7 Filter plate WZ814B 30228115 1 8 een circuit breaker 16 40A 46020018 1
57. Fan frequency is adjusted every 2 periods according to the average value of discharge pressure so that the pressure can be restrained within optimized range If the pressure is higher than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will increase If the pressure is lower than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will decrease 4 Defrosting Control Conditions of Startup of Defrosting when the heating is running for continuous 50min when the temp of middle temp sensor and outdoor temp are lower than the curve which is shown in the picture for continuous 120s Middle Temp Sensor e Outdoor Dry bulb Temp C or the outdoor ambient temp is lower than 6 C and the heating is running for continuous 2 hours Conditions of Stop of Defrosting The temp of coil of outdoor unit is higher than 15 or defrosting is running for 10min Defrosting Defrosting is realized by switching the 4 way valve to cooling mode Sequency chart of defrosting is as follows 71 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Defrosting flow chart ON Heating timer Defrosting sign Defrosting timer 70HZ ON l l k Frequency of compressor 4 way valve Outdoor faroN Outdoor electric expansion val By pass gas valve Indoor faro OFF Indoor electri 7 expansion valve T lt 10min Prepar
58. GREE DC INVERTER VRF PLUS WATER HEATER SOLUTION Service Manual T1 R410A GREE ELECTRIC APPLIANCES INC OF ZHUHAI CONTENTS PRODUC TD 2 1 MODELS LIST eh u SS Si q aS s Gi 0 ba loves sa Vee ETSO SS 2 1S OUTDOOR UNITS aa A E Mau uhuy q Si A a ra tA 2 HS AINDOOR i6 a tA 3 SHAY DROABOX qe ten a a TRI 9 1 4 WATER ccc eceecccsseceescccesseccssscecssecesseeceaseccsaeceesucceseecaseseaeceessecessescnaeceesseceeseecessescnaeeeenaeenees 10 vae le vili cme 11 2 1 NOMENCLATURE OF OUTDOOR UNIT 11 2 2 NOMENCLATURE OF INDOOR 22 2 0000 0200 00000000 00 01 11 2 3 NOMENCLATURE OF 2 00000 0 0 0 00 00000000 12 2 4 NOMENCLATURE OF WATER 12 S FUNGCTION SS ZZ a Wi i Gu uQ rea i 13 rad ielPlB onWop vy v 14 4 1 PRODUCT DATA OF OUTDOOR Qo eee ceescecesscccessccessecesseeceseccsasesssseceeseccessecetecessaeceesevcesesenseceeaeenaes 14 4 2 PRODUCT DATA OF INDOOR 15 4 3 eire a creer aa ceo dec kai 40 Z PIYDRO BOX SU octet deena A 41 AS WATER TANK IM 43 4 6 OPERATIN
59. R36P Na K GMV L R40P Na Model GMV L R32P Na K K kW 3 2 3 6 4 0 Cooling Capacitv Btu 10919 12284 13649 kW 3 6 4 0 4 5 Heating Capacitv Btu 12283 13648 15354 m3 h 570 570 840 Air Flow Rate CFM 336 336 494 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 39 35 39 35 40 36 External Static Pressure Pa 25 25 20 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Ph S0H Output kW 0 02 0 02 0 07 Fan Motor Running Curent A 0 16 0 16 0 69 22e mm p12 7 p12 7 p12 7 as ripe inch 91 2 1 2 91 2 Connectin mm 6 35 96 35 6 35 g Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 91 4 1 1 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness Hn 20 1 5 30 1 5 Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 875x680x220 875x680x220 980x736x266 Package Dimensions mm 1012x708x275 1012x708x275 1068x766x320 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 27 31 27 31 36 39 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 16 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT
60. actual operation 27 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R28T Na K GMV L R36T Na K GMV L R45T Na K kw 2 8 3 6 45 Cooling Capacity Btu 9550 12280 15360 kW 3 2 4 0 5 0 Heating Capacitv Btu 10900 13650 17060 m3 h 680 680 680 Air Flow Rate CFM 400 400 400 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 37 34 37 34 37 34 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 035 0 035 0 035 Fan Motor Running A 0 19 0 19 0 28 Current mm 9 52 12 7 12 7 Gas Pipe inch 3 8 61 2 61 2 ua mm 6 35 6 35 6 35 g Pipes sas inch 174 174 174 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness Unit Dimensions mm 30 1 5 30 1 5 30 1 5 WxDxH mm Main body 840 X 840 X 190 Panel 950X950 X 60 ub c x mm Main body 960X960 X257 Panel 1040 1025 X 115 kg 25 6 5 dii kg 33 10 Notes B little higher in actual operation Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the valu
61. appropriate value to according to applicable specifications 3 Installation of branch pipe The branch pipe plays the function to divert the refrigerant flow Therefore the selection and installation of branch pipe is very important to the operation of multi unit Based on correct selection of branch pipe the branch pipe must be installed according to installation specifications Connection schematics for Y type branch pipe The connection of Y type branch pipe is as shown below The inlet is connected to outdoor unit or previous branch the outlet is connected to indoor unit or next branch Zul HY gt x et To other manifold _ pipe or indoor unit HO 1 Outlet 1 EB Site pipe FO 402 Fill tim EAS Outlet 2 Site pipe soit he Outdoor unit Ytype Manifald Pipe Installation specifications for branch pipe Placement of branch pipe The branch pipe can only placed horizontally Meanwhile two branch pipes must be on the same plane The spacing between two branch pipes must be over 800mm the spacing between two bends must be over 800mm and the spacing between branch pipe and bend point must also be over 800mm 2 KAST aed gt F 90 UIUHM 06 A A Schematics B B Schematics 181 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION EN A S 7800 gt 800 gt 800 Connection of branch pipe The Y type branch pipe is i
62. cause the radiating effect to become poor If the radiator is dirtv or blocked it will cause the radiating effect to become poor If the modules are not tightened excess temperature could be caused in the modules even burning down The uneven coating of the silicate gel could result in bad cooling of the modules or uneven temperature or modules burning down due to the sensor failed to detect the excess temperature at some part Too much roller coatings of the cooling silicate gel could affect the cooling effectiveness and even burn the modules back De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 13 Overvoltage protection of DC voltage Monitor display Y 5 displayed controller Overvoltage protection of DC voltage Display Hc If the input power voltage is within 185V 264V Yes If it happens during the Yes How many times does it happen within 1 hour f No Please check the obstruction source if it cause by obstruction and strengthen obstruction anti measures compressor operating Yes No Change the mainboard Nia No SERVICING Mainboard nixietube No If it happens during the compressor frequency reduction Yes It is caused by the speed reduction of the compressor Plea
63. replace with new motor In which for the motor with automatic motor support the motor support shall be removed in advance and then changed to the unit 280 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Assemble the unit in reverse to the disassembly procedures eAssemble the unit in reverse to the disassembly procedures and energize it for testing 4 3 2Cassette type Unit Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Step 1 Loosen the screws fixing the water tray Illustration Handling Instruction e Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water trav 2 Remove the water trav Remove the water tray 3 Loosen the bolts fixing the fan Use spanner to loosen the bolts fixing the fan 4 Remove the fan Remove the fan 5 Loosen the screws fixing the motor e Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the motor 281 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 6 Remove the motor and replace it Remove the motor and replace it 7 Tighten the screws fixing the motor e Use screwdriver to tighten the screws fixing the motor 8 Mount the fan and tighten the fixing bolts Mount the fan and use spanner to tighten the bolts fixing the fan 9 Mount the water trav and tighten the screws e Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing
64. temperature 3 Replace eWrap the valve with wet the cloth electronic eReweld the pipes expansion connected to electronic valve expansion valve Replace the electronic expansion valve 4 Install the elnstall the of coil of Install the coil of electronic expan electronic expansion valve electronic 2 expansion VA valve S V4 261 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Disassembly and Assembly of Liquid Accumulator Step 1 Disconnect the liquid accumulator with connecting pipe Remarks Make sure that there isn t any refrigerant in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before removal of the liquid accumulator Illustration Handling Instruction e Unsolder the 3 connection spots on liquid accumulator and unplug the connecting pipe Note keep the fire away from other components accumulator 2 Unscrew the retainin Unscrew the retainin screws of liquid screws of liquid accumulator accumulator Unscrew the retaining screws of quid accumulator di Replace liquid e Replace liquid accumulator 262 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 4 Screw retaining screws of liquid accumulator Screw te retaining screws 2 ps Screw retaining screws of liquid accumulator 5 Weld the liquid accumulator with connecting pipe Weld the oid connecting p
65. 1 Integral Design of the Whole System In consideration of features of building and installation of the unit the building is divided into a lot of monitoring regions and then confirm required systems their quantity and installation locations As for this example A Division of monitoring regions According to needs of the users the whole floor is divided into 3 monitoring regions south area office 1 6 north area assembly room1 2 and office 7 8 and monitor room B Confirmation of quantity of systems Name Qty Installation Location Notes The quantity required for the pinboards is the Communication Centralized control same as communication modules If no modules cabinet pinboard only one module is needed So there should be 3 modules in total Installed indoors according to user s conditions Centralized control cabinet Monitor room Centralized 1 Monitor room Installed indoors controller Step 2 Wiring and Installation A Centralized controller as extension function of GMV unit can be installed and debugged after communication connection between outdoor unit and indoor unit and normal operation of the unit B Make of centralized control cabinet If a lot of communication modules are used centralized control cabinet is recommended Heavy current wires and communication lines should be wired separately The distance between them should keep above 15cm The following figure is an example of centraliz
66. 1 1 2 Left Support of Evaporator 01805280 1 1 3 Evaporator Assy 01024211 1 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01078625 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assy 01314230 1 1 7 Seal of left side Plate Sub assy 01494128 1 1 8 Seal of Connection Pipe Sub assy 01498640 1 1 9 Hook 02112466 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01425249 1 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01259064 1 1 12 Right Side Plate Sub 01308670 1 1 assy 13 Motor Support 01709056 1 1 14 Fan Motor 1501832202 1 1 15 Motor Sub assy 15002401 2 2 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 02225234 1 1 17 Filter 11725202 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394739 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01265296 1 1 20 motor mounting Plate Sub assy 01339058 1 1 21 Water Pump Assy 15404121 1 0 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010010 1 1 24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 30226222 1 25 Main Bord 30226168 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39004167 1 1 318 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING No Part Name Code ke GMVL R56P NaB K GMVL R71P NaB K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01499074 1 1 2 Left Support of Evaporator 01078603 1 1 3 Evaporator Assy 01024221 l 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01078604 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assy 01315255 1 1
67. 1 1 1 1 1 19 Water tray assy 0278008 01285229 1 1 1 20 Electric box assy 91993992 01394964 1 21 Capacitor 33010014 l 33010056 1 22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1 23 Terminal board 42011106 1 1 1 24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1 25 Main board 30226167 1 1 1 26 Electric box cover 01425249 1 1 1 1 1 27 Seal of lefr side plate sub assy 208002 01495212 1 28 side plate assy 01315255 1 1 1 29 Seal of connection pipe 01498601 01495213 1 30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4 31 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1 32 Display board 30296013 1 1 1 33 Sersor sub assy 39004167 1 1 1 324 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Qty Ne Part Name Code GMVL R90PS NaB GMVL RII2PS NaB GMVL R140PS Na K K B K 1 Air outlet side board assy 01498608 1 1 1 gt a 15404119 1 1 ater pump ass pO 15404118 1 i 45010201 1 1 3 Water level switch 450102012 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1 01024233 1 1 5 Evaporator assy 01024218 1 01805279 1 1 6 Left support of evaporator 01804703 1 7 Fan motor mounting Plate 01324356 1 1 Sub assv 01325293 1 01258607 1 1 8 Top Cover Board Assy 01264627 1 9 Richt m 01078604 1 1 ight support of evaporator T PP i 01805221 1 10 Right Side Plate Sub assy 01308679 1 1 Air intake side board 01375221 1 1 1 s
68. 5 3 3 Co De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual L Length of Single pass Equivalence Pipe on thermostat is 16 C and heating setting is 30 C 1 Change Rate of Cooling Capacitv a 0 87 N o 25 20 Hp m 0 97 0 95 10 1 0 10 20 30 40 5 6 70 80 9 Hm m 10 20 2 Change Rate of Heating Capacity 0 97 0 92 PRODUCT The below diagrams illustrate change rate of capacity under standard operating mode Cooling setting 0 85 m L m 0 9 0 L m Hmm 10 E 20 If there is snow on outdoor heat exchanger or the outdoor temp is lower than 6 C when heating the frosting maybe occurs which will reduce the heating performance of the unit 6 PRINCIPLE OF WORK 6 1 System Flowchart Electronic magnetic valve A Filter 7 One way valve abejJojs pinbr1 One way valve Filter Variable frequency motor Heat exchanger ERG cooler E LIN q g 4 way Valve A Capillary amp E t ui 2 Solenoid By pass air capillary HV sensor valve B Outdoor side Oil return capillary Oil separator High pressure Switch 2 1 DC variable frequency Valve compressor K 2 i t n 7 ti f EE Gas liquid separator LV sensor Cutoff sz S S SZ valve X 5 2 A Hot Water Generation Indoor side Hot water side Heating Cooling To Hydro unit gas pipe To indoor uint liqu
69. 7 Seal of left side Plate Sub assy 01308680 1 1 8 s left Connection Pipej 01498610 l 1 9 Hook 02112466 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01425249 1 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01258651 1 1 12 IRight Side Plate Sub 01308679 1 1 Lassy 13 Motor Support 01708502 1 1 14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1 15 Motor Sub assy T 15018604 1 1 16 p Plate Assy of Air Return 01499074 1 1 17 Filter 11129066 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394962 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01258612 1 1 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub assy 01338632 1 1 21 Water Pump Assy 15404119 0 0 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 23 33010014 1 1 24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226167 1 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39004167 1 1 319 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING No Part Name Code si GMV R56P NaB K GMV R71P NaB K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01499074 1 1 2 Support of Evaporator 01078603 1 1 3 JEvaporator Sub assy 01024234 1 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01078604 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assy 01314225 1 1 7 Seal of left side Plate Sub assy 01494131 1 1 8 Seal of left Connection Pipe Sub assy 01494129 1 1 9 Hook 02112466 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01425249 1 1 11 Cover Board Assy 01258651 1 1 12 Right Side Plate Sub ass
70. C ifa sawed a P gt 5 jek 1 gt 63624118 Caution The EKV should be installed by user The winding should be fixed tightly 3 2 3 Circuit Diagram of Hydro box RQD5GA K RQD8GA K V POWER PET LSS SS L aie N ERA PE ORD SRD a 2 OW H AWH TM FEM xi 2 Transformer 0 HEAT I HEAT JD EAT I HEA Xe Exit d ero HEAT N war AC N Ac L NI lt al ES Co Y 9 T C L CNISGBU ES 1 PETS 1 I TUBEL CN3 electric 9 heater VATER TOP sisse 1 P 4 mo i MMUNICATIUN CNI K nn aa B LCD X CN9 PES wired controller CNIA RD AC N PUMP UBE D TUBE Xp 03 B pump M Y DISPOSE DIRGRAM pe 636226810 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING RQD5GB K RQD8GB K
71. CNI cancel the ER GS GS GS l 2 3 4 1 5 wiring of p I Me DIN S Hy X d we EKV RTA RT3 RTI d X Se j No Hut Mid In Environment S Electronic inflate emp temp temp temp y N PUMP valve sensorsensorsensor senso en DE TA GMV R4SPS NaB K GMV RS6PS NaB K GMV R7IPS NaB K GMVL RASPS NaB K GMVL R56PS NaB K GMVL R71PS NaB K CN8 NI COMMUNICATION CORD P aa KONI Y D COMMUNICATION CORD m PAD CNS N J MO MT ere 44 44 Bra is the 4 NI ot onal Out Mio In Environment Electronic Temp Temp emp Temr Inflate Qt C CS SOP Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Volve 246 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R90PS NaB K GMV R112PS NaB K GMV R140PS NaB K GMVL R90PS NaB K GMVL RI12PS NaB K GMVL R140PS NaB K Edd PUMP C2 SER JUIN RK QUF e Su QUF 3uF RIK 8uF Sul Our SuF l XI xe H Co ar
72. Cooling Capacit Rated Heating Capacity 11 12kw 12kw default default Rated Water Heating kW 5 12 20kW 12 30kW Supply Water Temp Comprehensive Cooling Performance Coefficient IPLV W W Comprehensive Energy Efficiency Ratio W W DC Inverter DC Inverter Dual rotor scrollx1 constant Compressor Type Compressor 1 speed scroll x1 Taw jow l 8 Dur mnaman Qe Liquid Pipe Air Conditioner 9 52 9 52 69 52 99 52 Gas Pipe Air Conditioner 19 05 19 05 622 2 622 2 Liquid Pipe Hot Water 912 7 912 7 15 9 b 15 9 Gone Water 915 9 915 9 b 19 05 b 19 05 ion Pipe Connection mode Flared connection Net weight Gross Weigth 105 115 105 115 115 125 115 125 265 285 Note The comprehensive energv efficiencv ratio is the cooling capacity obtained by indoor unit Heating capacity of hot water Power consumption Example 8 0kW 8 0kW 2 86kw 2 86 kW 6 6 The performance data of the air conditioner unit are measured under rated working conditions The R410A charge volume above refers to the charge volume in the outdoor unit at the time of shipment During installation the charge volume of additional refrigerant shall be calculated according to the pipe length and the configuration of indoor units The data above shall be based on the nameplate 14 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 2 Product Data of Indoor Unit 4 2 1 Duct Type PRODUCT
73. Cutoff Val Hot Water Out utoff Valve o Temperature Temperature Water outlet kien sensor hole 1 E E Hvdro indoor unit for DC i utomatic 2 VRF water Vent Valve eee Cutoff Valve eck Valve Fi TS Circulating In Filter Normally Open Vent as al in Temperature Valve Cutoff Valve A ggg Cem L Auxiliarv Electric Heating 38 Faucet Water Power Cable Water Temperature Sensor 2 Sewage Port Earthing Wire of Water Tank Cutoff Valve 130 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Installation Schematics B single pipe heat exchanger for Solar pressure water tank with signle pipe heat exchanger in single pipe heat exchanger for Hydro unit Hot water out Manual Vent Valve A i 5 Water Inlet N Temperature Cutoff Valve Hot Water Out x sensor hole 1 Water outlet I Be irculating Ou Hydro indoor unit for DC Temperature i utomatic Circulating In dos VRF water Vent Valve sensor nid Circulating Out Cutoff Valve Check Valve Filter Normally Open Manual Circulating In Vent c Faucet Water Temperature Valve B Cutoff Valve A Auxiliary Electric Heating Power Cable ze 28 5 gt _ sensor hole 2 Cold water in Water Temperature Sensor 2 Sewage Port Earthing Wire of Water Tank Cutoff Valve Installation Schematics C 4 2 Installation Schematic Diagram of Units wi
74. INSTALLATION 14 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 14 1 Precautions for Electrical Installation Itemized Description of Cautions The electrical installation must be done by professional electricians The electrical installation must be done in accordance with applicable technical codes and other rules A WARNING Please make sure to install earth leakage circuit breaker Earth leakage circuit breaker must be installed to prevent electric shock or fire CAUTIONS The air conditioner must be securely earthed Incorrect earthing may cause electric shock or fire All the electric installations must be carried out by specialist technicians in accordance with the local laws rules and these instructions The indoor unit and outdoor unit shall use different power supplies The indoor units under the same system must be powered by a unified power source All the indoor units can only be controlled by one master power switch Rated supply voltage and special circuit for air conditioner must be used The earthing shall be secure The earthing wire shall be connected to the special earthing device on the construction The installation must be done by specialist technicians Never connect the earth lead to the gas pipe water pipe lightening rod or telephone earth wire To avoid electric shock or any accident due to mal operation the air switch and shock resistant earth leakage circuit breaker that can cut off the power supply of the complete
75. If the compressor Adjust the compressor wiring wiring is correct If the current value is higher than the preset value of protector Replace the overcurrent protector If the high voltage lt Refer to high voltage protection of unit is normal If the voltage is normal Contact the power supply company The communication resumes to normal Upon AC inverter startup overcurrent the indicator will display the current protection Current protection If the voltage is normal N Adjust the power parameters Remove the compressor cables and restart If overcurrent protection Replace the compressor Module damaged Replace Note For DC VRF unit it is not allowed to test the module with compressor cable removed 230 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Overcurrent occurs in operation i e the indicator will display the current protection just after startup Check the indoor units for matching SERVICING Correct the match of indoor units to allowable capacity Check if the charge volume The charge volume is too Use DC level to monitor P amp N voltage of the module Voltage stabilized 252 330V with no fluctuation over 10V Compressor damaged module damaged DC capacitor damaged Replace it is too high Adjust to allowable range stated in the specifications 231 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solut
76. Pipe Pump PJV 1415 43130324 1 43130324 1 35 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3 36 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1 37 Water Level Switch 45010201 1 45010201 1 38 Drainage hose Pump 05232721 1 05232721 1 39 Right Side Plate 01302716 1 01302716 1 40 Cable cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1 41 Pump Cover 01252711 1 01252711 1 42 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 335 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 4 GMV R22T NaA K GMVL R22T NaA K GMV R28T NaA K GMVL R28T NaA Kexploded views RS En 336 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R22T NaA K GMVL R22T NaA K No CMT NET GMV R28T NaA K GMVL R28T NaA K Code Qty Code Qty 1 Display Board 30296309 1 30296308 l 2 Water Tray 20182703 l 20182703 l 3 ones Foam for Fresh 12312702 1 12312702 1 4 Water Tray Foam 12312703 1 12312703 1 5 Fan Fixer 76712709 l 76712709 l 6 Centifugal Fan 10312702 l 10312702 l 7 Motor FN11T 1 15704114 l 15704114 l 8 Evap Support 01844136 l 01844136 l 9 Evaporator Assy 01024194 l 01024194 l 10 Motor Support 01702702 l 01702702 l 11 Motor Gasket 76712705 l 76712705 l 12 Water Tray support 01332706 1 01332706 1 13 Front Side Plate 01302741 l 01302741 1 14 Body Fixer 01332705 1 01332705 1 15 Right Side Plate 013
77. Power complement M 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz Options GMV Gree Multi Variable L Cooling Only Default Heat pump Default T1 T2 T2 weather T3 T3 weather 36 represents 3 GKW Btu h kWx3412 P Duct type T Cassette type Td 1 way Casstte type G Wall mounted Zd Floor ceiling R410A B Second generation 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz PRODUCT Example GMV R22G NaB K A wall mounted indoor unit of GREE and the nominal cooling capacity is 2 2kw It s the second generation product 11 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 3 Nomenclature of Hydro box 2 4 PRODUCT RQ D 5 G A 1 2 3 4 5 6 S N Description Options 1 Product Code Hydro box 2 Fuction Code D Electric heating Default No electric heating Rated heat exchange capacity of hydro box and unit 3 Heat Exchage Capacity is KW 4 Structure Code G Wall mounting L Stand W Horizontal 5 Design S N Range it according to A B C omited when first design 6 Power Supply Specification M 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz K 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Nomenclature of Water Tank SX 300 C 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 S N Description Options 1 Assy Code SX Water Tank 2 Water Tank Type V Heat pump water tank for VRF units Default Common heat pump water tank 3 Fuction Code D Hea
78. SERVICING Disassembly and Assembly of Oil Separator Remarks Make sure that there isn t any refrigerant in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before removal of the oil separator Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Disconnect oil separator with connecting pipe e Unsolder three spots connecting oil separator and unplug the connecting pipe Note keep the fire awav from retaining screws of oil separator Unscrew the retaining screws of other components when welding 2 Unscrew the N e Unscrew the retaining screws of oil separator 3 Replace oil separator Replace separate Replace oil separator 265 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 4 Screw the retaining screws of oil separator Screw the retaining screws of oil separator 5 Weld the oil separator with connecting pipe Weld the oil separator with connecting pipe Note keep the fire away from other components when welding Disassembly and Assembly of Water Pump of Hydro box Remarks Make sure that there isn t any refrigerant and water in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before removal of hydro box The steps can be adjusted according to the practical situation Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Remove the top cover of hydro box Unscrew the bolts and remove hydro box
79. THE UNIT 1 1 Integral Control of the Unit 1 Schematic Diagram of Control of the Units utput control fe m Power ctric Ele supply exp ctric hea B Ele i exp ter y ansi i 4 of Pas ctro pc DC on Way Wal ma mot valy on y Way co Sane valv Valv valv mpr gas s ori or2 mpr ess eB eB sss valv valy of Filter plate of power Indoor unit supply Wa Ele ter s Soe power pu fing cord 4 PFC communi nductance cation Control mainboard of outdoor unit include drive svstem Hydro box re communi m Nixie tube Wa Wa ter ter pre Hig i Up gt out tem insi um tem re re ju pre tem tem tem tem p m de tem tem m ssu p sen p p re P Pp P sen se D S87 sor sen sen pe swi sen sensen sen sor sor sor sor sor sor Input control S 4 The units consists of indoor unit hvdro box and outdoor unit One outdoor unit can maximum connect 16 sets indoor units and one hvdro box Thev are connected with each other bv communication wire with 2 pin 3 pin needle stand The connections between indoor unit and display panel and between mainboard and hydro box are bv 4 pin communication wire Address codes of displav and mainboard of indoor unit should be set during engineering installation which shall be the same for the sa
80. The place where there is the flammable gas and materials 9 The place where there is acid gas or alkaline gas 10 Other special environments 8 2 Selection of Installation Position of Water Tank 1 The water tank shall be installed in the place where the temp is over 0 2 The distance between heat pump unit and water tank shall be not exceed 5m The drop height between water outlet of outdoor unit and water inlet of water tank shall be less than 3m 3 The installation site shall withstand the weight of the unit 4 The drainage vent of water tank shall be close to drain ditch or sinker 8 3 Installation Cautions 1 The thermal insulation water tank shall be installed within a horizontal distance of 5m and a vertical fall of 3m to the water heater It may be installed outdoors e g balcony roof or ground according to the position of water heater It may also be installed indoor 2 The vertical thermal insulation water tank must be placed upright with the bottom on ground The installing position must be firm and solid To avoid shaking the water tank must be fixed onto the wall with bolts See below for details The weight bearing capacity of the installing position must be considered when installing the water tank Water Tank _ The base must be installed on ground Suspension is 1 9 prohibited SJJOQ XI4 TA 3 For replenishing to water tank supplv of hot water and drainage of w
81. Under inquiry state No of online indoor units are displayed and No of 8 No of indoor unit selected indoor unit will blink Under single control state only No of selected indoor unit is displayed Under centralized state No of all online indoor units are displayed 9 Room temp is displayed for no malfunction but isn t for malfunction Centralized controller A Under inquiry state SHIELD will be displayed when selected indoor unit is shielded 10 Shield B Under control state SHIELD will be displayed during setting or giving the shield order Region wired controller SHIELD will be displayed when selected units are shielded during long distance monitoring 11 Force FORCE is displayed when indoor unit is forced to run 12 room temp is displayed when there is no malfunction Room temp value is displayed during no malfunction to selected indoor or Room temp or error 13 bode outdoor unit Error code is displayed during malfunction to selected indoor or outdoor unit 14 Melt Melt is displayed during defrosting Region monitoring controller A Inquiry state LOCK is displayed when selected indoor unit is locked 15 Lock B Control state LOCK is displayed during setting or giving the lock order Region wired controller LOCK is displayed when selected unit is locked in long distance monitoring 99 De Inverter VRF plus
82. VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 11 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE PARTS 11 1 Direction Requirements To ensure normal operation of the unit please connect the electronic expansion valve sub assembly as shown below Ensure that the vertical arrow labeled on electronic expansion valve sub assembly is pointed upward To Indoor To Outdoor m Vertically unit pius upward To Indoor Outdoor Unit Unit NArrow Upward X Arrow Downward 1 Firstly fix the electronic expansion valve sub assembly properly Several operating methods are available Fix with screws To Indoor To Outdoor To Indoor To Outdoor Unit Unit Unit Verti Unit Vertically ertically upward upward D Suspend by using screw rod Use screws to fix onto wall Overhung To Indoor To Outdoor To Indoor To Outdoor Unit Unit Unit Vertically Vertically upward upward Directly place on ceiling plane AN Caution Never place overhung in air 2 The indoor unit shall be firstly connected to a section of pipe connected by nut Then connect the pipe to the electronic expansion valve sub assembly by welding Welding Weldin zs gt s To Indoor To a Unit Outdoor gt Vertic 2 Pipe length L gt 1m but lt 1 5m A WARNING The length of connection pipe must 1msLs1 5m The electronic expansion valve sub assembly must be connected to the indoor and outdoor unit in a direction as marked If connected in r
83. Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL SET blinks when the unit is on and commanded SET is displayed when the unit is on without command Set temp value is displayed when the selected indoor unit is on and not in timer inquiry or setting status 18 HR hour HR is displayed during timer inquiry or setting 19 5 5 is displayed when the timer time value includes 0 5 hr and the unit is during timer inquiry or setting During timer inquiry integer of setting time of timer is displayed Setting temp and During timer setting integer of setting time of timer is displayed timer time Set temp value is displayed when the unit is not during timer inquiry or setting 16 Set 17 set temp 20 Note D Contents in the double quotation marks indicate the display in LCD Following part is the same to it Online indoor units to Mini Centralized Controller indicate that in a region Following part is the same to it 8 No signal control function for region wired controller and SINGLE won t be displayed either 5 4 Connection Between Region Controller and the Unit Insert the 4 core twisted pair line to wired controller if which is with the indoor unit into region controller wiring terminal CN1 or CN2 and then connect the other wiring terminal CN2 or CN1 with the main board of indoor unit If there is no wired controller with indoor unit introduce a 4 core twi
84. advance and then changed to the unit 7 Assemble the unit in reverse to the disassemblv procedures eAssemble the unit in reverse to the disassembly procedures and energize it for testing 279 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual e Duct Type Unit 9 0 kW 14 kW SERVICING Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Remarks Before removing the fan make sure to cut off the power firstly Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Unplug the motor cables eCut off the power supply of indoor unit Use screwdriver to remove the electric box cover and unplug the motor cables in electric box 2 Remove the filter sub assembly and return air inlet cover board eRemove the filter sub assembly from the return air inlet frame and use screwdriver to remove the return air inlet cover board 3 Remove the screws on fan sub assembiv eRemove the screws on fan sub assembiv 4 Overturn the propeller housing eRotate the propeller housing to the return air inlet opening according to arrow direction 5 Loosen the fan and motor 6 Replace the motor eUse inner hexagonal spanner to loosen the screws on fan and remove the clamp fixing the motor eFirstly disengage the motor from motor support Then sequentially disengage the fan sub assembly form the motor shaft Remove the motor from the return air inlet and
85. amp cui je YVI Z A 6 TY TIT I fi RE HERE RI8 gt 1 Pt in EG tl 8 1 il 6 r3 5 4 M12 Eye XI3 3 M Dek AIT CUMPe 1 s aps FAL J 241 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 3 2 2 Circuit Diagram of Indoor Unit SERVICING GMV R22P Na K GMV R25P Na K GMV R28P Na K GMV R32P Na K GMV R36P Na K GMVL R22P Na K GMVL R25P Na K GMVL R28P Na K GMVL R32P Na K GMVL R36P Na K XT IN DOOR UNIT ENT ccm a peto ll EE TI RD CN 1 P Communication Wire Communication Wire MI CN 16 BK CN3 RD CM4 Z z ji B ww TT Out In Envi Temp Temp Sensor Sensor Sens ronment 1 in the common static he hign static pressure 5 1 in GMV R40P Na K GMV R45P Na K GMV R50P Na K GMVL RAOP Na K GMVL R45P Na K GMVL R50P Na K INDOOR UNIT CN2 ens AC N ACL CN8 Communication wire Communicatio static p rding to the real line in the common with XT oc ording to the broken line in the high static with XT o nnect API connect AP1 2
86. assv 01308677 1 20 Hook 02118504 2 21 Left Support of Evaporator 01078604 1 22 Return air inlet Sub assy 01498612 1 309 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 4 GMV L R90P Na K GMV L R100P Na K GMV L R112P Na K GMV L R125P Na K GMV L R140P Na K S S 310 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R90P Na K GMV L R100P Na K GMV L R112P Na K GMV L R125P Na K No Part Name GMV L R140P Na K Code Qty 1 Top Cover Sub assy 01258606 1 2 Hook 02118504 2 3 Left Side Seal hole Plate Sub assy 01308673 1 4 Seal of Connection Pipe 01498601 1 5 Electric Box Assv 01394602 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assv 01308676 1 7 Left Support of Evaporator 01078603 1 8 Liquid entered Pipe Sub assv 03338802 1 9 Collect Gas Pipe Sub assy 04674608 1 10 Evaporator Sub assy 01038624 1 11 Fan Fixed Plate Sub assy 01338630 1 12 Motor FG75B 15018613 1 13 Fan Motor Left SYP 200 190J 1 15018603 2 14 Return air inlet side board Sub assy 01499066 1 15 Motor FG150B 15018612 1 16 Fan motor Right SYP 200 190J 1 15018604 1 17 Bottom Cover Assv 01258603 1 18 Cover of Air in 01258602 1 19 Water Trav Assv 01278603 1 20 Right Side Plate Sub assv 01308677 1 21 Hook 02118504 2 22 Left Support of Evaporator 01078604 1 23 Return air inlet Sub assv 01498608 1 311 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater S
87. ater pump ass 15404118 1 45010201 1 1 3 Water level switch 450102012 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1 01024233 1 1 5 Evaporator assy 01024218 1 01805279 1 1 6 Left support of evaporator 01804703 1 7 Fan motor mounting Plate 01324356 1 1 Sub assy 01325293 l 01258607 1 1 8 Top Cover Board Assy 01264627 1 9 Right rt of i 01078604 1 1 ight support of evaporator p 01805221 1 10 Right Side Plate Sub assv 01308679 1 1 11 Air intake side board sub assy 01375221 1 1 1 12 Filter Sub assy 11725205 1 1 1 13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2 14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1 1570521101 1 1 15 Motor 1570520901 1 1570521201 1 1 16 Motor 1570521001 1 01258603 1 1 17 Bottom cover plate assy 0125860301 1 18 Cover of air in 01258602 1 1 1 01284160 1 1 19 Water tray assy 01284157 1 01394986 1 1 20 Electric box assy 01024218 1 33010014 1 1 21 Capacitor 33010056 1 22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1 23 Terminal board 42011106 1 1 1 24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1 25 Main board 30226222 1 1 1 26 Electric box cover 01425249 1 1 1 01494124 1 1 27 eal of lefr side plate sub assy 01494121 1 i 01314225 1 1 28 Left side plate assy 01314222 1 01494120 1 1 29 Seal of connection pipe 01494123 1 30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4 31 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1 32 Display board 30296014 1 1 1 33 Sersor sub assy 39004167 1 1 1 5 3 22 Four wav Cassette Unit Exploded View and Parts List 327 De Inverter VRF plus Wat
88. be laid by cable tray both of which shall not be exposed to sunshine or rain a Selection of Cable Type rubber PVC Line Width According to the length of the cable and its model confirm the width of the cable b Ground Wire of the Unit The unit shall be reliably earthed for safety and earthing device can t withstand mechanical pulling force Standard of ground wire width S Sectional Area of Ground Wire D Sectional Area of Power Cord S D D lt 16 S D 2 D gt 16 15 1 4 Inspection of Communication System Before debugging check if the communication between indoor units and between indoor unit and outdoor unit have been connected Check if the address code of each indoor unit is the same as the assigned address The communication wire can t in the same trunking with the power cord and it shall be independently laid by flame retarded hard PVC pipe The horizontal spacing between communication wire and strong current wire shall be more than 20cm Note make sure that the unit has been energized for 8 hours or above before debugging or the compressor will be damaged The debugging shall be executed by or under guidance of the professional 15 1 5 Inspection of Water System 1 Check if the piping of water system is proper 2 Check if the circulating pipes are insulated 3 Check if the check valve and the protection valve of water inlet are installed correctly 4 Check if the air inside the pipeline of water stystem has been draine
89. braze welding temperature copper pipe becomes light red and at the same time brazing filler metal is added circularly to fill in the clearance around the connector uniformly and afterwards the welding torch is slowly moved away from the pipe and a small amount of brazing filler metal continues to be filled in until smooth fillet is formed e During heating welding rod shall not be burned directly by flame Heating time shall not be very long e During welding flame shall be controlled well on its direction and kept away from rubber casing sponge and cables Post welding treatment cooling e After welding in the condition of nitrogen protection available the connector shall be heated until the copper pipe changes color 200 300 i e annealing treatment e Before welding seam becomes completely solidified welded pieces shall not be moved or shocked e For welded piece cooled by water take care not to let water enter into copper pipe and try to prevent residue water flowing into the pipe when welded piece is laid aside f Quality and inspection of braze welding Welding seam should have smooth surface Fillet should be even and full with natural arc transition Braze welding connector should be free from defects such as over burning welding blockage crack rough surface of welding seam and burning through Welding seam should be free from defects such as pore slag inclusion underfill rosin joint and overlap Weld spot 4 O
90. close Outdoor fan controlled by cooling mode Outdoor electric expansion valve A Full open expansion valve B hee Compressor controlled by capacity 4 way valve A close 4 way valve B close Outdoor fan Protection control Outdoor electric expansion valve A Full open expansion valve B Compressor Protection control ectromagnetic valve B Close 4 way valve A close 4 way valve B close Outdoor fan controlled by cooling mode Outdoor electric expansion valve A Full open expansion valve B Compressor initialization Electromagnetic valve B Close Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 62 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Dry Operation Dry Initialization of Startup Protection of Compressor Y CONTROL 4 way valve A close 4 way valve B close 4 way valve A close 4 way valve B close 4 way valve A close 4 way valve B close Outdoor fan controlled by cooling mode Outdoor fan Protection control Outdoor fan controlled by cooling mode Outdoor electric utdoor electric Outdoor electric expansion valve A Full expansion valve A Full expansion valve A Full open open open utdoor electric utcoor electric l Outdoor electric expansion valve B Close De valve B expansion valve B Close Compressor controll
91. displav I PFC abnorma Cut off the power for 1 minute reduce the busbar voltage to 36V o lower Then check the mainboard No If it is moistened dirty short circuited Yes Dry the PFC board and clear off the dirt or eliminate the short circuit point 2 Work normally No Yes 1 If it is moistened find out the cause and take proper measures to prevent moisture Dry the PFV board and apply moisture proof glue 2 If it is dirty find out the cause and take dustproof measures If the air quality of service environment is poor it is also required to clear off the dirt periodically 3 If it is short circuit find out the cause and clean the electric box to prevent the iron scraps or other conductive substances from attaching on the board Mainboard nixietube Display Hc Check if 15V in the mainboard is stable as well as 1 2 role of 15VA No Yes Yes Check if the PFC in the mainboard is damaged No Replace the mainboard Record and feed back 235 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 10 IPM protection E5 displayed on hand controller Monitor display Mainboard nixietube IPM protection Display Hc Cut off the power for 1 minute or reduce the busbar voltage to 36 or lower Then Checi If it is moistened dirty short circuited If it is moistened dirty
92. green indicator will be black all the time It indicates connection problem between communication module and centralized controller that green indicator blinks once every 2s In this case COM2 must be used to connect them It indicates connection problem of communication module and indoor and outdoor units that green indicator blinks twice every 2s In this case COM1 must be used to connect them Refer to Step 2 C for details B Address DIP of communication module There are two methods for address setting The one is that communication module has been set by software store but the 3 digital DIP switch can not be dialed to OFF completely The other one is to set it manually but the 3 digital DIP switch should be dialed to OFF completely Refer to step 3 for details digital Address mapping setting of centralized controller The centralized controller only can normally operate after specifying address of communication module needed to control If not the operation status of communication and indoor units can not be displayed by it Refer to Step 4 for details 113 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 7 MONITORING SOFTWARE 7 1 Function As the development and improvement of manufacturing technology and in order to solve the problems of complex distribution of the central AC in the buildings and difficult control and maintenance of them an platform easy and reliable to ope
93. gt LEDI Off us Fu p a Run yY E E T Yes Error code is 4 displayed and LED evice is started Eccc p ICA No Whether the L ne LED Yes Press Run Stop blinks 7 button Rd No LED On Input air display LED Off Air Direction display Error display clear Temp display Y 5 Supply or temp Air supply device Forced adjustment draught blower a d Stop Adjustment Electric expansion valvel Stop Cooling heating codti AN Guide louver Stop and water heating heatin Air supply and water heating water heating Coolin Cooling and Dios Heating and i g water heating eating water Water heating Y Heatiffg and Cooling Run heating Run ui o Heating Run water heating Misi oun Y i Y Y Y Co 54 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual e Cooling Operation Cooling Operation There Is Not Guide Louver There Is Guide Louvers Swing Fan Motor Operation In The Process O Preventing Restart Operation 3 Minutes Temperature Adjustment P b 4 Fan Motor Stop Electronic Expansion Valve Close Electronic Expansion Valve Capacity Control Go To The Previous Page CONTROL 55 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Dry Ope
94. h kWx3412 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 1 2 7Floor ceiling type Capacity P ower Model Cooling Heating Ref Supply Appearance Btu h Btu h GMV R28Zd Na K 10919 9554 GMVL R28Zd Na K GMV R36Zd Na K 13649 12284 GMVL R36Zd Na K GMV R50Zd Na K 19790 17061 GMVL R50Zd Na K GMV R71Zd Na K 27297 220 240V 24226 R410A GMVL R71Zd Na K 1Ph 50Hz GMV R90Zd Na K 34121 30709 GMVL R90Zd Na K GMV R112Zd Na K 42652 38216 GMVL R112Zd Na K GMV R125Zd Na K 46064 42652 GMVL R125Zd Na K Notes Conversion Formula Btu h kWx3412 D Cooling only unit GMVL type has no items on heating 2 Noise was tested in semi silenced room so the actual noise value will be a little higher for change of ambient Nominal capacities are based on the following conditions Cooling Heating Indoor 27 C 80 6 F 19 C 66 2 F Outdoor 35 C 95 F 1 3 Hvdro box Indoor 20 C 68 F Outdoor 7 C 44 6 F 6 C 42 8 F Model Capacitv kW Appearance RQDSGA K RQD5GB K 5 RQ5GB K RQD8GA K RQD8GB K 8 RQ8GB K RQD20LA M 20 RQ20LA K 20 RQD30LA M 30 RQ30LA K 30 Note Select the model of hydro box based on suggestions of the professional and local weather conditions The data in the tables is subject to change so the da
95. in the monitoring room This device must be the original one in the factory Never self buy the models for replacement 220 V AC socket must be installed for independent power supply Power supply specification 12 30VDC 800mA 7 3 1 2 Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater optional parts RS485A RS485 B Connecting terminal 485 Working indicator Connecting terminal 485 RS485A RS485 B 1 Function Introduction Optoelectronic Isolated repeater is mainly used to collect increase of communication distance and nodes when the quantity of communication modules is above 30 or communication distance is above 800m Refer to Project and Installation section for details 2 Dimension Power supply connecting Description L mm W mm H mm Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater 94 72 23 117 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 3 Installation Dimension 4 Installation Criteria t must be installed indoors to avoid knock insolation or rainwater and is better to be put in centralized control cabinet This device must be the original one in the factory Never self buy the models for replacement 220 V AC socket must be installed for independent power supply 12 30VDC 800mA Power supply specification 12 30VDC 800mA 7 3 1 3 Communication Module standard parts co Power indicator red will light after electrifying GREEP
96. is abnormal Please check the compressor connections or winding for short circuiting or other troubles Check if the PFC module in the mainboard is short circuiting No Change the Check if the Check if the mainboard and relay K8 in IPM module in No heck if the AC mainboard is the mainboard e connected is _ Short contactors are circuiting blocking and Yes ensure no short circuiting between P N 1 i the Replace Check the mainboard if the the wiring relav is Mainboard diagram damaged NA N i ani feed back De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 12 Radiator overheat protection E5 displayed on hand controller Monitor display v Mainboard nixietube Radiator protection overheat Display Hc If the outdoor unit is in good radiation If the radiator is dirty or blocked If the modules are tightened If the module is uniformly coated if the module silicate gel meets the requirement Please check if the sensor and its resistor divider is in normal condition mount the modules again and tighten them Record and feed If the air outlet and air intake of the outdoor unit SERVICING is short circuited it will
97. materials not specified on the engineering drawing Inspection shall be purchased according to the actual quantity of works e g hanger frame cable duct etc 3 Check if the outdoor unit indoor unit communication wires and accessories are complete 1 power cables shall be separated from communication wires at a least distance of 10cm 2 To avoid breaking the communication wires please do not Connection use strong force se 3 For multiple units please mark them properly Switch on indoor and outdoor unit and ensure there is one display of Communication Wire Error E6 1 Each indoor unit under the same system has a unique Address address dial code dial code 2 The wired controller and its corresponding indoor unit have the same address dial code 1 Select the remote control mode Remote Control 2 centralized controller and communication module shall Installation be installed free from the source of interference of indoor 1 The power cable must meet the specifications unit Power cord 2 The indoor units under the same system must be arranged under unified power supply 1 The PVC pipes must meet the specifications 2 A specific gradient must be provided along the water flow Installation 3 Carry out water detection after installation Drainage Pipe Carry out thermal insulation to the drainage pipe only after the water detection is accepted CET 1 The therma
98. of the indoor unit so that the airflow can be blown though all the room Make sure that the installation had accorded with the requirement of the schematic diagram of installation spaces Select the place which can stand 4 times of the weight of the indoor unit and would not increase the operating noise and oscillate The horizontal installation place should be guaranteed Select the place where easy drainage of condensated coagulated water and easy connection with outdoor unit Make sure that there are enough space for care and maintenance Make sure that the distance between the indoor unit and ground is above 1800mm When installing the steeve bolt check if the installation place can stand the weight 4 times of the unit s If not reinforce before installation Refer to the installarion cardboard and find where should be reinforced AN There will be lots of lampblack and dust sticked on the acentric heat exchanger and water pump in dining room and kitchen which would reduce the capacity of heat exchanger thus leading water leakage and abnormal operation of the water pump The following treatments should be taken under this circumstance 1 Ensure that the smoke trap above cooker has enough capacity to obviate lampblack to prevent the indraft of the lampblack by the air conditioner Keep the air conditioner far from the kitchen so that the lampblack would not be drafted in by the air conditioner Important notices
99. onto the wall and fix it to the mounting hole of wall with screws M4X25 4 Finally insert the 4 cord twisted wire into the slot on wired controller and clamp the panel of wired controller to the base plate A CAUTION To avoid malfunction of air conditioner due to electromagnetic interference make sure to take special care when carrying out the following connections 1 The signal wire and distribution wire communication of the wired controller shall be separated from the power cables and indoor outdoor wires with minimum spacing higher than 20cm otherwise the communication of machine might become abnormal 2 If the air conditioner unit is installed at a place likely subject to electromagnetic interference the signal wire and distribution wire communication of the wired controller must be shielded twisted wire 4 2 6 Connection of Communication Wire 96 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Connection Diagram Wired Controller of Hydro box Exclusive 4 pin twisted pair line CN1 Main board of hydor box Connecting terminal of 4 pin wire 5 FIELD CONTROLLER 5 1 Function Region monitoring control and region wired control are the two main control functions for region controller Region monitoring controller can monitor or control 16 indoor units of a group for inquiry and single or centralized control Region wired controller can replace 1 16 selected wired controllers t
100. pump Electric instrument INSTALLATION Electronic scale Timing counter Double ladder Manometer of corresponding refrigerants system Anemoscope Debugger and data cable b Please check if the testing software is correct before debugging c Please check if all files and parameters which are required are complete 15 1 2 Inspection of Cooling System Please confirm if the cut off valve of outdoor unit is in the state of max opening angle and if the control wire of electric expansion valve reliably connects with mainboard of indoor unit 15 1 3 Inspection of Electric System 15 1 3 1 If there is any strong electromagnetic interference mill dust or acid alkaline gas around the unit a The power supply system can t work with the equipment with inverter or be close to the equipment which can produce strong electromagnetic interference in case the unit can t work normally b Prevent acid alkalaine gas or liquid from cauterizing cable of the unit 15 1 3 2 Power Capacity of the Unit Due to the working current of the unit is varied under different conditions which is much more than the rated current the voltage may be unstable and capacity factor of the circuit may decrease the power capacity shall be 1 5 1 8 times of rated power or the compressor may not be started and the unit can t work normally 15 1 3 3 The Selections for Air Switch and Fuse link a Regarding the commercial air conditioner the independent a
101. rainwater or contact of non manager 7 3 1 5 3 way Phone Connector user provided parts Note Lines without 3 way telephone connector can be connected by welding and protected with insulating tape to avoid oxidization and short circuit Crystal head port Crystal head port Crystal head port 1 Function Instruction Common 3 way phone connector is applied to connect 3 pieces of communication cable Dimension Description L mm W mm H mm 3 way connector 33 27 21 2 Installation Criteria Avoid knock insolation or rainwater Ensure tightness of each bayonet without load Perform conduction test after installation Replace the ones of poor contact The welding method is better than 3 way connector After the connection of communication cables with 3 way connector it must be fixed by insulating tape to avoid loose and poor contact of crystal head 121 Gree Commercial AC Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 122 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION INSTALLATION 1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION 1 1 Precautions for Installation Before installation please ensure if the installing site power ratings possible operating range pipe distance height difference between indoor and outdoor unit power voltage and installing space are correct and suitable The outdoor unit is general to all models according to its powe
102. region where any inflammable gas might leak snow guard and other devices shall be designed and installed by the user 137 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 5 3 Dimension and Hole Site GMV Pds100W Na K GMV Pds120W Na K GMV Pds140W Na K GMV Pds160W Na K S78 378 Fix the support legs and underframe of the unit with M 12 bolts and install the unit on the concrete foundation with 10cm height GMV Pds224W Na M GMV Pds280W Na M 930 0291 The picture is just for reference and the practicality is the standard Hole Site of Outdoor Unit 138 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 1 Rear side lt i Front side Base CI LJ JI o 1 unddatje of NBeom om beam base bose of base GMV Pds224W Na M GMV Pds280W Na M Outdoor Unit Installation Holes 5 4 Space dimension for installation of the unit is shown below 5 4 1 Installation Dimension of the Unit with Side Air Outlet x GMV Pds100W Na K GMV Pds120W Na K GMV Pds140W Na K GMV Pds160W Na K Installation Dimension of Outdoor Unit on Fa or 5 4 2 Installation Dimension of the Unit with Top Air Outlet yx Outdoor Unit Installation Space Dimen
103. shall be discharged and refrigerant shall be filled in to reach 0 5MPa a By soap and water soap bubbles will show leakage positions if any b Detector such as halide detector can be used for leak hunting Using the above methods check all possible leak sources If leakage still fails to be located sectional check shall be taken for refrigerant piping that would be divided into multiple check portions for locating leak source in a certain section 2 Pressure maintaining and leak hunting of the system with refrigerant piping in connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit When refrigerant piping is to be installed pressure maintaining and leak hunting is required for the piping After refrigerant piping is in connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit pressure maintaining and leak hunting is also required The purpose of the test is to check whether any leak is existent at threaded connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit and at new welded points Steps e Nitrogen is charged to reach 2 5MPa and remains at the pressure for 24h nitrogen shall be filled from refrigerant filling nozzles at the big valve as well as the small valve using a pressure gauge during pressure maintaining after nitrogen is charged the pressure gauge shall not be dismantled e Observe whether pressure changes in 24 hours for eligibility criteria see pressure maintaining and leak hunting of refrigerant piping in 5 5 2 e If any leakage please check threaded c
104. shall be supported on three points if exceeding 2m The foot pedal must be fixed securely to the ladder e Please do not work on the top of ladder 10 4 Installation of Carriage of Refrigerant Piping 1 Fixing of horizontal pipe The refrigerant pipe will extend and shrink with each start or stop of the air conditioner unit 5 10 times hour Under a temperature difference of 80 this extension may reach 13 84mm for every 10m To prevent failure the pipes must be reinforced as follows Spacing between supports Outer diameter of pipe mm 6 35 8 52 Over 12 7 Spacing between supports P 9 m PP Below 1 2 Below 1 2 Note If the gas pipe and liquid pipe are suspended together the size of liquid pipe shall prevail 176 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION A CAUTION Never let the pipe in direct contact with the fixing metal parts Thermal insulation shall be provided around the fixing metal parts otherwise condensing will occur 2 Fixing of vertical pipe The vertical pipe may be fixed by using the commodity tools in market or self made tools As above the fixing point shall also be thermally insulated 3 Fixing of other points Measures shall be taken to prevent the extension or shrinkage of pipes from causing excessive loads to some positions machine joint and waterproof points Generally such positions refer to the branch pipe joint pipe ends four sides of indoor unit and wall cr
105. the water trav 282 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Removal and Installation of Drainage Pump Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Loosen the screws fixing the water tray Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water tray 2 Remove the water tray Remove the water pump and replace it 3 Pull out the water outlet pipe and loosen the screws fixing the water pump Ip ePull out the water outlet pipe and use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water pump 4 Remove the water pump and replace it 5 Connect the drainage hose and tighten the screws fixing the water pump 2 Tighten the screws fixing ithe drainage pump Remove the water pump and replace it Connect the drainage hose and use screwdriver to tighten the screws fixing the water pump 6 Mount the water tray and tighten the screws Use screwdriver to tighten the screws fixing the water tray De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 3 3 Single sided Cassette Unit SERVICING Disassembly and Assembly of fans and motor Step 1 Remove the front panel assy Illustration Clasps at two sides of front panel 2 Unscrew the retaining bolts 3 Remove front case assy 4 Unscrew the retaining screws of defrosting tray 5 Remove the defr
106. the connection and disconnection of MOS tube is controlled via PWM wave thus to realize the voltage rise under the function of electric induction PFC module 240 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 3 2 WIRING DIADRAM 3 2 1 Circuit diagram of Outdoor Unit GMV Pds100W Na K GMV Pds120W Na K GMV Pds140W Na K GMV Pds160W Na K HEA nM Be eL NET 2 4 PA du CN7 X44 AP3 PI 55 AP3 GI v totus fk 36 35 34 33 gt 3l te 1 30 29 27 WA AD 25 APC 24 23 m el UV w 17 16 15 Nag 14 RTEL g7 13 ve 4 1
107. the pressure to 2 5MPa and keep it for approx 24 hours to check the small leakage Though the pressure is increased to 2 5MPa it cannot be guaranteed to find out the small leakage if the waiting time is too short Therefore the pressure in Step 3 must be kept for 24 hours Note During pressure maintaining after nitrogen is filled the pressure gauge shall not be dismantled because activities of dismantling or mounting pressure gauge would affect pressure change e Check pressure drop Criteria for Inspection eligibility Except for temperature influences pressure changes about 0 01MPa for temperature change of 1 if pressure drop is not more than 0 02MPa within 24h the system will be eligible For example nitrogen is filled to reach 2 5MPa at 30 after 24 hours when temperature becomes 25 the system will be eligible if pressure is over 2 43 MPa and ineligible below 2 43 MPa If ineligible leak sources must be located After leak sources are found re welding or repair welding is necessary Then the above procedures shall be repeated Nitrogen is filled pressurized and maintained until pressure drop remains within required range e Leak check Check 1 When pressure drop is found leak hunting shall be performed in the ways as follows a By ears to listen voices related to leakage b By hands to sense whether leakage is existent at connecting parts Check 2 If no leakage is found using the above methods nitrogen
108. the system Under atmospheric pressure the boiling point of water is 100 But with increased vacuum degree created by vacuum pump the boiling point rapidly reduces If boiling point reduces below ambient temperature moisture in piping will be evaporated If vacuum is OKgf cm of absolute pressure gauge pressure is 1Kgf cm moisture in the system can be evaporated totally 2 Selection of vacuum pump Proper vacuum pumps must be selected before vacuum pumping Insufficient capacity of selected vacuum pump would lead to overtime of vacuum pumping and fall short of the requirement for vacuum degree A proper vacuum pump can obtain vacuum degree of OKgf cm gauge pressure 1 Kgf cm after vacuum pumping Features of a vacuum pump shall be determined by two factors as follows Selection of a pump that can meet expected requirement i e gauge pressure of 0 1MPa shall be obtained Exhaust flow is high over 40L min The following vacuum pumps are recommended Maximum vacuum air Use Model di isplacement Air discharge Vacuum drying ax snan 100L min Suitable Suitable Nonubnicant shall 50L min Suitable Suitable pump Comparison table of different pressure units is as follows Unit Standard air Vacuum degree pressure Relative pressure kg cm 0 1 033 Absolute pressure kg cm 1 033 0 mm Hg mmHg 0 755 3 Vacuum pumping The steps are as follows a Expel the nitrogen after
109. the temp of water reaches the safe point so that the water system won t be iced to damage the equipment If it will not be used for long time drain water of water system to prevent the equipment from damage due to the water iced Drain operation of the unit 220 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual MAINTENANCE m E Front p z panel 7 gt 7 NE 2 1 drain hose praes 2 There is a drain on side Tube in tube which is on lower part of the front Unscrew the cap of the drain to drain water 221 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING SERVICING 222 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING SERVICING 1 LIST OF UNIT ERRORS 1 1 List of Error Display on Wired Controller Error Source of Error m 5 Notes on Control Description Signal The high pressure protection value is 4 2MPa When it is detected
110. unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 30 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Drain Pipes Model GMV L R100T Na K GMV L R112T Na K kW 10 0 11 2 Cooling Capacity Btu 34120 38210 kW 11 0 12 5 Heating Capacity Btu 37540 42650 m3 h 1860 1860 Air Flow Rate CFM 1095 1095 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 40 36 40 36 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kw 0 06 0 06 Fan Motor Ruane A 0 59 0 59 Current mm 015 9 15 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 eee mm 09 52 09 52 Ipes Liquid Pipe inch 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation External Dia x Thickness AT Sdn Tou Unit Dimensions id Main body 840 X 840 X 320 WxDxH Panel
111. water supply U PVC pipe adhered by using special glue The other materials available include PP R pipe PP C pipe and hot dipped galvanized steel pipe It is not allowed to use aluminum plastic composite pipe 8 2 Key Points for Condensate Pipe Installation 1 Work Order Sheathing of F F Installation Of thermal insulation Connection of mm Water test Thermal insulation o indoor unit pipe on drainage pipe drainage pipe condensate pipe 2 Determine the direction and elevation of condensate pipe before installation To ensure the 194 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION gradient smooth and straight avoid intersecting with other pipelines The height of the clamp fixing the pipe hanger frame shall be adjustable and fixed from the outer of thermal insulation 3 Distance between hanger frames Outer diameter of water pipe mm lt 25 32 gt gt 25 gt 32 Spacing between horizontal pipes mm 800 1000 1500 Spacing between standpipes mm 1500 2000 Each standpipe shall have two hanger frames at least 4 The gradient of condensate pipe shall be over 1 and the gradient of main pipe shall not be less than 0 3 while there shall be no overhanging slope Over 1 100 5 When connecting the 3 way section of condensate pipe the 2 way straight section on 3 way pipe shall be on the same gradient The two ends of 2 way section shall not have different g
112. yield 212 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Rated heating capacity of Setting on Rated heating capacity water tank coil is default wired of water tank coil is Setting on wired value of capacity of cap controller of default value of capacity controller of water tank D water tank of cap jumper kW SS 2 reseved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved EE reserved Note when setting the value above on wired controller the options will be displayed circularly and its unit is KW 14 4 2 Setting of Capacity of Outdoor Unit The setting of capacity of outdoor unit is determined by the cap jumper of outdoor unit Different cap jumpers represent different capacities of water tank as shown in the table below Rated Capacity of Outdoor Unit No of Cap Jumper 100 No 9 Cap Jumper 120 No 8 Cap Jumper 140 No 7 Cap Jumper 160 No 11 Cap Jumper 213 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 15 DEBUGGING OF THE UNIT 15 1 Preparation for the Debugging 15 1 1 Preparation of Tools and Equipments a Please confirm if the tools below have been prepared Inner hexagon spanner Heat indicator Adjustable wrench Noise monitoring equipment Phillips screwdriver Split core type meter Slotted screwdriver Digital universal meter Vacuum
113. 0 C for energy saving mode 2 Setting of Timer Preset Time and System Time Range 00 00 23 59 7 Decrease In addition the upper limit of water temperature setting is adjustable but it shall be tested by engineers For detailed needs please contact the engineering test personnel The upper limit may be set to 65 C Under ON state you may press MODE key to switch between instant 4 Mode water heating mode energy saving mode preset mode and night mode 5 Priority This function not provided for this model 6 Rapid Under instant water heating mode it is used to start stop the quick 91 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL water heating function 8 ON OFF Switch on or off the machine 4 Mode Foreing past OFF state you may nel down MODE and keys and eta simultaneously for 5 seconds to activats the water pump tvara box 7 pumpo If you hele inem for 5 seconds again or the machine is failed the Dec tae an system will exit the function The ON OFF key is disabled after the function is started The function can last 30 minutes the longest 3 When the machine has no fault you may hold down and keys Increase simultaneously for 5 seconds to enter in keypad lock state in which and Key Lock case the other keys will be disabled Hold them down again for 5 7 seconds to exit the lock state When the machine is incurred to fault it Decrease will automatically release th
114. 0 03 8 Q5 8 q30xg27 febr E US 207 250 300 03 8 Q5 8 930x927 GMV 207 250 300 03 8 05 8 q30xg27 GMY N 207 250 300 03 8 5 8 30x27 SMV ae 207 250 300 93 8 05 8 q30xg27 3 The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV L R22P NaB K GMV L R22PS NaB K GMV L R28P NaB K GMV L R28PS NaB K G MV L R36P NaB K GMV L R36PS NaB K 145 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 4 The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV L R45P NaB K GMV L R56P NaB K GMV L R7IP NaB K GMV CL R90P NaB K GMV L R112P NaB K GMV L 140 GMV L R45PS NaB K GMV L R56PS NaB K L R71PS NaB K GMV L R90PS NaB K GMV L R112PS NaB K GMV L R140PS NaB K Electric box Liquid pipe Nameplate Gas pipe y _ Air outlet 4 Drainage pipe Lower air return Fresh air inlet A direction 1 Instruction According to the installation situation the lower air return or rear air return could be selected i il L 1 La Fig 2 1 Look into from air outlet vent the wiring is in the left of the unit 2 The method of wind circle can be selected to bottom back wind or rear back wing according to the installation circumstance of the reality GMV L HL A B D E F G H I J GMV L R45P NaB K L RA5PS NaB K 9
115. 0 lt Cs70 15 9 9 52 70 lt Cs180 19 05 9 52 180 lt lt 320 22 2 9 52 Note 2 222 length of total t pipe exceeds 90m the fitting pipe on gas side and liquid side shall be increased of one The diameter of the piping between branch joints the branch pipe R410a refrigerant system Outdoor capacity code C Gas pipe mm inch Liquid pipe mm inch Cs50 12 7 6 35 50 lt lt 70 15 9 9 52 70 lt Cs180 19 05 9 52 180 lt lt 320 22 2 9 52 174 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION The diameter of the piping from the branch joint branch pipe to the indoor unit R410a refrigerant system Outdoor capacity code C Gas pipe mm inch Liquid pipe mm inch 22 28 Type 9 52 6 35 36 45 50 Type 912 7 6 35 56 63 71 80 90 10 112 Type 915 9 99 52 Note If the distance from the first Branching to one indoor unit is over 30m the gas pipe and the liquid pipe from the 1 Branching to this indoor unit shall be increased by one level When the capacity of indoor unit is less than 5KW if the distance from the nearest manifold to the indoor unit exceeds 10m the fitting pipe on liquid side of the pipe shall be increased of one dimension 10 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING 10 1 Flow Chart of Installation Installation of indoor unit Fabrication according to piping design dimension Installation of connection pipes Expe
116. 0072 1 42 Oil Separator 07228302 1 43 Oil SeparatorSub assy 07424136 1 44 Liquid Accumulator with 3 pipes 07424135 1 45 Pressure Switch with leading out wire 4602000902 1 46 Discharge pipeSub assy 04634235 1 47 PFCInductance 43120122 1 48 Mounted PlateSub assy 01844134P 1 28 ee Fittings 00205224 1 50 Isolation sheet sub assy2 01244136 1 51 Inductance box 01424173 1 GMV Pds224W Na M GMV Pds280W Na M 291 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING No Part Name Code Qty 1 Left side panel sub assy 01313256P 1 2 Leading cover VPd280 apricot ash 26904101 1 3 Back cover plate 01313261P 1 4 front cover plate 01264142P 1 5 Windshield left 01354102 1 6 Condenser assy 01124172 1 7 Windshield right 01354103 1 8 Fixing support sub assy NO 2 01324120P 1 9 Fixing support sub assv NO 1 01324221P 1 292 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Axes flow wind leaf sub assv 10 VPd280 black 10338702 1 11 Motor support 0132431501P 2 12 Motor SWZ750A 15704106 1 13 Motor support sub assy 01324180P 1 14 4 way valve sub assy A 04144176 1 15 4 way valve sub assy B 04144177 1 16 suction pipe sub assy 04674202 1 17 Oil return pipe sub ass 04324820 1
117. 00P Na K GMV R112P Na K 42650 38216 GMVL R112P Na K GMV R125P Na K 46060 42652 GMVL R125P Na K GMV R140P Na K 51180 c 47770 GMVL R140P Na K Conversion Formula Btu h kWx3412 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 1 2 2 High ESP Duct Type Indoor Unit without water pump PRODUCT Capacity Bowe Model Cooling Heating Ref Supply Appearance Btu h Btu h GMV R22P NaB K 8530 7507 GMVL R22P NaB K GMV R28P NaB K 10918 9554 GMVL R28P NaB K GMV R36P NaB K 13648 12284 GMVL R36P NaB K GMV R45P NaB K 17060 15355 GMVL R45P NaB K GMV R56P NaB K 21496 220 240V 19108 R410A GMVL R56P NaB K 1Ph 50Hz GMV R71P NaB K 27296 24226 GMVL R71P NaB K GMV R90P NaB K 34120 30709 GMVL R90P NaB K GMV R112P NaB K 42650 38216 GMVL R112P NaB K GMV R140P NaB K 51180 47770 GMVL R140P NaB K Conversion Formula Btu h kWx3412 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 1 2 3 High ESP Duct Type Indoor Unit with water pump PRODUCT Capacity Power Model Cooling Heating Ref Supply Appearance Btu h Btu h GMV R22PS NaB K 8530 7507 GMVL R22PS NaB K GMV R28PS NaB K 10918 9554 GMVL R28PS NaB K GMV R36PS NaB K 13648 12284 GMVL R36PS NaB K GMV R45PS NaB K 17060
118. 010265 1 18 Support Discharge Pipe 01802827P 1 19 Support gas pipe 01802826P 1 20 PCB Sub assy 01322813 1 21 Feed Pipe Sub assy 04362830 1 22 Support1 Water Pump 01802828 1 23 Water Pump RS15 6 43130322 1 Notes QD is only the part of ROD5GA K is only the part of ROD8GA K 295 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual RQ5GB K RQ8GB K Exploded view SERVICING 296 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Parts List No Part Name Code Qty 1 Top Cover 01262817P 1 2 Electric Box Cover 01424256P 1 3 Main Board 30226228 1 01395079 4 Electric Box Assv 1 01395080 5 Column 01854113P 2 6 Supporter 1 01802828 1 7 Right Side Plate Sub Assy 01312810P 1 8 Handle 26235253 2 9 Double Pipe Condenser 1 0 Support sub assv 01802830P 1 1 Rear Panel 02222812P 2 2 Supporting Strip 1 01892828P 4 3 Chassis Sub assy 01192808P 1 4 Supporter 01802826P 1 5 Cut off valve Sub Assy 2 07332811 1 6 Cut off valve Sub Assy 1 07332810 1 7 Left Side Plate Sub Assy 01312809P 1 8 Pipe connector 06652805 1 04364105 9 Outlet Water Pipe Sub Assy 1 04362831 20 Supporter 01802827P 1 21 Enter Water Pipe Sub Assv 04362830 1 22 Water Pump 43130322 1 28 Terminal Board 42010265 1 24 Transformer 43110233 l 25 Auto Air Outlet Valve 07108208 1 26 Te
119. 02743 1 01302743 l 16 Tube exit plate 01382719 l 01382719 1 17 Cable cross Loop 76515202 l 76515202 l 18 Noise Elimination Box 07444103 1 07444103 1 19 Electronic Expansion Valve 07334282 1 07334282 1 20 Expansion Valve Winding 4304000101 l 4304000101 l 21 Wire Clamp 71010103 l 71010103 l 22 Electric Box Assy 01394806 1 01394807 1 23 Terminal Board 42011106 1 42011106 1 24 Transformer 43110226 1 43110226 1 25 a un CBB6T 33010026 33010026 I 26 Main PCB Z6G25C 30226199 1 30226198 1 27 Electric Box Cover 01424238 1 01424238 1 28 Base Plate 01222712 1 01222712 1 29 Cord Baffle Plate 01362701 l 01362701 1 30 Connecting Wire 40010232 1 40010232 1 31 Left Baffle Plate 01362703 1 01362703 l 32 Evap Connection 01072713 l 01072713 l 33 Water Level Switch Support 24212705 1 24212705 1 34 Right Baffle Plate 01362702 1 01362702 1 35 Water Level Switch 45012701 1 45012701 1 36 Pump Gasket 1 76712707 1 76712707 l 37 Pump Gasket 2 76712708 1 76712708 1 38 Pump Drainage 05232722 1 05232722 1 39 Pump Support 01332707 l 1332707 l 40 Water Pump PSB 7 43130320 1 43130320 l 41 Wire Clamp 71010105 1 71010105 1 337 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 GMV R36T NaA K GMVL R36T NaA K GMV R45T NaA K GMVL R45T NaA K exploded views 338 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING
120. 1 0 1 1 0 111 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 80 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 112 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 81 1 0 0 011 1 1 0 113 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 82 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 114 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 83 1 1 0 011 1 1 0 115 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 84 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 116 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 85 1 0 1 011 1 1 0 117 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 86 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 118 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 87 1 1 1 011 1 1 0 119 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 88 0 0 0 111 1 1 0 120 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 89 1 0 0 111 1 1 0 121 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 90 0 1 0 1 1 0 122 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 91 1 1 0 111 1 1 0 123 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 92 0 0 1 111 1 1 0 124 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 93 1 0 1 111 1 1 0 125 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 94 0 1 1 1 1 0 126 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 95 1 1 1 111 1 1 0 127 Step 4 System Setting of Centralized Controller SYSTEM SETTING includes ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING The former one is used for setting address of control object communication module and the latter one for initializing the data in the centralized controller Since the centralized controller can control at most 64 communication modules and the address of them is 0 to 253 0 is generally unused it must specify the address of communication module needed to be controlled It is ADDRESS SETTING which is not recommended to operate by users The debugging personnel can press SYSTEM DEBUG into system setting interface After pressing UP DOWN LEFT and RIGHT buttons press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING The operation pr
121. 1 07334200 1 47 Electronic Expansile Valve 4 4 VPF 25D18 07334102 07334102 18 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1 19 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4 20 Electric Box Base Plate 01412721 1 01412721 1 21 Flow Guide Loop 10372722 1 10372722 1 22 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1 23 Wire Clamp 71010102 3 71010102 3 24 Terminal Board 42011222 1 42011222 1 25 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1 26 Electric Box Cover I 20102702 1 20102702 1 27 Electric Box Cover II 20102703 1 20102703 1 28 Main PCB 30226315 1 30226315 1 29 Capacitor 33010011 1 33010011 1 30 Evaporator 01032707 1 01032707 1 31 Evaporator Support 01072708 2 01072708 2 32 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 4 70310012 4 33 Fan Fixer 10312701 1 10312701 1 34 Pipe Pump PIV 1415 43130324 1 43130324 1 35 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3 36 Pump Support 01332721 1 01332721 1 37 Water Level Switch 45010201 1 45010201 1 38 Drainage Pipe Pump 05230026 1 05230026 1 39 Right Side Plate 01302712 1 01302712 1 40 Cable cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1 41 Pump Cover 01252711 1 01252711 1 42 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 333 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 3 GMV L R90T Na K GMV L R112T Na K GMV L R125T Na K 334 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING
122. 1 1 11 Fan Motor 15704901 1 15704901 1 12 Centrifugal Fan 10312721 1 10312721 1 13 Evaporator Connection 01072004 1 01072004 1 14 Cable cross Loop 76513101 2 76513101 2 15 shunt 07228807 1 07228807 1 16 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1 17 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4 18 Base 01412721 1 01412721 1 19 l Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1 20 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1 21 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4 22 us Board 42011222 1 42011222 1 23 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1 24 Electric Box Cover 20102702 1 20102702 1 25 Electric Box Cover II 20102703 1 20102703 1 26 Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1 27 Capacitor 33010010 1 33010010 1 28 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1 29 Evaporator 01038778 1 01038778 1 30 Evaporator Support 01072003 2 01072003 2 31 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1 32 Bolt subassembly 70210051 1 70210051 1 33 Pipe Pump PIV 1415 43130324 1 43130324 1 34 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3 35 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1 36 water Level Switch 45010201 1 45010201 1 37 PU a hose 05232721 1 05232721 1 38 Right Side Plate 01302710 1 01302710 1 39 Cable cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1 40 Pump Cover 01252710 1 01252710 1 41 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 42 2 Expansive 9743411201 1 0713411201 1 330 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING
123. 13 Fan control button 6 Defrosting display 14 Temp Timer reducing button 7 Timer display 15 Temp Timer rising button 8 Signal receptor 16 Mode button 4 1 2 Dimension 42 5 zi H N 1 i 2 85 Fig 4 2 1 Outline Dimension Fig 4 2 2 Installation Dimension 85 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 1 3 Installation 2 4 i Z ER CONTROL 24 AR al e 8 7 419 2 z 2 6 1 2 3 Fig 4 3 Installation of wired controller SN 1 2 3 4 Casing base installed into the Controller Screw M4X25 Controller wall Soleplate Panel eNotice for installation under the guidance of Fig 10 1 Cut off power supply before installing the electrical components It is forbidden to carry out the installation with power on 2 Get one end of the 4 core communication cable and put it through the rectangular hole on the base board on the wired controller 3 Hold the base board of controller on the wall and then fix it to the wall with M4x25 screw 4 Plug the 4 core communication cable into the slot on the wired controller and then fix the controller panel with base board together 4 2 WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER for Hydro unit 4 2 1 Introduction of Functions Wired controller shall be used with hydro box and its main functions are as fo
124. 166 1 4 Electric box sub assy 01394836 1 5 Electric box 26904131 1 6 Mainboard WZ6P30 30226209 1 7 Filter plate WZ814B 30228115 1 8 S circuit breaker 16 40A 46020018 4 9 Electric box cover 01424235 1 10 Motor support sub assy 01804318 1 11 Isolation sheet sub assy1 01244111 1 12 Connecting pipe gas 05024967 1 13 Support sub assy gas 01804149 1 14 Suction pipe sub assy 04674176 1 15 Capillary sub assy 04104156 1 16 Filter 07212121 2 17 Gas Liquid Separator 07424104 1 18 Gas by pass valve sub assy 07334338 1 19 Solenoid Valve FDF2A 43000054 1 20 Valve accessories solenoid 4304000403 1 21 4 way valve sub assy1 04144165 1 22 4 way valve SHF 20H 43000338 1 23 4 way valve Fittings solenoid coil 4300040029 1 288 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 24 Filter p19 07210037 1 25 4 way valve sub assy2 04144166 1 26 4 way valve 3 5 HP R410A 4300008201 1 27 4 way valve fittings solenoid 4300040031 1 28 Rear side plate 01314168P 1 29 Handle 26235253 3 30 Cut off valve 3 8 R410A 07130209 1 31 Cut off valve 1 2 R410A 07130210 1 32 Cut off valve 3 4 R410A 07130212 1 33 Gas valve sub assy 07103030 1 34 Valve support assy 01804156P 1 35 One way valve 04324001 1 36 Filter 07212121 2 37 Electric expansion valve sub assy2 07334337 1
125. 18 Liquid branch circuit valve sub assy 1 04324826 1 19 Oil return pipe sub assy Support 01804219P 1 20 Low pressure measure valve 322101002 1 21 liquid gas separator 07424148 1 22 Displacement pipe sub assy 1 04634248 1 Compressor and it s fittings 28 E405DHD 38D2Y 09204116 1 24 lower panel sub assy 01194307P 1 25 Compressor fixing support sub assy 01324331P 1 26 oil separator 07423202 1 Compressor and it s fittings 27 E505DH 49D2Y 00204124 1 28 Liquid pipe cut off valve sub assy 07304119 1 29 desiccation filter sub assy 07414129 1 30 Support 01804166P 1 31 Displacement pipe sub assy 2 04634249 1 32 Gas pipe cut off valve sub assy 07304118 1 33 Electrical expansion vavle sub assy 1 07334355 1 34 Electrical expansion vavle sub assy 2 07334356 1 35 liquid receiver 07424157 1 36 handle apricot ash 26235253 2 37 Back grill 01238740 1 38 Panel Front 01543243P 1 39 Fixing support sub assy 3 01313259P 1 40 Sustain lengthways girder 01894156P 1 41 Sustain transverse girder sub assy 01874132P 1 42 lower seat transverse girder 01874115P 2 43 Package wooden base 51094102 1 44 lower seat lengthways girder sub assy 01874137P 2 45 cover of electrical box 01264173P 1 46 Terminal board 2 8 42011103 2 47 Main Board WZ6P30A 30226226 1 48 Main Board ZQ86 30228606 1 49 radiator SRX11D250 49010605 1 50 radiator 49018761 1 51 Main Board WZS901 30229004 1 52 AC Contactor LC1D25M7C 44010213 1 53 Electric element install Board sub assy 2 01324319 1 54 T
126. 2 02 02 COM D2 COM1 PC COM2 GOM2 COM2 lt S N o UP 02 02 W H2 ZJ6012 1 ZJ6012 2 Z36012 n RS232 485 Converter 3 connector IDU A w ODU D2 D2 02 D2 l ZJ6012 m ZJ6012 m ZJ6012 254 Description of above communication cables Cable Description D1 crystal head and the other end is XH 4 core pin connector 2 core Type V twisted pair wire D2 both crvstal head Standard parts D3 crystal head and the other end connects of it connects with wiring terminal of converter 2 core Type V twisted pair wire H2 both 9 core head Standard parts 115 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 7 3 Hardware 7 3 1 Introduction to Main Devices 7 3 1 1 R232 R485 Optoelectronic Isolated Converter standard parts Connecting Working indicator Male connector DBS8connected with R8232 COM of BMS Power supply connecting terminal 1 Function Introduction e R232 R485 optoelectronic Isolated converter is used to convert the signal 232 of PC COM and signal of bus 485 2 Dimension Description L mm W mm H mm optoelectronic isolated converter 94 72 23 3 Installation Dimension 116 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 25mm 94mm 4 Installation Criteria must be installed indoors to avoid knock insolation or rainwater and is better to be put
127. 22 Tube in tube condensator 01152807 1 23 Cross Beam Sub assy 01874182P 2 24 Handle apricot gray 26235253 4 25 Electric box Assy RQ30LA 01394958 1 26 Mains Transformer 48X26G 43110233 1 27 AC contactorCJX9B 25S D 44010245 1 28 Mainboard Z6P30A 30226228 1 29 Leakage Switch PFIM 40 4 003 45010028 1 30 AC contactorLC1D25M7C 44010213 1 31 Electric box cover 01424317P 1 32 Top cover plate 01264175P 1 301 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING RQ30LA K Exploded View 2 EN N AN G 2 al Ly 1 LAN Le PU 302 Parts List De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING No Part Name Code Qty 1 Right Side Plate 01314302P 1 2 Front Panel 01544606P 1 3 Discharge PipeSub assy 04364103 1 4 Auto Air Outlet Valve 07108208 1 5 Tube in tube Connecting PipeSub assy 05025171 1 6 Check Valve DN20 07382807 1 7 Feed Pipe electric heating 04364102 1 8 Feed PipeSub assv 04364101 1 9 Water Pump MHI202 single phase 43138218 1 10 ValveSub assv liquid side 07304121 1 11 ValveSub assv gas side 07304120 1 12 water flow switch FSF50P 2R1 2 45028207 1 13 Discharge PipeSub assy 04364107 1 14 expansion drum 072282191 1 15 Support expansion drum 01804355P 1 16 SupportSub assy 01804356P 1 17 ChassisSub assy 01194139P 1 18 package base fr
128. 32 430 738 892 980 721 738 125 203 266 L R56P NaB K GMV L R71P NaB K R56PS NaB K GMV L R71PS NaB K 1114 420 918 1074 1155 736 1010 207 207 300 GMV L GMV L GMV L R90P NaB K GMV L RI12P NaB K 90 5 GMV L RI12PS NaB K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 736 1280 207 250 300 R140P NaB K GMV L R140PS NaB K X x px LY Jw 146 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 6 1 2Installation space requirements Vip pi bhi piles le ie d E Z PP M AED LE 2 22 L z Nut with HU AL washer H Z A Nut aa Z 94 Ci d 6 1 3 Installation demonstration D Selection of style of return air 7 4 5 uw 4 e ET D 3 x J 2 J A f i f L y N 2 P M d i Supply air 2 Supply air d Z 2 12 a 77 lt 4 6 1 Return air Return air Install return air duct a Install return air duct b No Name No Name 1 Return air inlet with filter 4 Indoor unit 2 Canvas air duct 5 Supply air duct 3 Return air duct 6 Test grill Installation of fresh air duct 1 When fresh air duct is need to be connected cut the fresh air baffle as shown in fig 8 Plug up the gap of fresh air baffle by sponge if fresh air duct is not used 2 Install the circle flange so that the
129. 42 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV RS6P Na K GMV R71P Na K GMV R80P Na K GMVL RS6P Na K GMVL R71P Na K GMVL R80P Na K N XTI p Lo owe NO CNI CN AC L RD CN12 JSE 50T 3 154 250 aug FUSE SO a 250 2121 dose P 16 CN15 PCB lt Tei munication e ire ES CN3 RD CN4 YECNS BU CN6 HAE XT2 J jaral 1 4 i TH A THY tHe YY tH JZ ei w S Out Mid In Environment temp temp temp temp sensor sensor sensorsensor ir l GN VEJ Fan motor anual Pane g E 65624604 i 7 GMV R63P Na K GMVL R63P Na K XTI A PES F Transformer Cie am 2 9 CN12 KS 10 FUSE 501 communication Ur U g CNIS mmunication A Dr 16 ch CN5 2 3 4 R RISEA rad Out n Environment x temp temp temp LCD sensor sensor sensor sensor HE Manual i 243 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual GMV R90P Na K GMV R100P Na K GMV R112P Na K GMV R140P Na K GMVL R90P Na K GMVL R100P N GMVL R112P Na K GMVL R140P Na K
130. 43110233 1 27 Handle 26235253 2 28 Right Side Plate Sub Assy 01314245P 1 29 Auto Air Outlet Valve 07108208 1 30 Displav Board 30296313 1 31 Temperature Sensor 390000372 1 32 Tube sensor 390002073 1 33 Tube sensor 39000283 1 34 Bipolar Air Switch 45010029 1 Notes is only the part of RODSGB K is only the part of RQD8GB K 299 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING RQD30LA M Exploded View 300 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Parts List No Part Name Code Qty 1 Right Side Plate 01314302P 1 2 Front Panel 01544606P 1 3 Discharge PipeSub assy 04364103 1 4 Auto Air Outlet Valve 07108208 1 5 Auxiliary Electric Heater DR5 320101091 1 6 Tube in tube Connecting PipeSub assy 05025171 1 7 Check Valve DN20 07382807 1 8 Feed Pipe electric heating 04364102 1 9 Feed PipeSub assy 04364101 1 10 Water Pump MHI202 single phase 43138218 1 11 Valve Sub assy liquid side 07304121 1 12 Valve Sub assy gas side 07304120 1 13 water flow switch FSF50P 2R1 2 45028207 1 14 Discharge PipeSub assy 04364107 1 15 expansion drum 072282191 1 16 Support expansion drum 01804355P 1 17 SupportSub assy 01804356P 1 18 ChassisSub assy 01194139P 1 19 package base frame wooden 50232840 1 20 Right Side Plate 01314221P 1 24 Rear Panel 01544605P 1
131. 5 gt 1 9 2 Allowable Length and Height Differences of the Refrigerant Piping between the Indoor and Outdoor Units Outdoor unit Hydro unit Water tank Indoor unit The Ist manifold Equivalent length of the farthest fitting pipe L Equivalent length of the farthest fitting pipe 1st manifold L Indoor unit Equivalent length is based on one Y type manifold pipe per 0 5m 172 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Units with capacity between 20kW and 60 kW Allowable Fitting Pipe Total length actual length of fitting pipe 300m Lo L4 L2 L L4 Ls L a b i j Length of farthest Actual length 100m m Ly L3 Ly Ls Letj fitting pipe m Equivalent length 125m length from the first branch to the furthest 40m L3tLy Ls Let j Height difference Outdoor unit at 50m between outdoor unit i Outdoor unit at and indoor unit aom Height difference between indoor units m 15m length from outdoor unit to Hydro Unit 10m LO length from Hydro Unit to water tank 10m L9 Refrigerant Pipe Circulating Water Pipe Pressure N water tank Hvdro unit i Hvdro unit Outdoor Unit ydro uni wired controller 8 5 B V 1 gt 3 a S The 161 g manifold 5 5 Indoor unit 5 Equivalent length of farthest pipe L lt 60m E B a I V z The equivalent length of the farthes
132. 729 es Office No 7 Office Address l 29 Address 3 49 oj Assembly Room No 1 Assembly Room No 2 CAddress 1 4 CAddress 5 9 mu CC eu Ned 2 NL z gt a PA f 4 debba zin Centralized cantraller 227001 Office No l Office No 2 Office No Office Not Office No 5 Office No 6 Address 1 2 Address 3 4 Address 5 6 Address 7 89 Address 9 10 Address L 12 _ Neti Neti _ N Net 1 Monitor Room e 5 GMV L 1 Pd160W NaB K E 102 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Instruction to Frame Diagram of System Net Mark A Outdoor Unit GMV L Pd160W NaB K can be connected with up to 16 indoor units In this project this outdoor unit is connected with the communication module with address of 01 and indoor units address 01 12 of office 1 6 corresponding with independent communication Net 2 The mainboard of outdoor unit is as follow 3 core neilsbed connects with indoor unit or communication module im aim a eS Mark B Outdoor Unit GMV L R620W4 A can be connected with up to 32 indoor units by two pinboards either of which can connect with up to 16 indoor units What s more the quantity of communication modules used is the same as that of pinboards In this project pinboard 1 is connected with the communication module with address of 02 and indoor units address 01 042 of office 7 8 corresponding with
133. 9 Electric box cover 01424235 1 10 Motor support sub assy 01804318 1 11 Isolation sheet sub assy1 01244111 1 12 Connecting pipe gas 05024967 1 13 Support sub assy gas 01804149 1 14 Suction pipe sub assy 04674176 1 15 Capillary sub assy 04104156 1 16 Filter 07212121 2 17 Gas Liquid Separator 07424104 1 18 Gas by pass valve sub assy 07334338 1 19 Solenoid Valve FDF2A 43000054 1 20 Solenoid ValveFittings solenoid coil 4304000403 1 21 4 way valve sub assy1 04144165 1 22 4 way valve SHF 20H 43000338 1 290 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 23 4 way valveFittings solenoid coil 4300040029 1 24 Filter p19 07210037 1 25 4 way valve sub assy2 04144166 1 26 4 way valve 3 5hp R410A 4300008201 1 27 4 way valveFittings solenoid coil 4300040031 1 A 28 Rear side plate 01314168P 1 29 Handle 26235253 3 30 Cut off valve 3 8 R410A 07130209 1 31 Cut off valve 1 2 R410A 07130210 1 32 Cut off valve 3 4 R410A 07130212 1 33 Gas valveSub assy 07103030 1 34 Valve SupportSub assy 01804156P 1 35 One way valve 04324001 1 36 Filter 07212121 2 37 Electric expansion valve sub assy2 07334337 1 38 Electric expansion valve SPF 18D88 07334193 1 39 Electric expansion valve coil 4300010811 1 40 Solenoid Valve Fittings solenoid coil 4304000428 1 41 Solenoid Valve FDF6A 4300
134. 94987 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01258612 1 1 20 mounting Plate 01324350 l l 21 Water Pump Assy 15404119 1 1 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010014 1 1 24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226222 1 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296014 l 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39004167 1 1 321 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Qty n s GMVL R56PS NaB K GMVL R71PS NaB K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01499074 1 1 2 Support of Evaporator 01078603 1 1 3 Evaporator Assy 01024234 1 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01078604 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assv 01314225 1 1 7 of left side Plate Sub assy 01494131 1 1 8 Seal of Connection Pipe Sub assy 01494129 1 1 9 Hook 02112466 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01425249 l 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01258651 1 1 12 IRight Side Plate Sub 01308679 l 1 Lassy 13 Motor Support 01708502 1 1 14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1 15 Motor Sub assv ae es 15018604 1 1 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 01499074 1 1 17 Filter 11129066 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394997 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01258612 1 1 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub assy 01324350 1 1 21 Water Pump Assy 15404119 1 1 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010014 1 1 24 Transf
135. 950 X 950 X 60 Package Dimensions ia Main body 960 X 960 X 394 WxDxH Panel 1040X 1025115 Net Weight Main body Panel kg 38 65 Gross Weight Main body Panel kg 909 31 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R125T Na K GMV L R140T Na K kW 12 5 14 0 Cooling Capacitv Btu 42650 47770 kW 13 5 14 5 Heating Capacitv Btu 46062 49470 m3 h 1860 1860 Air Flow Rate CFM 1095 1095 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 40 36 40 36 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 06 0 06 Fan Motor Running A 0 59 0 59 Current mm 015 9 015 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 9 52 9 52 1 Liquid Pipe inch 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness mm 30 1 5 30 1 5 Unit Dimensions ener Main body 840x840x320 WxDxH Panel 950x950x60 Package Dimensions mm Main body 960x960x394 WxDxH Panel 1040x1025x115 Net Weight Main body Panel kg 38 6 5 Gross Weight Main body Panel kg 46 10 Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance
136. Compressor 4 way valve A close 4 way valve A close 4 way valve A Close 4 way valve B On 4 way valve B Close Outdoor fan stop ompressor defrosting ontrol control Electric expansion valve Electric expansion valve A protection control A full open ectric expansion valve Electric expansion valve B full open B full open Electromagnetic valve Electromagnetic valve on B close by water heating mode ompressor controlled by capacit 4 way valve B On utdoor fan controlle by water heating mode 4 way valve A close 4 Compressor initialization Electric expansion valve A controlled by capacity ectric expansion valve B full open Electromagnetic valve B open Electric expansion valve A controlled by capacity ectric expansion valve B full open Electromagnetic valve B On 65 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual e Cooling and Water Heating Operation Cooling and Water Heating N CONTROL Protection of Yes Compressor Temp or capacity Yes adjustment Outdoor fan controlled by o and water heating mode ompressor controlled by capacity Outdoor electric expans ion valve full open Outdoor electric expans ion valve B close Electromagnetic on Outdoor fan controlled by and water heating mode ompressor by capacit Electric expansion valve A cont
137. D5GA K RQD8GA K Illustration Name Function Compressor It is key part of air conditioner which inhales the gas with low temp and low pressure then compress it to be the gas with high temp and high pressure and finally discharge it Electric expansion valve It is throttling gear which turn the high pressure and liquid refrigerants to be low temperature vapor 4 way valve It can change the flow direction of refrigerants so that the switch between cooling and heating can be realized Oil separator It is between discharge vent of compressor and inlet of condensator which separates the gas of refrigerants from lubricants of compressor Gas liquid separator It is between outlet of condensator and suction vent of compressor which is used for separating refrigerants 254 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING High pressure liquid accumulator It is used for accumulating the residual liquid of refrigerants in cooling cycle ZZ One way valve Limit the flow direction of refrigerants Electromagnetic valve It is controlled by strong current It is opened when it is energized and it is closed when deenergization Cut off valve It is used for connection between indoor unit and outdoor unit as well as maintenance Hydro box It is used for heat exchange between refrigerants and water
138. Debugging of Water Heating Set the temp of water heating as 50 C and record the data after 30min running of water heating If there is any malfunction that occurs during the running such as temp sensor error water flow switcherror and fall off of water temp sensor please make sure that the temp sensors have been installed correctly and then make sure that the air has been completely discharged from the pipeline 216 Gree Commercial AC De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual MAINTENANCE 217 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE 1 PURPOSE In order to guarantee the working life and reliable running of the unit and decrease the the failure rate please execute the cleanout and maintenance periodically 2 ROUTINE WORK 2 1 Cleanout of the Water System If the water system has been used for long time there may be scale deposit on pipeline so it shall be cleaned Or the defect of heat exchange bad heating effect blockage of the pipeline or damage to the unit may be caused It is suggested to clean the water system every 6 12 months D Energize the unit and press the button Temp Setting for 5s to enter the interface of user parameter setting Choose 01 to start the function of Directly heated Clean to feed water into the water tank When the water level of the water tank is about 50mm higher than the outlet of circulating water circulating pipe of the unit
139. ERG Vent sy hom Check valve Valve B outlet eive Electric heater N E B S8 1 Cold water in era tura tutore Valve Faucet water Filter ke sal centi aucet water nlet Cutoff Valve Cassette Ducted Wall Indoor unit indoor unit Mounted rotundity indoor unit air outlet Skecth map of installation D with solar floor heater and water tank Sewage port Ducted indoor unit Rectangular air water Diagram D Model of Hydro box tank SXVD350LCJ2 A K or GMV Pds224W Na RQD20LA M SXVD400LCJ2 A K SXVD350LCJ2 A K or GMV Pds280W Na M RQD30LA M M SXVD400LCJ2 A K Ducted 134 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Skecth map of installation E for floor heating Diagram E Model of hydro box No need for floor heating GMV Pds224W Na M RQD20LA M GMV Pds280W Na M RQD30LA M The above installtion methods can be selected for installation of the unit The system consists of the following parts outdoor unit hydro box water tank Water tanks are different for different methods and the selection method is explained in detail in the instruction of hydro box Besides This unit can connect with floor heating and solar water heater and please refer to the diagram B C D E for connection methods Note D Connect outlet of hydro box with outlet of water
140. Functional dial switch S7 Functional dial switch S7 ial Dial up Settin Dial uD Functional Description E Switch 0 ON Position 1 1 S R a ee Standby S Restore R 2 L l Setting of control mode rn nitro 3 M S Setting of master slave Master indoor Slave indoor indoor unit unit M unit S Setting of ambient 4 1 O temperature acquisition Air inlet 1 Receiver O point Setting of high low Low static S L H static pressure fan pressure L High static H Functional description of function dial up Dial up switch 1 S R Setting of memory mode including the standby mode and restoration mode The standby mode refers to that the previous parameters will be kept but the unit will not run automatically after the power supply is resumed This setting is factory defaulted dial up switch pulled to ON position For example if the parameters of an indoor unit set before power shutdown are High Fan and 24 the unit will be under standby state after the power supply is resumed and after the unit is manually started the parameters will remain as High Fan and 24 The restoration mode refers to that not only the previous parameters will be kept but also that the unit can start automatically after the power supply is resumed But if the unit is under STOP state before power shutdown it will be also under STOP state after the power supply is resumed Dial up switch 2 L I Setti
141. G TEMPERATURE RANGE 44 5 CORRECTION FOR PRODUCT CAPACITY 45 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO CAPACITY 45 5 2 GAPAGITY CODE IW DW PEE 45 5 3 FORMULA OF CAPACITY 2 00 0 0 0 12000 6100 45 6 PRINCIPLE OF WORK 48 6 1 SYSTEM FLOWCHART ccccccsccccessccessccesssccesseccessceesscceeseccesseesascecssecesseccsuseessueceeseeceuecensscesaacensaees 48 6 2 EXPLANATION OF FLOWCHART cccccsscccesscccesccsssecesseccesseceaecesssccesseccessceeaeceeseecessesenasceeacennees 49 GONT ROL IA 51 1 CONTROL OF THE UNIT 5 soa cran eset Ivo o UE rao a co loveshccceceusesletetedssoceueceleseseacvbcoeseoeeues 51 1 1 INTEGRAL CONTROL OF THE 51 152 OPERATION FLOWCHART i Rote recette Ba Sb E 54 2 CONTROL FUNCTION OF THE UNITS 68 2 1 CONTROL FUNCTION OF THE OUTDOOR UNIT 68 2 2 CONTROL FUNCTION OF INDOOR UNIT 72 3 WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
142. GMV L R125P Na K GMV L R140P Na K box Lic E G ai _ _ 40 re m ll ve amp i HI i EH Edi 4 f 1 i Ho gt H Ba 1 t 1 E _ 144 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Model A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm G mm GMV L R45P Na K 932 430 738 904 980 736 738 GMV L R50P Na K 932 430 738 904 980 736 738 GMV L R56P Na K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008 GMV L R63P Na K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008 GMV L R71P Na K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008 GMV L R80P Na K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008 GMV L R90P Na K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 756 1278 GMV L R100P Na K 1382 420 1455 1340 1425 756 1278 GMV D RM2P NaK 1382 420 1455 1340 1425 756 1278 GMV L R125P Na K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 756 1278 GMV L R140P Na K 1382 420 1455 1340 1425 756 1278 Model k u mm d Liquid pipe inch Gas pipe inch 2 GMV L R45P Na K 125 207 266 1 4 1 2 q30xg27 GMV L R50P Na K 125 207 266 1 4 1 2 q30xg27 GMV L R56P Na K 207 250 300 5 8 q30xg27 GMV L R63P Na K 207 250 300 03 8 Q5 8 q30xg27 GMV L R71P Na K 207 250 300 03 8 5 8 30 27 GMV L R80P Na K 207 250 300 5 8 q30xg27 GMV L R90P Na K 207 250 30
143. GMVL R90P NaB K GMVL R112P NaB K GMVL R140P NaB K n ru POW ER Els C1 _C2 o N 2uF 20ub ja m JUF 3uF DD CD V gt Suk Sul n p 10 507 XI Xe AC N CAC LD i CN4 CN10 COMMUNICATION CORD H P V 7 PCR 5 COMMUNICATION CORD h v LI CN 4 CNI8 Receive 9 ray Board lt CN20 mA CNi4 CNI3 CN CNS a La 2 Le a 2 2 E 3 jie 4 n TAN ere dA 41 Ralf HA I jj FE lt 5 M P IS e h e dut Miol n Environment Electronic N P4 Temp Temp Temp Temp Inflate SS d Op tional Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve YEGN lt PE C 245 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R22PS NaB K GMV R28PS NaB K GMV R36PS NaB K GMVL R22PS NaB K GMVL R28PS NaB K GMVL R36PS NaB K fl N Manual Receiving board Je Code Panel FDA wire ER ES EZ3 LZ lt I CN3CNI7 CNI8 CNI9 7 is the API optional BU YE BK vH RD BN QCCESSOnmy When AP3 i I M NS is used CNI6 CN8 CNT CNI CNI3 CNIe
144. INSTALLATION 6 3 1 way cassett type Unit 6 3 1 Selection of installation site 1 Obstruct should be away from the air intake or outlet vent of the indoor unit so that the airflow blow all over the place of the room 2 Make sure the installation of the indoor unit accords with the requirement for installation dimension drawing 3 Select the place which can withstand 4 times weight of the indoor unit and would not increase the operating noise and shake 4 The installation place should be horizontal 5 Select the place where coagulated water is easy to discharge and outside unit to be connected 6 Above 18000mm between the earth and indoor unit should be ensured for maintenance and repair 7 Use hoisting screw to check if the installation place can withstand 4 times weight of the units and strengthen it before installing 6 3 2 Dimensions Data 1180 Decoration Panel 1140 Placket of The Ceiling re 1052 Distance Between the Hanging Screw S e 920 Main Unit 1 l T LL I p 3 f E emm 2 i HE i a 2 2 si el JJ 2 2 5 5 5 5 lt S d u 2 L JL el T T 2 3 S 5 zd A 4 gt 3 Lp 1 Fl Unit mm Important notice Drilling the hole of the ceiling and installing the units must be operated by professionals 155 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Ma
145. INSTALLATION MATERIAL Materials and equipments for installation shall have correspongding certificate of qualification and inspection report If there is fire resistance requirements for the product there shall be such certificate and it shall comply with related regulations Besides If customers require environmentally friendly materials such materials shall comply with national environment requirements and provide related certificates Requirements for Main Materials 3 1 Refrigerants Pipeline a Dephophorized seamless and drawn copper tube for air conditioner Material Requirement b Appearance Requirements There are needle _holes crack peeling blister impurity copper powder rust dirty or serious oxide film on the surface of the pipe and also there shall be no other cosmetic defects c Inspection Report There must be certificate and quality inspection report d Strength of extension shall not be less than 240kgf mm e Specification Outer Diameter of Copper Pipe mm Refrigerants Min Wall Thickness mm 6 35 R22 0 5 0 R410A 0 8 9 52 R22 0 71 0 R410A 0 8 127 R22 0 8 0 R410A 0 8 15 88 ____ 0 R410A 1 0 0 19 05 R22 1 0 R410A 1 0 1 2H 22 2 jA 1 2H R410A 1 5 f After cleaning and drving the inside of the copper pipe Seal pipe orifice with pipe cap plug or adhesive tape 3 2 Circulating Pipe The PPR pipe with outer diameter dn25 which is S2 5 se
146. Installation of outdoor unit Build the damping device properly Avoid sharp knock when handling the outdoor unit The inclination angle shall not be higher than 15 1 Tighten the nuts Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit 2 Provide proper protection to the outdoor connection pipe communication wires and power supply Keep the pressure for 24 hours Except for the influence by temperature it is deemed acceptable if pressure drop is within Leakage detection under pressure 0 02MPa With the temperature change by 1 C the pressure will change by approx 0 01MPa 1 Establish vacuum simultaneously in the gas pipe and liquid pipe Vacuuming 2 The vacuuming time shall be long enough Put still for 1 hour after vacuuming It is deemed acceptable if the pressure will not rise Add refrigerant according to the volume as specified on the Add refrigerant engineering drawing Open the valve of outdoor unit Commissioning of complete unit Remarks 1 Described above are general working procedures The procedures might vary with the site conditions 2 For detailed installation rules please see the description in each chapter 125 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 1 3 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION Installation of indoor unit Installation of drainage pipes Address dial code Thermal insulation of remote of control communica tion wires Connecti
147. Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 3 GMV L R50G NaB K GMV L R56G NaB K EN 346 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 7 Sweukz 10 Guide Louver down r Cross FowFan 12 _ EvaporatorAssy 13 Dranagehose w Evaporator supon Fite SS is Fronces U y W UE 8 9 10 EN RECO 3 ima 18 Remote Controller Y512 19 20 gt 22 23 Electric Box Cover 24 25 26 Tube Sensor 20k 50 Lower Shild of EeciicBox i 22 stepping Motor MPSKY cam ir 35 MowrwnceG x sr Sorcas Fx sas Evans 20 Gomecing wis N RN GMV L R50G NaB K GMV L Code 01252004 22202329 76512203 24252015 10512429 10582057 10582058 20182057 10512085 10512086 10352022 01024147 0523001403 24212067 11122048 200026529 01544115 305125063 22432071 20112019 71010103 42011233 20112020 30226116 43110237 3900019813 3900019814 3900019815 3900019816 42020063 20112018 01592037 01592038 15212117 26112095 26252009 150120671 24242001 400103953 01324110P 07334255 40010267 R56G NaB K lt SERVICING 347 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 4 GMV L R71G Na
148. K GMV L R45T Na K GMV L R50T Na K GMV L R56T Na K GMV L R63T Na K GMV L R71T Na K GMV L R80T Na K GMV L R90T Na K GMV L R100T Na k GMV L R112T Na K GMV L R140T Na K Wall DP surface lt i 1 220 Wall Wall surface EN 7 surfac A hes I lt 21500 Model H GM V L R28T Na K 21500 _ GM V L R36T Na K 210 GM V L RAST Na K GM V L R50T Na K GM V L R56T Na K GM V L R63T Na K 260 GM V L R71T Na K GM V L R80T Na K unit mm GM V L R90T Na K GM V L R100T Na K 340 GM V L R112T Na K GM V L R125T Na K GM V L R140T Na K 221800 id wa d LO EA Fa 27 PA Wa UG round lt surface GMV L R22T NaA K GMV L R28T NaA K GMV L R36T NaA K GMV L R45T NaA K lt ge x fl P4 Wall gt gt 4 VA J we LL Z Z Z sac L Z 1 m x a 1 i 7 A N 2 V E P Wall Wall surface Fa PA surface LIE lt u 21500 gt Z Z Z s Model l P M GMV L R22T NaA K WA J a 21500 GMV L R28T NaA K 250 KG GMV L R36T NaA K 2 8 GMV L R45T NaA K 1 CO eo Z N unit mm Z Lo SS 7 gt 7 LS L L A LL Lf NS Z ERI Eo b A le FL Z t 6 2 4 Installation demonstration 1 The primary step for installing the indoor unit When attaching the hoisting stand on hoisting
149. K GMV L R80G Na K 348 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R71G Na K GMV L R80G Na K Part Name 9 10 11 Evaporator assy _ 0102411200 1 12 Drainage hose 0523001404 1 13 c 15 16 Front Panel 20002698 1 e 17 JFrontPanel A 224328 1 18 Remote Controler y512 305125063 1 19 ReceverBoadJD 30046093 1 20 Electric Box Cover _ 20102252 1 21 Swihtevr 12 10582007 tt 22 Wireclamp 71010103 1 23 Terminal Board T4B3A 42011233 HecicBokOwe _ 20102808 J ain Pos so Transformer 4m 1 Room Sensor 3900965 _ 1 3 Sensor Insert 4202006313 Electric Box 2425 _ 1 Lower Shield of Electric Box 01520 1 Upper Shield of Electric Box 01592033 1 Stepping Motor MP2AGA 18220211 Evaporator Support 24212042 1 Motor Clamp 2469 Motor EN26D 150120058 1 Fixer evaporator 02112008 1 Pipe Camp 1 2 1 Signal Cable 400393 1 Fx subasy O0f324M0P 1 EXV sub assy _ 07334258 1 Connecting Wire 40010267 z COIN o O o IN gt a oo ao oo So
150. N hours before the preset time The advance start time N is decided jointly by environment temperature and correction value of preset advance time and the start 4 Preset Mode stop of the compressor is decided according to the difference between preset water temperature and actua water temperature The water heater will be stopped 1 hour after the preset time After started the machine will run cyclically every day Fix the preset water heating time at 00 00 06 00 so that the water heater will be started in this time section The start stop of the compressor is decided according to the Night Mode NIGHTWORK difference between preset water temperature and actua l water temperature If exceeding this time section the water heater will be stopped After started the machine will run cyclically every day Deactivate the key operation in which case any key will be LOCK e ji disabled 6 Defrost DEFROST Display the defrost state of Hydro box A Displav the start stop of auxiliarv electric heating When Auxiliary I 7 the outdoor unit is failed the auxiliary heating icon will Heating flash Water Temp IBB Display the water temperature Set Set the target temperature of water Temperature 8 Error Code HB Display the machine abnormality code Paramet r By preseiiig Wie key the wired controller will enter HB into inquiry in which case the o
151. NSTALLATION A Caution 1 The parts of actual line and imaginary line except ground wire of water tank with electric auxiliary heater shall be installed and connected But only the part of actual line of water tank without electric auxiliary hearter need to be installed and connected The difference between these two kinds of tanks can be recognized from their models and please refer to the explaination of water tank model 2 Horizontal distance between water heater and water tank shall be within 5m and drop height shall be not exceed 3m If such values are exceeds their specified range please contact with us The recommended installaion method is that the water tank is installed on the bottom while the water heater is on the top 3 Please prepare materials according to the specifications above PPR pipe is recommended if the cut off valve is installed outside 4 Only when the water heater has been fixed the water pipeling can be installed Keep the dust and other things away from the piping system 5 Dependening on the pressure of tap water water tank can provide hot water Therefore tap water is essential for using hot water 6 Keep the cut off valve of inlet of water tank open when using it 13 2 Connecting Pipe between Outdoor Unit and Hydro box Connect outdoor unit with hydro box by refrigerants piping Model ae Diameter mm Length lt d m Connection way RQD5GA K Gas pipe 15 9 10 Negative Delta RQD8GA K Liquid
152. ONS FOR INSTALLATION ccecccessccsssecesseccesseccsssceessccesseeceaseeesseceessecesseeesaseeeaecesseeens 123 1 2 KEY POINTS OF INSTALLATION 2 ttai irre ett ipee eh Pe Ec eee POS EOD Pe ET SP DRIN 124 1 3 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION n 126 2 TOOLS FOR INSTALLATION 127 24 GOMMON TOOLS repete aptit i ha OR tuqu lna kita 127 3 SELECTION OF INSTALLATION MATERIAL I 128 3 1 REFRIGERANTS PIPELINE 0 0 20000 000 0 0 8 1 128 3 2 CIRCULATING PIPE a a a a dives 128 3 3 DISCHARGE PIPE FOR 128 3 4 HEAT INSULATING MATERIALS 129 3 5 COMMUNICATION WIRE AND CONTROL 129 3 6 POWER ORDAN B 129 3 7 SUSPENDER AND BRACKET 001002000 0 0000 08080 129 4 INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMUM 130 4 1 INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF UNITS WITH SIDE AIR OUTLET een 130 4 2 INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF UNITS WITH TOP AIR OUTLET nee 131 5 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT
153. PRODUCT GMV L R140PS NaB K Model GMV L R90PS NaB K GMV L R112PS NaB K kW 9 0 11 2 14 0 Cooling Capacity Btu 30709 38216 47770 kW 10 0 12 5 15 0 Heating Capacity Btu 34120 42650 51180 m3 h 1700 1700 2000 Air Flow Rate CFM 1001 1001 1177 Sound Pressure Level 48 44 48 44 50 46 H L External Static Pressure Pa 80 40 80 40 100 50 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 225 0 225 0 26 Fan 8 Motor Running A 2 45 2 45 2 67 Current mm 015 9 015 9 015 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 5 8 Conn ecting mm 9 52 9 52 9 52 Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 3 8 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 30 1 5 30 1 5 30 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions mm 1425x736x300 1425x736x300 1425x736x300 WxDxH Package Dimensions mm 1514x785x360 1514x785x360 1514x785x360 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 64 73 64 73 65 5 75 Notes QD Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 3 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 26 De Inverter VRF plus Wa
154. RIGERANT 00 00000 0000000000 180 10 7 WELDING OF COPPER PIPE ccsssccccessssccessssccceesssceceesssceceessseececseseccsesssseceesssseceessseceestnaeess 183 10 8 CLEANING OF REFRIGERANT 2 000400000 0 00000 00000000 186 10 9 PRESSURE MAINTAINING AND LEAK 22 2 0000000000 00000 187 10 10 HEAT PRESERVATION OF REFRIGERANT 20 2 04000000 00000000000 enne ettet en 188 10 11 VACUUM PUNPING a cost os cu aceto L 190 10 12 REFRIGERANT 191 11 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE 193 11 1 DIRECTION REQUIREMENTS ccccesccccesssccessssccceesssceceesssceceessseeceessseeceesssseceesssseceesssaeeeessnaeens 193 12 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PI IBPE 194 12 1 MATERIAL QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDENSATE 194 12 2 INSTALLATION OF DRAINAGE PIPE FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF INDOOR UNIT 198 12 3 TEST FOR CONDENSATE PIPE u0 eeeeccccceesscceessscccecsssceceessscecsessssececseseccecsesseceessssecsessaeesessnaeens 202 12 4 REQUIREMENTS OF HEAT 2 004000000 000000000 00 203 13 INSTALLATION OF WATER PIPELINE
155. Reset The swing louver will sway once automatically when electrifying for the first time It can make the swing louver return to the initial positions and ensure the accuracy of swing louver action e Using Indoor Units Own Buttons for Start When you use the indoor units own buttons for start the automatic swing will work automatically The swing louver will swing back and forth between the max and min positions there are different max and min positions according to different modes Use the Wired Controller or Remote Controller for controlling When using the wired controller or remote controller for start if you don t set the automatic swing signal when starting the swing louver will stop at default location The default locations are different according to different modes If the automatic swing signal has been set well when starting the automatic swing will automatically work The swing louver will swing back and forth between the max and min positions there are different max and min positions according to different modes Cooling Dry Fan mode Heating mode a When the wired controller or remote controller sends an automatic swing signal the automatic swing function will be started and the swing louver begins to swing from current position 76 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL When the wired controller or remote controller sends a stopping swing signal the automatic swing function wi
156. SERVICING pn Display cic Display Error We on Indoor Error on Indoor Digital Unit Digital Unit Tube Tube DC overvoltage PH E5 Input overcurrent protection PA E5 protection Module overneal P8 E5 Jumper fault C5 NO protection display a ae Pc 5 Recharging circuit fault PU 5 Module somperature P7 E5 High pressure protection E1 E1 sensor fault Compressor overcurrent P5 E5 Low pressure protection E3 E3 protection DG undervoltage PL E5 Exhaust protection E4 E4 protection ee Le E5 Compressor overload protection H3 E5 PEC module Communication fault between rotection Hc E5 indoor outdoor unit and wired E6 E6 p controller Drive resetting and PO E5 Outdoor ambient temperature F4 F4 stop sensor error Protection of compressor against Indoor coil inlet temperature loss of id sensor error E Es synchronization Compressor WEN protection against Ld E5 Ingen F6 F6 loss of phase Inverter drive P6 E5 Outdoor coil outlet temperature F7 F7 communication fault sensor error IPM module H5 E5 Exhaust temperature sensor F9 F9 protection error 1 3 Display of the number of indoor units Note You may press down SW3 key of outdoor unit twice continuously within 2s so that the system will detect the number of indoor units in which case the LED1 LED4 will blink in turn LED5 and LED6 will become dark After 12 seconds the number of indoor units will be displayed
157. Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R125P Na K GMV L R140P Na K kW 12 5 14 0 Cooling Capacitv Btu 42652 47770 kW 13 5 15 0 Heating Capacitv Btu 46060 51180 m3 h 2000 2000 Air Flow Rate CFM 1177 1177 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 44 40 45 41 External Static Pressure Pa 100 50 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 225 0 225 Fan Motor Running Current A 2 14 2 14 mm 15 9 15 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 Connecting mm 9 52 9 52 Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 93 8 93 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes CExternal Dia x Thickness mm g30x1 5 g30x1 5 Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 1385x736x300 1385x736x300 Package Dimensions WxDxH mm 1514x795x360 1514x795x360 Weight Net Gross kg 75 79 75 79 Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 20 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R22P NaB GMV L R28P NaB K GMV L R36P NaB K
158. T GMV L R100P Na GMV L R112P Na Model GMV L R90P Na K K K kW 9 0 10 0 11 2 Cooling Capacitv Btu 30709 34121 38216 kW 10 0 11 0 12 5 Heating Capacitv Btu 34120 37532 42650 m3 h 2000 2000 2000 Air Flow Rate CFM 1177 1177 1177 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 44 40 44 40 44 40 External Static Pressure Pa 100 100 100 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 225 0 225 0 225 Fan Motor Running A 2 14 2 14 2 14 Current mm 15 9 15 9 15 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 5 8 pice mm 99 52 99 52 99 52 g FIpes Liquid Pipe inch 93 8 93 8 93 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes CExternal Dia x Thickness jon meee goss 93015 Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 1385x736x300 1385x736x300 1385 736 300 Package Dimensions WxDxH mm 1514 795 360 1514 795 360 1514 795 360 Weight Net Gross kg 75 79 75 79 75 79 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 19 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution
159. Transformer 43110237 1 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226168 1 1 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296014 1 1 1 28 sub assy 39008026 1 1 1 313 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual List of components SERVICING Qty Part Name Code GMVL R22P Na GMVL R28P Na GMVL R36P Na B K B K B K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01494118 1 1 1 2 Left Support of Evaporator 01094122 1 1 1 3 Evaporator Assy 01024231 l 01024232 1 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01094121 1 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub 01314172 1 1 1 assy 7 Seal of left side Plate Sub assv 01494115 1 1 1 8 of Connection Pipe 01494132 l l l ub assy 9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01424319 1 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01264176 1 1 1 12 Right Side Plate Sub 01314175 l 1 1 assy 13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1 1570520103 1 14 Fan Motor 1570520201 1 1 15 Motor Sub assv 150024011 1 1 1 Border Plate Assy of Air 16 Return End 02225234 l 17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394991 1 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assv 01264178 1 1 1 20 Fan motor mounting Plate 01324341 l l l Sub assy 21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 0 0 0 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1 24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226167 1 1 1 26 Connecting W
160. UCT Model GMV L R45PS NaB K GMV L R56PS NaB K GMV L R71PS NaB K kW 4 5 5 6 7 1 Cooling Capacity Btu 15355 19108 24226 kW 5 0 6 3 8 0 Heating Capacitv Btu 17060 21496 27296 m3 h 700 1000 1100 Air Flow Rate CFM 412 589 647 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 40 36 44 40 45 41 External Static Pressure Pa 50 20 60 30 60 30 Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 07 0 15 0 15 Fan Motor Running A 0 55 1 3 1 3 Current mm 12 7 015 9 015 9 Gas Pipe inch 1 2 5 8 5 8 d d mm 6 35 9 52 9 52 Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 30 1 5 30 1 5 30 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions mm 980x721x266 1155x756x300 1155x756x300 WxDxH Package Dimensions mm 1068x766x320 1245x785x360 1245x785x360 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 36 39 51 58 51 58 Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 3 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 25 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual
161. US304L Inner pot 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 Material Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Insulating Layer Thicknes mm 50 45 45 45 S Outer Material Cold Plate Cold Plate Cold Plate Cold Plate Layer Te mm 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 Caliber mm DN20 DN20 DN20 DN20 Circulated Pipes aes 3 G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 Cool Caliber mm DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 Water in Pipe d G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 Hot Caliber mm DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 Water out Pipe 91 2 91 2 91 2 91 2 Dirm nsio Outer I Diameter mm 540 X 1595 620x1620 620x1895 620x2125 x Height Net Weight Gross kg 71 83 87 97 95 106 102 114 Weight Pile Layer 3 3 3 3 4 6 Operating temperature range Cooling working range Outdoor temperature 5 C 48 C Heating working range Outdoor temperature 20 C 27 C Cooling and water heating working range Outdoor temperature 5 C 43 C Heating and water heating working range Outdoor temperature 15 C 24 C Water heating working range Outdoor temperature 15 C 43 C 44 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 5 CORRECTION FOR PRODUCT CAPACITY 5 1 Introduction to Capacity Correction The actual capacity of VRF units is related to indoor and outdoor ambient temperatures Length of connecting pipe between indoor unit and outdoor unit distance of piping as well as drop height between indoor and outdoor unit Therefore During the design and model selection correct the nominal capa
162. Water full signal is valid inal ru Water full signal is disappears Pump start Pump stop 10m H H t gt 6 Anti frosting operating undercooling and drying operation When evaporator temperature is too low under cooling and drying operation in order to avoid indoor unit frosting and affect the cooling effect you should carry out anti frosting operating at approproate time Under cooling and drying mode after the compressor starts for Tcompressor minutes when continuously measuring that the Ttube inlet temperature ST Frosting temperature Of evaporator for Tantifrosting the antifreezing protection will operate and the indoor fan and swing fan will keep the former state when the T rue iniet temperature ST Frosting temperatures the LED will not light and the controller will operate as setting mode The parameter of T Compressor T Defending frost T Frosting temperature and TReset temperature will be different according to the model as shown Model T m T Defending frost T Frosting temperature TReset temperature Ompressor m C Series of cassete and 15 10 4 15 duct type Series of wall mounted 6 3 0 10 type 7 Controling of indoor electronic expansion valve Reset control of indoor electronic expansion valve When the indoor unit is energized it will automatically carry out the electronic expansion valve reposition action to make the ele
163. ace that can handle the weight of indoor unit Such a place which has easv access for maintenance Such a place where easv connection with the outdoor unit is permitted X X X X X x Such a place which is 1m or more away from other electric appliances such as television audio device etc Avoid a location where there is heat source high humidity or inflammable gas Do not use the unit in the immediate surroundings of a laundry a bath shower or swimming pool Be sure that the installation conforms to the installation dimension diagram e Caution for installation where air conditioner trouble is likely to occur yx Where there is too much oil yx Where it is acid base area yx Where there is irregular electrical supply 161 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 6 5 2 Dimensions Data Installation dimensions Outline dimensions Model E D A B C ES c NN 2 m 2 net 2 162 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 6 5 3 Installation space requirements yx The space around the unit is adequate for ventilation Refer to Fig 1 60cm or more 6 5 4 Installation demonstration There are 2 styles of installation Ceiling type x Floor type Each type is similar to the other
164. ame wooden 50232840 1 19 Right Side Plate 01314221P 1 20 Rear Panel 01544605P 1 21 Tube in tube condensator 01152807 1 22 Cross BeamSub assy 01874182P 2 23 Handle apricot gray 26235253 4 Electric box assy RQ30LA 24 01394958 1 25 Mains Transformer48X26G 43110233 1 26 Mainboard Z6P30A 30226228 1 27 Leakage Switch PFIM 40 4 003 45010028 1 28 AC contactorLC1D25M7C 44010213 1 29 Electric box cover 01424317P 1 30 Top cover plate 01264175P 1 303 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 3 Indoor Unit_Exploded view and Parts List 5 3 1 Duct Type Unit 1 GMV L R22P Na K GMV L R25P Na K GMV L R28P Na K GMV L R32P Na K GMV L R36P Na K E W xs N I I ML S Til A Ex 304 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R22P Na K G GMV L R28P Na K GMV L R32 No Part Name MV L R25P Na K P Na K GMV L R36P Na K Code Qty Code Qty 1 Top Cover Sub assv 01259052 1 01259052 1 2 Hook 02112446 2 02112446 2 3 Seal of Left Side Plate Sub assy 01499051 1 01499051 1 4 Seal of Connection Pipe Sub assy 01499053 1 01499053 1 9 Electric Assy 01408739 1 01394605 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assy 01308788 1 01308788 1 7 Left Support of Evaporator 01078774 1 01078774 1 8 Liquid entered Pipe Sub a
165. an 15mm is recommended After wrapping the pipe with insulating cotton bundle the pipe water temp sensor and wires Installation Diagram of the Unit water tank drain joint A water inlet cut off valve C hot water j water outlet temp sensor port 1 outlet pipe Hyd ro box air outlet valve 7 water temp sensor on the upper parti connected safetv check valve filter cut off valve B tap water drain joint B cut off valve A ERES GR x S E temp sensor port 2 water temp sensor on the drain vent lower part Note 1 Only temp sensor in the bottom part is equipped in hydro box and the temp sensor in the upper part is self provided by water tank 2 Connect temp sensor port 1 of water tank with the water temp sensor on the upper part of hydro box 3 Connect temp sensor port 2 of water tank with the water temp sensor on the lower part of hydro box 4 The connection method of upper temp sensor is mutual connection in the air 5 If the water tank just has one temp sensor port connect the temp sensor on the upper part of hydro box with temp sensor port of water tank Specification Name Thread of Connecting Pipe Circulating vents of hydro box G3 4 Cooling water inlet of water tank G1 2 Circulating water inlet of water tank G3 4 hot water outlet of water tank G1 2 Pipe junction G3 4 204 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual I
166. anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 34 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit Model GMV L R45G NaB K GMV L R50G NaB K GMV L R56G NaB K kw 4 5 5 0 5 6 Cooling Capacity Btu 15355 17061 19108 kw 5 0 5 8 6 3 Heating Capacity Btu 17061 19790 21496 mm m3 h 500 700 750 Ir Flow Kate CFM 294 412 441 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 43 28 45 40 45 40 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Fan Output kW 0 022 0 02 0 02 Mot i e bo EE 0 22 0 25 0 26 e mm 012 7 012 7 015 9 Connecti inch 01 2 01 2 5 8 Pip m mm 6 35 06 35 9 52 S inch 1 4 1 4 03 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 20 1 5 30 1 5 30 1 5 Thickness mm 830 189x285 1020 228 310 1020 228 310 eee a mm 1006 385 265 1178 325 390 1178 325 390 Weight Net Gross kg 11 15 8 15 5 20 5 15 5 20 5 The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the valu
167. as follows 1 Determine the mounting position on ceiling or wall by using paper pattern to indicate indoor frame Mark the pattern and pull out the paper pattern Refer to Fig 2 2 Remove the return grill the side panel and the hanger bracket from the indoor unit as per procedure bellow x Press the fixing knob of the return air inlet grills the grilles will be opened wider and then pull them out from the indoor yx Remove the side panel fixing screw and pull to the front direction arrow direction to remove Side panel fixing screw Refer to Fig 3 Loosen two hanger bracket setting bolts M8 eath side for less than 10mm Remove two hanger bracket fixing bolts M6 on the rear side Detach the hanger bracker by pulling it backward Refer to Fig 5 Side panel fixing screw INSTALLATION PAPER PLANK Fig 2 163 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 3 Set the suspension bolt Use W3 8 or M10 size suspension bolts yx Adjust the distance from the unit to the ceiling slab beforehand Refer to Fig 4 4 Fix the hanger bracket to the suspension bolt A Warning yx Make sure that extended suspension bolt from the ceiling stays inside the arrowed position Readjust the hanger bracket when it is outside the arrowed position Refer to Fig 6 yx Suspension bolt stays inside the cap of indoor unit Never remove the cap 5 Lift the unit and slide forward unit the dent Refer to F
168. aste avoid placing the copper pipe directly on ground Chamfer Burrs may occur on the cutting face of copper pipe and must be removed Meanwhile purge the foreign articles out of the pipe and refinish the pipe end e Use scraper or other tools to remove the burrs on inner side To prevent copper scraps from falling into the pipe please keep the pipe end downward during operation e If the pipe end is obviously deformed please cut and throw it off and then refinish the pipe end e Eliminate the copper scraps thoroughly and use cotton yarn to wipe the pipe clean The flared joint must be kept smooth When removing the burrs with scraper do not remove too much especially for the fitting pipe of small diameter otherwise the contact surface of the flared joint will be reduced Do not cause any scores and avoid cracking after the flared joint is formed Adverse impact if the burrs are removed too much with scraper 178 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Too much eliminated The contact face becomes small Flared nut 5 Pipe bending Work Methods a Bend by Suitable to fine copper pipe p6 35mm p12 7mm b Machining with spring pipe bender Bend by inserting the spring into copper pipe or sheathing onto the copper pipe 6 35mm 22 2mm c Machining with hand operated pipe bender Use the pipe bender of suitable dimension p6 35mm
169. at such procedures several times Afterwards use a wood board posted with white paper to check it If there is not evident dirt on the white paper the pipe will be considered clean g Shut off the main valve of nitrogen h Repeat the above procedures on indoor unit B i After cleaning of liquid pipe gas pipe shall be cleaned in the same way 10 9 Pressure Maintaining and Leak Hunting 1 Pressure maintaining of refrigerant piping After refrigerant piping of a system is welded A refrigerant filling nozzle shall be welded respectively on the big pipe and on the small pipe on the outdoor unit side Pipes connected to the end of indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be clamped to be flat and welded to be sealed Steps of pressure maintaining and leak hunting of refrigerant piping are as follows 187 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Operating Steps Complete the Pressurization Check Finish installation of gt pressure drop Bi piping Locate and repair leakage Pressurization Use nitrogen to add pressure from Freon nozzle of the gas and liquid pipe on outdoor unit side Step 1 Increase the pressure to 0 3MPa and wait for 3 minutes or longer Step 2 Increase the pressure to 1 5MPa and wait for 3 minutes or longer The step 1 and 2 are focused on checking the significant leakage point If any reweld immediately or repair the leakage point Step 3 Increase
170. ater tank the faucet water pipe hot water connector and ground drain shall be available close to the thermal insulation water tank 4 Connection of inlet outlet pipe The included safety check valve Take care that the direction shall point toward the thermal insulation tank shall be connected to the inlet of water tank by using PPR pipe and be sealed with adhesive tape as shown below Another end of the check valve shall be connected to the faucet water The hot water pipe shall be connected to the outlet of 171 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Check Valve Faucet Water water tank by using PPR pipe Note To ensure safety during use of water the inlet and outlet of water tank must be connected with a specific length of PPR pipe The length L is calculated as below L270xR in which L refers to pipe length unit mm and R refers to the inner radius of the pipe unit cm Thermal insulation shall be done and metal pipe shall not be used For the first time of use make sure that the water tank is filled with water before connecting to the power The water tank shall not run without water 9 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING 9 1 Specification R410a refrigerant system External External Diameter mm inch Thickness mm Diameter mm inch Thickness mm 6 35 20 8 022 2 21 5 9 52 20 8 925 4 21 5 912 7 21 028 6 21 5 915 9 21 p34 9 21 5 919 0
171. ation Process 2 2 Control Function of Indoor Unit 1 Cooling Operation Cooling Capacity Outdoor unit will determine the compressor capacity output according to the capacity requirements of indoor unit Indoor unit will determine the opening of indoor electronic expansion valve by the control of outdoor unit and the electronic expansion valve should be set once for every 40 seconds Temperature Control Indoor unit will control the temperature by opening and closing of indoor electronic expansion valve Shown as the following figure When the indoor unit capacity requirement is 0 you should close the electronic expansion valve When the indoor unit of capacity requirement is not 0 you should open the electronic expansion valve Expansion valve ON Expansion Valve OFFF U Indoor Ambient Temperature 1 1 H Indoor Setting Temperature 72 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL If all the indoor units temperatures of a unit are up to temperature spot then the capacity needs is o the outdoor unit will stop the compressor and all the indoor electromagnetic expansion valve will be closed Indoor Fan Action When the indoor unit is opened and the fan is not set at automatic fan speed the indoor fan will unceasingly run at the set speed regardless of the capacity requirement is 0 or not When the indoor fan is set at automatic fan speed the fan will determine the fan according to the cha
172. ay RQD5GA K RQD8GA K Gas pipe 15 9 10 Negative Delta RQD8GB K RQD5GB K RQ8GB K Liquid pipe 12 7 10 Negative Delta RQ5GB K RQ20LA K ROQ30LA K Gas pipe 19 05 10 Negative Delta RQD20LA M a Liquid pipe 15 9 10 Negative Delta RQD30LA M 7 4 Connection Requirements of Hydro box and Water Tank Connect hydro box with water tank by water pipe which can be galvanized pipe or seamless steel pipe like PVC pipe PPR pipe etc iqht lt Circulating Pipe Joint Size in e n d Connection Method p Threaded Inlet Pipe 3 4 3 Connection Threaded Outlet Pipe 3 4 3 Connection If the vertical height is more than 5m please contact us Execute insulation work to circulating tube and the thickness of heat insulating material shall be not less than 10mm Each joint of circulating tube shall be completely sealed 170 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 8 INSTALLATION OF WATER TANK 8 1 Cautions of Installation If itis installed in the places below the malfunction may be caused if it can t be avoided please consult us 1 The place where there is any kinds of mineral oil 2 The place where the air is salty 3 place where there is corrosive gas 4 The place where the supply voltage is unstable 5 The car or cabin 6 The place where there is oil gas oil slick such as kitchen 7 place where there is strong ether wave 8
173. b 6 CN8 aye We COMMUNICATION CORD A PCR COMMUNICATION CORD U CNS u X fawra X O ve E J Beard 0 ua aa Cr uk X L CNIS CNT CN2 UNI oc pulye BkiwHRD BNIOG BU a 7 m c j CZ i at 4 MIX 41 RTA quay JON EKV Met Xo WR GC UM AP3 y the Dut Mid n Environment Electronic A WA Z eng ao ae Temp Inflate pom d MEC Ona Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor alv 2 r Y D ensor Valve YEGN VEGN QACCeSSOry ADs CD MANUAL SE S U 2 GMV R22T NaA K GMV R28T NaA K GMV R36T NaA K GMV RA5T NaA K GMVL R22T NaA K GMVL R28T NaA K GMVL R36T NaA K GMVL R4ST NaA K N PIPE MID PIPE OUT ENVIRONA TEM SENSOR TEM SENSOR TEM SENSOR TEM AR of 9 4 RTA RT3 RT2 RTI 3 2 KAS C A LN ARTI A CA CA A A INTI CN5 CNI CN14 CN13 N19 EA communicator y wire XH A oN kal L CN A YEGN CN17 E Communication CN18 CM CNT T
174. city of the unit according to the below methods 5 2 Capacity Code Capacity Code of Indoor Unit Rated Cooling Capacity of Indoor Unit W X0 01 Capacity Code of Outdoor Unit Rated Cooling Capacity of Outdoor Unit W 0 01 eg GMV Pds120W Na K Rated cooling capacity of outdoor unit is 12000W and its capacity code is 120 GMV R25P NaB K Rated cooling capacity of indoor unit is 2500W and its capacity code is 25 5 3 Formula of Capacity Correction Capacity of each Indoor Unit Capacity of Outdoor Unti X Capacity of Indoor Unti Total Capacity of Indoor Units which are running at the same time Capacity of Outdoor Unit Rated Capacity of Operating Mode of Outdoor Unit X Coefficient of Correction of Temp Conditions X Coefficient of Correction of Piping Distance Coefficient of Correction of Drop Height 5 3 1 Rated Capacity of Operating Mode of Outdoor Unit Total capacity of indoor units which are runnin at the same time determines rated capacity of operating mode of outdoor unit When the sum of capacity codes of indoor units is not more than the capacity code of outdoor unit the sum is equal to the rated capacity of operating mode of outdoor unit When the sum of capacity codes of indoor units is more than the capacity code of outdoor unit the rated capacity of operating mode of outdoor unit is equal to its rated cooling capacity 5 3 2 Coefficient of Correction of Indoor and Outdoor Temp Conditions 1 Coefficient of Correction of Cooling Ca
175. coording to ambient temp for 3 min which is applicable when the unit is just started or the mode of the unit is shifted or the frequency will be adjusted according to pressure When calculated capacity of the complete unit gt 40 Outdoor Ambient T lt 11C 11 C lt TSX15 C 15C lt T lt 22C T gt 22 C Temp 41 2 33Hz 28Hz Frequency Remarks max value is 50Hz When calculated capacity of the complete unit lt 40 Outdoor Ambient T lt 3 3 lt T lt 7 7T T 11 11 lt T lt 15 18 lt T lt 22 T gt 22 Temp Fan F Max 41Hz 33Hz 28Hz 23Hz 21Hz requency Remarks max value is 50Hz Detect discharge pressure after 3min startup of the unit Fan frequency is adjusted every 2 periods according to the average value of discharge pressure so that the pressure can be restrained within optimized range If the pressure is higher than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will increase If the pressure is lower than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will decrease Water Heating Mode Initialization is the same as that of the heating mode which is is applicable when the unit is just started or the mode of the unit is shifted or the frequency will be adjusted according to pressure The highest value is 50HZ and 70 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL the lowest value is 5 HZ Detect discharge pressure after 3min startup of the unit
176. crease 1 Hz If high pressure is lt 25 C the frequency of fan will change to be 0 Hz If high pressure is 250 C frequency of fan will increase 1 Hz If high pressure is 253 C frequency of fan will increase 5 Hz Once the pressure Pc255 C is detected the frequency of outdoor fan will change to 50 Hz immediately The fan speed under Hypothermy cooling is not adjusted periodically Under cooling mode if the ambient temp gt 14 C frequencv is adjusted according to the below table Inspect the discharge pressure after the unit has been running for 3min Adjust the frequency of fan every 2 periods according to the discharge pressure and stabilize the pressure within optimized range If the pressure is higher or lower than the specified range adjust the frequency accordingly Cooling and Water Heating Mode Detect discharge pressure after 3min startup of the unit Fan frequency is adjusted every 2 periods according to the average value of discharge pressure so that the pressure can be restrained within optimized range If the pressure is higher than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will increase If the pressure is lower than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will decrease Initialization Initial frequency of fan is determined by the ambient temp during the 3min after the startup of the unit which is applicable when the unit is just started or the mode of the unit is shifted or the frequency will be adjusted accord
177. crystal heads for the three lines The connection direction should be the sameas in the above welding figures i e yellow to yellow and brown to brown wire of indoor and outdoor units but yellow to brown wire of communication line to COM1 The crystal heads are as follow Insert the three crystal heads into the triple adopter and test conduction performance of them as shown below E Connection of Communication Modules and Centralized Controller Connection of COM1 of communication module which has 3 COM in total has been introduced as the above COM2 can connect with another communication module or centralized controller as shown below 107 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Note The above figure is only for reference to relation among the equipments The actual wiring is subject to the above frame diagram of system eStep 3 There are two methods of DIP address setting of communication module Method 1 The address of each communication module has been fixed in the factory and marked on the label at the back of it It is unnecessary for users to set anything In addition the 3 digital DIP can not be dialed to OFF completely as shown below Label for address of communication module Method 2 Manual setting of address as operated the following 1 Dial the digital switch at the back of communication module to OFF completely as below 108 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater S
178. ctronic expansion valve return the initial position and ensure the accuracy of expansion valve s action Controling of superheating degree in cooling mode In the operation process of cooling and drying to keep suitable superheating degree the unit will control the jaw opening of indoor electronic expansion valve according to the difference between entry temperature and setting 77 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL superheating value of indoor unit evaporator It will be detected every 40 seconds This process will stop when powering off stop after reaching temperature point and malfunction Controlling of supercooling degree in heating mode In the operation process of heating to keep suitable supercooling degree the unit will control the jaw opening of indoor electronic expansion valve according to the difference between entry temperature and setting supercooling value of indoor unit evaporator It will be detected every 40 seconds This process will stop when powering off stop after reaching temperature point and malfunction 8 Controling of sensor test Ambient temp sensor When the ambient temperature is measured lower than 20 C or higer than 100 C for one minute continuously the ambient sensor error signal will be sent error code FO and then indoor unit will stop for abnormity When the environment sensor is in trouble the environment temperature is tested lower than 20 C or higer tha
179. d Check if the air outlet valve and blow down valve are closed 5 The pressure of feeding water shall not be less than 0 15MPa 6 Check if the appearance of the unit and pipe system are damaged during transportation 7 Check if all valves in system have been opened 15 2 Debugging of Cooling Mode Due to the characteristics of VRF unit the debugging of the system shall distinguish the max capcity of indoor unit from min indoor unit Before first startup of compressor make sure that the unit has been energized and the compressor has been preheated for 8 hours or above When the unit has been energized firstly confirm if the communication of the system is normal if the data of all indoor units and wired controllers can be viewed in monitoring software and if there is any repeated code If the communication is normal record the data of sheet 1 and then execute the running of indoor unit with max capacity During this course observe and judge if each parameter is normal If not find the cause and solve the problem Redebug it after the problem has been solved If the running of system is normal record the parameter after 30min and execute the debugging of indoor unit with min capacity subsequently The course can refer to that of min capacity running The course can refer to that of min capacity running Note During the debugging pay attention to the sound of outdoor fan and of running of the compressor 15 3 Debugging of Heating Mod
180. d outlet Correct Incorrect Protector of air outlet provide at field Seasonal wind Seasonal wind x Protector of air inlet d provide at field SZN T TT A gt lt IFT 77777 FS IPC LA PRS i Height of base in consideration of snow 142 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 6 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT 6 1 Duct Type 6 1 1 Selection of installation site e The selection of the installation place of the air conditioner unit The installation must accord with the national and local safe criterion Since the quality of installation would affect the operation directly user should contact the seller and have the conditioner installed and tested by the professional install personnel according to the install instruction instead of install by himself herself Only connect the power after all the installation works are finished e The selection of the installation place of the indoor unit Prevent direct sun burn Make sure that the top steeve ceiling and the structure of the construction etc is strong enough to bear the weight of the unit The drainage hose is easy to drain The air flow is not blocked at the outlet and intake vents The connecting pipe indoors and outdoors can be led to outside conveniently The unit cannot be installed in the place where fla
181. d press ACL button to make it normal 83 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 WIRED CONTROLLER 4 1 wired controller of indoor unit 4 1 1Operation and Display View Z60151F Z60351F CONTROL MODE A M Ff v SIN J SLEEP MELT WIR TIMER l GGREE 2 Fig 4 1 1 Various Components of Wired Remote Controller 1 Operating mode display Cool Dry Fan Heat 9 On Off button 2 Sleep mode display 10 Timer button 3 Environmental temp display Malfunction display 11 Sleep button 4 Fan control display automatic high media low 12 Swing display 5 Set Temp display 13 Fan control button 6 Defrosting display 14 Temp Timer decrease button 7 Timer display 15 Temp Timer increase button 8 Signal receptor 16 Mode button Z63151F Z63351F MODE 2 SPEED ROOM TEMP 25 v Z LIU 4 SET TEMP FAN 0 SWING g SWING 2 MELT gt HOUR TIMER L 6GRCC on orr 2 Fig4 1 2 84 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Every part of wired remote controller 1 Operating mode display Cool Dry Fan Heat 9 On Off button 2 Sleep mode display 10 Timer button 3 Environmental temp display Malfunction display 11 Swing button 4 Fan control display automatic high media low 12 Swing display 5 Set Temp display
182. ded For site wiring please refer to the circuit diagram attached on the machine body 206 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 14 2 Specifications of power cord amp circuit breaker INSTALLATION Model Power supply Min sectional area Min sectional area V Ph Hz A of earth lead mm of power cord mm GMV Pds100W Na K 220V 50HZ 32A 1X6 0 2X6 0 GMV Pds120W Na K 220V 50HZ 32A 1X6 0 2X6 0 GMV Pds140W Na K 220V 50HZ 40A 1X10 0 2X10 0 GMV Pds160W Na K 220V 50HZ 40A 1X10 0 2X10 0 GMV Pds224W Na M 380V 50HZ 32A 1X6 0 4X6 0 GMV Pds280W Na M 380V 50HZ 32A 1X6 0 4X 6 0 14 3 Wiring Sketch Map 14 3 1 Connections among Outdoor Unit Power of Hydro box and Communication Wire outdoor unit CN20 Mainboard gt gt patching board l PEN L communication wire hydro box mainboard patching board 2 1 NL N L PE Connection Diagram RQD5GA RQD8GA 207 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION mainboard mainboard temp sensor 1 communication wire CN20 outdoor unit hydro box temp sensor 2 water tank patohing Board electric box patching board L L1 L2 L3 N 4 N Leakage switch is L N 1 2 ded fe PE PE supply L1 L2 L3 leakage switch Connection Diagram of Outdoor Unit Hydro box and Water Tank RQ20LA RQ30LA upper temp s
183. der circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 37 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 2 4Floor Ceiling Type PRODUCT Model GMV L R28Zd Na K GMV L R36Zd Na K QU LE kW 2 8 3 6 5 0 Cooling Capacity Btu 9554 12284 17061 kW 32 4 0 5 8 Heating Capacity Btu 10919 13649 19790 m3 h 550 600 700 Air Flow Rate CFM 324 353 412 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 43 44 50 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 01 0 01 0 04 Fan Motor Running A 0 1 0 1 0 4 Current mm 9 52 12 7 012 7 GaS Epe inch 63 8 1 2 1 2 Connectin mm 6 35 6 35 g Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 1 4 01 4 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness 17x179 PITRATI OLS Unit Dimensions mm 840x238x695 840x238x695 840x238x695 WxDxH Package Dimensions mm 1035 295 805 1035 295 805 1035 295 805 WxDxH Weight Net Gross kg 28 37 28 37 28 37 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of s
184. ding to the compressor order of disassembly Connection power supply wires of compressor eScrew down the retaining screw for the power supply wires with screwdriver nozzle 8 Vacuumization by fluorin feeding Assemble new compresspor weld the suction and discharge pipes and plug in the eVacuumize the system by fluorin feeding nozzle 259 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING eRecharge refrigerants to the system by fluorin feeding nozzle 9 Recharge refrigerants by fluorin feeding nozzle eVolume of refilling should be in accordance with the requirement on the unit nameplate Ag Recharge l refrigerants from t quid valve R410A Disassembly and Assembly of 4 way valve Remarks Make sure that there isn t any refrigerant in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before removal of 4 way valve Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Remove the eUse screwdriver to coil of 4 remove the screws fixing valve the coil eRemove the coil of 4 way valve 2 Use welding MM eHeat connection pipes for 4 pipes of 4 way valve with gas welding before unsolder the four removal of 4 way valve pipes connected to eProvide nitrogen 4 way valve protection during gas welding and the nitrogen pressure should be 0 5 0 1kgf cm relative p
185. dress setting of indoor unit and remote controller should use address DIP switch which is set on the mainboard of indoor unit and remote control and has the sign of address 78 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL The address which DIP switch refers to is listed as follows Dial up code table 4 positions DIP switch Position Position Position Position Address Position Position Position Position Address 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 ON ON ON ON 1 OFF ON ON ON 9 ON ON ON OFF 2 OFF ON ON OFF 10 ON ON OFF ON 3 OFF ON OFF ON 11 ON ON OFF OFF 4 OFF ON OFF OFF 12 ON OFF ON ON 5 OFF OFF ON ON 13 ON OFF ON OFF 6 OFF OFF ON OFF 14 ON OFF OFF ON 7 OFF OFF OFF ON 15 ON OFF OFF OFF 8 OFF OFF OFF OFF 16 10 Function Code Setting Before power on of the main board 4 bit dial switch must be set to decide running status of indoor unit Function description is as below DIE i silk Functional Description Dialing on Dialing off Selecting of memory mode A Electrifying renew mode and electrifying sZ 2 Le 1 S R standby mode select pa dadi Electrifying B This function is effective without wired s ancpy renew controller Selecting of wired controller and receiver head A If you select wired controller the function of Selected Selected 2 L D receiver head will be shield wired If you select receiver head the wired con
186. e If the environmental conditions are proper heating mode can be turned to immediately after the debugging of cooling mode has been finished And also the debugging shall distinguish the max capcity of indoor unit from min indoor unit Note If the environmental conditions can t meet the requirements of cooling mode the debugging of heating 215 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION mode can be executed immediately When the debugging has been finished record the data and make a report to users 15 4 Debugging of Water Heating 15 4 1 Preparation before Debugging Check if the unit has been installed correctly Check if the piping of water system and the wiring of electric system are proper Check if the circulating pipe is thermal insulated Check if the ground wire has been connected Check if the voltage is the rated voltage of the unit Check if the check valve and safety valve of water inlet are installed correctly nO o N a Check if the air in pipeline has been exhausted and if the air outlet valve and blown down valve have been closed 8 The pressure of feeding water can t be less than 0 15MPa 15 4 2 Air Discharge inside the Pipeline a If the air outlet valve A in hydro box can be easily operated 1 Make sure that all pipes have been connected air outlet valve and side hydrovalve have been closed and blow off vent has been sealed 2 Open the ball valve for wat
187. e the fitting pipe might be flattened The copper pipe shall be rounded if the pipe end is deformed The higher the size the higher the possible deformation 3 Measuring of pipe To reduce the resistance and length of copper pipe the dimension of main refrigerant pipe shall be so taken that the bends shall be minimized the radius of bend section shall be increased and the upstream and downstream section shall be reduced Use the method that can reduce the actual length and equivalent length of the copper pipe Sometimes the connection pipe of indoor unit must be adjusted due to the relation with accessories drainage pipe and connection surface Therefore a fairly marginal dimension shall be taken 177 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 4 Cut Chamfer e Cut a Cutvertically to axis direction by using special pipe cutter that is suitable to the dimension of copper pipe big medium small b During operation press and rotate the pipe cutter slowly and cut off the copper pipe without causing any deformation Never use saw or grinding wheel because the copper scraps may be left inside the pipe Even use of such tools once will make all works scrapped It is useless no matter how good the quality of other works It is best that all operators shall have one pipe cutter and at least one pipe cutter of big dimension shall be provided on site CAUTION To prevent the invasion of water or w
188. e 2 ESO CLR zum EE 4 35935 i15 guo 255 5 8 2 8 2 MISC X ET HSE CET 8 3 o 188 S9o5t5 OD 8545 ajton im D ae Sexe 55852 SA g og l y kone a c ERASE ENS EA e e 8 8 z 8 8 s g e ram Water Yield L h Water Yield L h Temp of hot water discharged 7 Temp of hot water discharged 0 MIRI S823 558 AUS A el y 8 E E o ta Gd 8 G s g g 5 2 E 8 N 9 N U a U u upi B dua n g O00 B a gt s ao 1245 FSE BER ES yee 928 2 CAAH g 288 ep 53 0 Mort ni d Len t rss grypa a 2155 CRETE EEE E EEFE 32555 ii ont Boxe 525 Bis ds e Beebe S E E tai 5 wa B 5 48 3 8 8 8 a Water Yield L h Rater Yield L h Water Yield L h 47 Ambient Temp T m when the indoor unit is lower than outdoor unit m Ambient Temp cient of Correction of Distance of Piping and Drop Height between indoor and outdoor units when the indoor unit is higher than outdoor unit m Symbol Illumination effi Drop Height R410A model Hp Hm
189. e Slew G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 Thread Hot Water out Caliber mm DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 Pipe Screw l Thread G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 Outer Dimension Diameter mm 540 1945 620 1620 620 1895 620 2125 X Height Net Weight Gross Weight kg 68 77 71 81 79 90 86 98 Pile Layer 3 3 3 3 Model SXD200LCJ A K SXD300LCJ A K M Capacity V 200 300 350 400 Max Working Pressure MPa 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 Material SUS304L SUS304L SUS304L SUS304L Inner pot Thickness mm 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 Insulating Material Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Layer Thickness mm 50 45 45 45 Outer Material Cold Plate Cold Plate Cold Plate Cold Plate Layer Thickness mm 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 z Caliber mm DN20 DN20 DN20 DN20 Circulated Pipes SCION G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 G3 4 Thread Cool Caliber mm DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 Water in Pipe E G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 Hot Caliber mm DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 Water out Pipe Pace G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 G1 2 Outer Dimension Diameter mm 540 X 1595 620 1620 620 1895 620 2125 X Height Net Misighu Gross kg 68 80 84 94 92 103 99 111 Weight Pile Laver 3 3 3 3 43 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT SXD200LCJ2 A SXD300LCJ2 A SXD350LCJ2 A SXD400LCJ2 A Model K K K K Capacity V 200 300 350 400 Max Working Pressure 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 Material SUS304L SUS304L SUS304L S
190. e Unit 286 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Removal and Installation of Motor and Fan Remarks Make sure that the power supply is cut off before removal of motor Step Handling Instruction 1 Remove grill Illustration e Cut off the power supply for indoor unit Loosen the grill with the screwdriver or other tools to remove the grill 2 Remove motor wire e Remove the lower electric box cover and pull out the motor wire in the electric box 3 Remove rear housing propeller e Loosen the clasps of the front and rear propeller housings to remove the rear propeller housing 4 Remove fan louver and motor e Loosen the screws on the fan blades and remove the hoop fixing the motor 5 Remove motor Fan Motor Blades Motor Support e Make the motor away from the motor support and loosen the fan blades from the motor 6 Replace a new motor e Assemble the unit according to the above sequence from back to front and then energize the unit for test 287 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 5 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LIST 5 1 Outdoor Unit GMV Pds100W Na K GMV Pds120W Na K SERVICING Parts List No Part Name Code Qty 1 Rear Grill 01475432 1 2 Top cover plate 01255262 1 3 Condensator assy 01124
191. e for braze welding 820 860 copper pipe becomes light red 2 Safety acknowledgement before operation a Safety acknowledgement before operation b Acknowledgement on work suits helmets clothes safety bags and safety shoes c Description of work location and environment d Job division shall be made Job content method and order shall be indicated Risk prediction activities shall be performed e Construction Schedule shall be worked out f Head of each group shall be assigned g Risks of occurrence of an accident such as electric shock or fire shall be indicated h Instructions on how to use electric machinery properly shall be available i Locations marked with Staff Only shall be indicated j An application is necessary for use of open flame and shall be reviewed by on site safety officer for approval k Instructions given by fire authorities shall be accepted in accordance with local laws and regulations Tools shall be sorted and counted Upon knocking off for the day tools shall be sorted and counted If necessary the piping system shall be charged with coolant to avoid exhaustion a Construction personnel must have relevant operation qualification Flame operation must be undertaken by qualified persons in accordance with local laws and regulations b Wear coveralls cotton for the best safety shoes safety helmet leather gloves protective goggles and anti dust mask Welding torch with back
192. e is 280mm gt During installation please take care that The diameter of drainage pipe connected to the indoor unit must meet the specifications The pipe diameter shall not be too small otherwise the water mav overflow The main drainage pipe depends on the number of indoor units Generallv it is required to be equal to or higher than b35mm The drainage pipe shall be thermallv insulated The thickness of thermal insulation pipe must meet the requirements The clearance between thermal insulation pipes shall be sealed with adhesive sticker Please discharge the water to the ground drain water closet or anv other place easv to drain the water out b After installation check if the drainage is smooth 3 Wall mounted Tvpe Assemble the drainage pipe as shown below and take measures to prevent condensing Improper assembly of the drainage pipe may cause leakage or even expose the furniture to moisture a Assembly of drainage pipe gt To avoid air in water elbow the drainage hose shall be kept as short as possible and inclined downward as shown below gt During connection please use PVC pipe of equal size higher than this size Nominal Dia 20mm Outer Dia 26mm gt The drainage pipe must be arranged in down inclination along water flow direction thus to avoid air bubble blocking Take care not to arrange the pipe in twisting protrusion or waveform Do not put the outlet of drainage pipe into water Dc Inverter VRF plus Wate
193. e lock state Table 2 1 Appled for RQD5GB K RQ5GB K RQD8GB K RQ8GB K RQD20LA M RQ20LA K RQ30LA K Key Functions O20 Sterilize Temp Rapid No Key Name Key Functions Check Press Check key to enter into inquiry state Press Check key to return to preset temperature and water tank temperature state Generally the inquiry function is used by test personnel for inquiry of the machine operating parameters 1 Under inquiry state press or key to switch the inquiry code and inquire the corresponding operation code of the machine 2 When the inquiry code is 00 you may press TIMER key to set the system time Timer 1 Under OFF state you may press TIMER key to set the AUTO ON time 2 Under instant water heating mode and energy saving mode you may press TIMER key to set the AUTO OFF time 3 Under preset mode you may press TIMER key to preset the water heating time 4 When the inquiry code is 00 under inquiry mode you may 92 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL press TIMER key to set the system time 1 Set the temperature The range of water temperature setting is 35 58 C 50 C for 3 Increase energy saving mode 2 Setting of Timer Preset Time and System Time Range 00 00 23 59 7 In addition the upper limit of water te
194. e of noise could be a 28 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R50T Na K GMV L R56T Na K GMV L R71T Na K kW 5 0 5 6 7 1 Cooling Capacity Btu 17060 19100 24230 kW 5 8 6 3 8 0 Heating Capacity Btu 19790 21500 27300 m3 h 680 1180 1180 Air Flow Rate CFM 400 695 695 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 37 34 39 35 39 35 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 035 0 035 0 035 Fan Motor eg u A 0 28 0 28 0 28 urrent mm 912 7 015 9 015 9 inch 5 8 5 8 6 35 9 52 9 52 g Liquid Pipe Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness 30 1 5 30 1 5 P30x1 5 Main body 840 X S Main body 840 X 840 X 240 m ain body MiEDImenstons dans TORT nS CUBO Panel 950x950 x 60 60 Main body 960X 960 257 Package Dimensions Main body 960 X 960 X 310 WxDxH Panel 10401025 Panel 1040X 1025X 115 X 115 Net Weight 25 6 5 Main bodv Panel kg pre Gross Weight 33 10 Main body Panel kg 39 19 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any
195. e of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 35 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R22G NaC K GMV L R28G NaC K GMV L R36G NaC K kW 2 2 2 8 3 6 Cooling Capacity Btu 7507 9554 12284 kW 2 5 3 2 4 0 Heating Capacity Btu 8530 10919 13649 m3 h 360 360 500 Air Flow Rate CFM 212 212 294 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 37 28 37 28 43 28 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supplv 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 014 0 014 0 022 Fan Motor Runnin 5 0 15 0 15 0 22 Current Gas Pipe Connecting 9 52 9 52 012 7 3 8 3 8 1 2 Pipes Liquid mm 6 35 6 35 6 35 inch 1 4 1 4 1 4 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 20 1 5 20X1 5 20 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 770 X 190 X 250 770 X 190 X 250 820 189 285 Package Dimensions WxDxH mm 955 X 330 272 955 X 272 X 330 1006 X 395 X 295 Weight Net Gross kg 8 14 3 8 14 3 11 15 8 Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating 8 sound level was tested under circ
196. e will be displayed on control device and the unit will stop Cap jumper is used for distinguish the rated capacity of the unit and different cap jumpers mean different capacities of outdoor units When control device detects that the value of cap jumper doesn t match the capacity of the unit corresponding error will be displayed and the unit can t be started up Ambient temp sensor is used for detecting ambient temp of outdoor unit according to which control device can calculate the capacity Temp sensor of pipe inlet is used for detecting actual temp of pipe inlet of outdoor unit according to which control device can adjust steps of the corresponding electric expansion valve Temp sensor in middle of the pipe is used for detecting actual temp in the middle of the pipe of outdoor unit according to which control device will judge if defrosting need to be executed Temp sensor of pipe outlet is used for detecting actual temp of pipe outlet of outdoor unit according to which control device can adjust steps of the corresponding electric expansion valve Discharge temp sensor is used for detecting the temp of discharged air according which control device can adjust the frequency of corresponding compressor High pressure sensing device is used for detecting pressure of discharged air according to which the control device can judge the speed of fan frequency of compressor and opening angle of electric expansion valve When the pressure is too hig
197. ed OTDressor roeetion Compressor initializatio by capacity control n ectromagnetic valve ectromagnetic valve ectromagnetic valve B Close B Close B Close y 63 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Heating Operation Heating U On defrosting Protection of Compressor way valve A On CONTROL Yes 4 way valve A Close 4 way valve A On 4 4 way valve B On Outdoor tan controlled by heating mode ompressor by capacity 4 way valve A On 4 way valve B On Outdoor fan protection 4 way valve B Close Outdoor fan stop ompressor defrosting control 4 way valve B On utdoor fan controlle by heating mode Compressor initialization Electric expansion valve A controlled by capacity ectric expansion valve B close Electromagnetic valve B close Electric expansion valve A protection control ectric expansion valve B protection control Electromagnetic valve B close Electric expansion valve A full open ectric expansion valve B full open Electromagnetic B close valve Electric expansion valve A controlled by capacity ectric expansion valve B close Electromagnetic B close valve Water Heating Operation 64 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Water Heating b ux ex On defrosting 25 ies Protection of Yes
198. ed control cabinet but its design should be according to quantity of communication modules 104 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL C Connection of communication modules COM 1 of communication module can connect with indoor and outdoor unit The two COM2 can connect with other communication module or centralized controller As shown in the following figure D Connection between communication module and indoor and outdoor units According to the net diagram connect the communication line between indoor unit and outdoor unit Then cut off the communication line between the mainboards of indoor unit and outdoor unit as shown below main broad of OUD main broad of IUD Align the cutting terminals and terminals of communication line to COM1 as shown below 105 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL In this case there are two methods to connection of them Method 1 Welding Weld the two cutting terminals by yellow to yellow and brown to brown as shown below And then weld the terminals of communication line to COM1 with the welding spots in the above figure together by yellow wire to brown wire as shown below At last wrap the welding spots with insulating tape and test conduction performance of the three communication lines as shown below 106 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Method 2 Triple adapter Make
199. ed pair which are standard accessories of the unit 3 6 Power Cord Power cord must be copper Conductor and shall comply with related national standards and meet the requirements of units loads 3 7 Suspender and Bracket a Suspender M8 or M10 b Trough Iron 14 or above c Steel Angle Equal Sides 30mm X 30mm x 3mm or above d Round Steel More than 10 129 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 4 INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4 1 Installation Schematic Diagram of Units with Side Air Outlet Applied for GMV Pds100W Na K GMV Pds120W Na K GMV Pds140W Na K GMV Pds160W Na K equipped with RQD8GA K and RQD5GA K Model of Hydro box Model of Water Tank GMV Pds160W Na K RQD8GA K SXD350LC K 3 SXD400LC K RQD8GA B SXVD350LCJ A K SXVD400LCJ A K GMV Pds140W Na K RQSGA B SXVD350LCJ2 A K SXVD400LCJ2 A K GMV Pds120W Na K RQD5GA K SXD250LC K SXD300LC K RQD5GA B SXVD200LCJ A K SXVD300LCJ A K GMV Pds100W Na k RQ5GA B SXVD200LCJ2 A K SXVD300LCJ2 A K Outdoor unit Water tank Hydro box Cassette indoor Duct indoor unit Wall mounted Duct indoor unit unit round air outlet indoor unit Crectangular air outlet There are A B C three installation methods for hydro box of units with side air outlet Installation Schematics A single pipe heat exchanger pressure water tank with signle pipe heat exchanger in Manual Vent Valve A Hot water out is
200. emi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 38 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R71Zd Na K GMV L R90Zd Na K kW 7 1 9 0 Cooling Capacity Btu 24226 30709 kW 8 0 10 0 Heating Capacitv Btu 27297 34121 m3 h 1170 2100 Air Flow Rate CFM 689 1236 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 48 51 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 1 0 15 Fan Motor Running Current A 1 1 5 mm 015 9 015 9 Gas Ripe inch 5 8 5 8 mm 9 52 9 52 ap Pipe inch 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness mn 17 1 75 17 1 75 Unit Dimensions WxDxH mm 1300x 188x600 1590x238x695 Package Dimensions WxDxH mm 1514 248 724 1714x330x830 Weight Net Gross gt kg 34 38 44 53 Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 39 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT
201. emperature sensor be stopped sensor error Indoor coil inlet Indoor coil inlet 152 indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and temperature temperature be stopped sensor error sensor Indoor coil Indoor middle coil middle The indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and temperature temperature be stopped sensor error sensor Qutdoor coil Indoor coil exit inlet The indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and temperature temperature be stopped sensor sensor error De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Outdoor Outdoor ambient F4 environment temperature sensor Sensor error Outdoor defrost F7 temperature sensor error Outdoor Defrost Sensor Exhaust Exhaust F9 temperature temperature sensor error sensor Test for 30 seconds successively to check if the temperature sensor is disconnected If yes alarm will be sent otherwise no processing will be made If the controller of outdoor unit detects failure of outdoor sensor under open circuit short circuit and excess of test value the outdoor unit will execute the following default actions that is the error message will be sent to each indoor unit and the error code will be displayed via error indicator or wired controller When the outdoor ambient temperature is lower than 5 the disconnection failure of outdoor inlet middle and exit sensors in sh
202. ensor water outlet mainboard LIND temp sensor hydro box 6 jelectromagnetic valve D patching board 5 patohing board 4 electromagnetic valve C leakage switch 3 E 2 PE OIN PE 1 electric heater assv of water tank needed for system power power supply OLN Leakage switch is PE leakage switch Connection Diagram of Outdoor Unit Hydro box and Water Tank RQD20LA RQD30LA 14 4 Dial up of Unit The indoor unit is provided with three dial up i e address dial up capacity dial up and function dial up Among them the address dial up and function dial up shall be set on installation site The duct type unit is taken as example to illustrate the position of three dial up 208 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 14 4 1 Dial up of indoor unit mainboard and wire remote controller 1 Address code Address dial up must be set for the multi indoor units otherwise the abnormal communication will be caused to the unit The address code has 4 bit dial up in total The highest address is 16 and the lowest address is 1 Z notes To use multiple indoor units in parallel make sure to change the setting of address code before installation and guarantee that the address code of each indoor unit must be different The address code is located on the mainboard of indoor unit If wired controller is used make sure to d
203. ent e Power transformer specification input AC200V 50HZ and output DC9V 800mA 119 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 7 3 1 4 Centralized Control Cabinet user provided parts Communication Module Power Socket Repeater Cabinet 1 Function Instruction e it can put the communication modules together for convenient centralized management and reliable operation 2 Dimension The following dimension is for reference The cabinet is designed according to 10 communication modules into If more modules are needed the cabinet should be designed once again The internal structure should accord to actual state The external dimension of the cabinet Unit mm 800 Z ta C JOC MNANANAMANANANAN XA f b Try I 120 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 3 Installation Criteria The dimension of the cabinet should be designed according to quantity arrangement and put position of the communication modules before make of it independent power supply for each communication module is needed so enough 220v AC sockets should be installed in the cabinet The communication cable and heavy current wire should be separated for the distance above 15cm The cabinet should be put indoors and locked to avoid insolation and
204. er 2 OFF state Preset Time FT 00 08 Display the preset water heating time under preset mode Parameter D 09 Display the operating parameter code and value under Inquiry inquiry state Thermal Displayed when the temperature is reached or the Insulation compressor is not started under ON state 3 Heating Displayed when the compressor is started 87 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Instant Immediately start water heating function according to HOTWATER preset temperature Mode Immediately start water heating function according to Energy preset temperature but the upper limit of preset Saving Mode temperature is restricted Preset Mode Preset the water heating time so that the water heater wil be started N hours before the preset time The advance start time N is about 0 10hours and it is decided jointly by outdoor ambient temperature outside and correction value of preset advance time and the start stop of the compressor is decided according to the difference between preset water temperature and actual water temperature The water heating process will be stopped 1 hour after the preset time After started the machine will run cyclically every day according to the Preset Mode unless the user press button ON OFF L Fix the preset water heating time at 00 00 06 00 so that the water heater will be started in this time section The s
205. er Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 1 GMV L R28T Na K GMV L R36T Na K GMV L R45T Na K GMV L R50T Na K GMV L R56T Na K GMV L R71T Na K GMV L R80T Na K K 328 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R28T Na K GMV R36T Na GMVL R28T Na K GMVL R36T Na No Part Name K K Code Qty Code Qty 1 Tube Exit Plate 01382710 1 01382710 1 2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4 Front Side Plate 01302717 1 01302717 1 4 Left Side Plate 01302740 1 01302740 1 5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1 6 Rear Side Plate 01302719 1 01302719 1 7 Bottom Foam 52012716 1 52012716 1 8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3 9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1 11 Fan Motor 15704901 1 15704901 1 12 Centrifugal Fan 10312721 1 10312721 1 13 zii nd 01072004 1 01072004 1 14 Cable cross Loop 76513101 2 76513101 2 15 shunt 072287842 1 072287842 1 16 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1 17 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4 18 Er eet 01412721 1 01412721 1 19 Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1 20 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1 21 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4 22 ee 42011222 1 42011222 1 23 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1 24 Electric Box Cover 20102702 1 20102702 1 25 Electric Box Cov
206. er II 20102703 1 20102703 1 26 Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1 27 Capacitor 33010010 1 33010010 1 28 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1 29 Evaporator 01038778 1 01038778 1 30 Evaporator Support 01072003 2 01072003 2 31 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1 32 Bolt subassembly 70210051 1 70210051 1 33 usd Pump 43130324 1 43130324 1 34 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3 35 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1 36 water Level Switch 45010201 1 45010201 1 37 ae hose 05232721 1 05232721 1 38 Right Side Plate 01302710 1 01302710 1 39 Cable cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1 40 Pump Cover 01252710 1 01252710 1 41 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 42 Electronic Expansive 743441201 1 0713411201 1 Valve 329 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R45T Na K GMV R50T Na GMVL R45T Na K GMVL R50T Na No Part Name K K Code Qty Code Qty 1 Tube Exit Plate 01382710 1 01382710 1 2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4 3 Front Side Plate 01302717 1 01302717 1 4 Left Side Plate 01302740 1 01302740 1 5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1 6 Rear Side Plate 01302719 1 01302719 1 7 Bottom Foam 52012716 1 52012716 1 8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3 9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3 10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 0170270
207. er replenishing to fill water and open the side hydrovalve 3 If there is tap water that is outpouring close the side hydrovalve and open air outlet A 4 If just water flows out from the air outlet A energize the hvdro box and press the buttons mode Y at the same time to start the water pump In 2 min later press these two buttons again to close the water pump Then close the air outlet valve and the air discharge has been finished Open the hydrovalve to let water flow out for 1 2min and then close it to execute the debugging of the complete unit Synchronously press Mode and for 5s to start clean mode b If the air outlet valve B in hydro box can be easily operated 1 Make sure that all pipes have been connected air outlet valve and side hydrovalve have been closed and blow off vent has been sealed 2 Open the ball valve for water replenishing to fill water and open the side hydrovalve 3 If there is tap water that is outpouring close the side hydrovalve and open air outlet B 4 If just water flows out from the air outlet B open chack valve A energize the hydro box and press the buttons mode at the same time to start the water pump In 2 min later press these two buttons again to close the water pump Then close the air outlet valve and the air discharge has been finished Open the hydrovalve to let water flow out for 1 2min and then close it to execute the debugging of the complete unit 15 4 3
208. erminal Board 4 bit 42011051 1 55 electrical box sub assy 01394839P 1 56 Over Current Protector 3 40 OSMC32N3C40 49020214 1 57 Anti phase Protector EWS 46020054 1 58 AC Contactor CJX9B 25S D 44010245 1 59 filter board WZ814A 30228111 1 60 Electric element install Board sub assy 1 01324318 1 61 Electric element install Board sub assy 4 01324324 1 62 reactor L1 92mH 34A 10 300 400 43130174 1 63 Power Transformer 66X32 43110012 1 64 Electric element install Board sub assy 1 01324345 1 65 filter FN2090 16 06 43130016 1 293 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 2 Hydro unit RQD5GA K RQD8GA K Exploded view 294 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Parts List No Part Name Code Qty 1 ChassisSub assy 01192808P 1 2 Upright Column 01852803P 2 3 Cut off valveSub assy2 07332811 1 4 Cut off valveSub assy1 07332810 1 5 Discharge PipeSub assy 04364105 1 6 Rear Panel 02222812P 2 7 Water PumpSub assy 15402802 1 8 Support Sub assy 01802830P 1 9 Tube in tube condensator 1 10 Right Side Plate Sub assy 01312810P 1 11 Handle apricot gray 26235253 2 12 Mainboard Z6P30 30226211 1 13 Electric box sub assy 01392834P 1 14 Electric box cover 01262818P 1 15 Top cover plate 01262817P 1 16 Mains Transformer48X26G 43110233 1 17 Patching Board 4 bit 42
209. error F9 Outlet water temperature sensor error F8 Inlet water temperature sensor error FL Water temperature sensor error L7 Current switch error lack water protecting EH Floor auxiliary heater felt protecting LP Outdoor unit board and Hydro unit board are not matching Error Code of Duct type Unit Error Error Error Error Code Code Prevention against low temperature E2 Error with oil temp rature Fb sensor 2 digital Outdoor ambient temperature sensor error F4 Indoor ambient temperature FO sensor error Indoor tube inlet sensor error F5 Exhaust overtemperature E4 Outdoor tube middle sensor error F6 Low pressure protection E3 Outdoor tube exit sensor error F7 Overcurrent Protection E5 Error with exhaust temperature sensor 1 F8 High pressure protection E1 fixed frequency 224 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Indoor tube inlet sensor error F1 Communication error E6 Indoor tube middle sensor error F2 High pressure valve error Fc Indoor tube exit sensor error F3 Low pressure valve error Fd Error with exhaust temperature sensor 2 Water full protection F9 Eb fixed frequency Cassette Error with oil temperature sensor 1 FA fixed frequency King Series Tube inl com Tube mid Tube exit Room Antif Mode muni Outdo et Defro Error dle senso
210. es is as shown below Move the lower wood frame of the packaging box away and lift the unit to correct position Rope 7 Jon p p Square hole Square hole Al K a Correct Wrong 5 1 1 Cautions for installation of side outdoor unit To ensure good operation of the air conditioner the selection of installing position must be in accordance with the following principles outdoor unit shall be so installed that the air discharged out of the outdoor unit will not flow back and that enough space shall be maintained around the machine for repair The installing position shall be in good ventilation so that the machine can breathe and exhaust enough air Ensure that there is no obstruction at the inlet and outlet of the machine If any please remove the obstructions blocking the air inlet and outlet Also ensure that the outlet air and noise from the air conditioner will not affect the neighbors The outdoor unit must be lifted by using the designated lift hole During lifting take care to protect the air conditioner and avoid knocking the metal parts thus to prevent rusting in the future Avoid direct sunshine as it might be The installing position must be able to drain the rainwater and the water generated from defrosting The installing position must ensure that the machine will not be buried in the snow or affected by the wastes or oil mist To meet the noise and vibration requirements t
211. estarted Frequency The drive board of variable frequency compressor is incurred to converter Compressor A error For details on the error message please refer to the Displav overcurrent drive n A Code on Digital Tube of Outdoor Unit protection Goranson The mainboard of indoor unit or the wired control is incurred to Communication communication error with outdoor unit The indoor unit incurred to error Ai communication error will be stopped and display the error code The run mode of the unit that is started later is inconsistent to the mode that is started earlier Only the cooling and dry mode has possible mode conflict against the heat mode For fan mode there is no mode conflict against the cooling dry or heat mode In case mode conflict occurs the indoor unit with mode conflict will display E7 and be stopped When water full is detected for 8 seconds successively the system will enter into water full protection state in which case the Water full wired controller will display E9 and give out alarm In case of Water pump water full protection under each mode the other loads of the protection Pee B indoor unit will be stopped except that the water pump will remain Mode conflict User operation working and give out alarm In this case the outdoor unit shall adjust the capacity output accordingly Indoor ambient 5 ae E Indoor room The indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and t
212. everse direction severe error will be caused to the 193 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION unit 3 Pipe connection Tighten the nuts with your hands correctly Then use another spanner to hold the pipe joint on machine side and use torque wrench to tighten securely Hold the spanner Pipe on indoor unit side Rotate the spanner 4 Cable connection of electronic expansion valve sub assembly To avoid loosening and sagging down please use strap small to fix the cable of electronic expansion valve sub assembly onto the pipe or other objects 2 When connecting the cable of electronic expansion valve sub assembly please take care to prevent the cable from contact with the hot or humid objects Connect the mainboard Fix with strap of indoor unit quei 9 Unit Unit 4 Vertically ap n upward AY WWW 5 Final treatment The section where the pipe is connected must be wrapped for thermal insulation Z WARNING Please ensure the pipe is fully covered by sponge and not exposed in air Condensing water will be generated on the pipe if the thermal insulation is poor Thermal insulation sponge To Indoor To Outdoor SN OY a gt SOO Ne NA Vertically BRAVA Indoor unit Ch RSS upward Kn OI ann 12 INSTALLATION CONDENSATE PIPE 12 1 Material Quality Requirements for Condensate Pipe Generally the condensate pipe shall be
213. f 1 1 5m shall be kept between the hanger frames Gradient over 1 100 gt Use drainage pipe and clamp Insert the drainage hose to the root From the middle of white tape tighten the clamp until the tightening distance to the screw head is shorter than 4mm A For thermal isolation use sealing tape to wrap the drainage pipe and clamp B The indoor drainage hose shall be thermally insulated 198 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Big sponge accessory Clamp accessory JA Sponge grev Drainage hose Below 4mm C To prevent foreign articles from entering the pipe please minimize the bend of pipeline thus to ensure cleanliness of the drainage elbow D The drainage pipe must be wrapped with thermal insulation tube thus to avoid condensing on the outer surface of drainage pipe See below for the thickness of thermal insulation tube Thermal insulation of condensate pipe Drainage Pipe mm Outer Dia Thickness of bie Materials 17 215 27 220 234 9 220 Notes E The inclination of drainage hose shall be within 75mm so that the drainage insert will not bear excessive force F To connect the drainage pipes for multiple machines please use the method of multi pipe collection as shown below T joint collecting drainage pipe Over 100mm 1 Fig The specification of collecting drainage pipe shall be suitable to the working capaci
214. fire arrestor shall be used to ensure safety c Take care not to be burned by flame and heating parts d Gas cylinder shall be handled carefully to prevent leakage e Combustible substances in the surrounding areas shall be moved away If movement is impossible fire proofing treatment shall be taken properly such as being covered by flame proof enclosure f Good ventilation is necessary to avoid breathe in of harmful gas g Appropriate measures shall be taken if there is a safety problem h Operation on connectors of branch pipes as well as on the surrounding of pipe ends shall be performed on the ground as possible because heating is difficult to control at a high place and welded part of a branch pipe is prone to be melted to cause leakage For example Weld the pipe approx 1m before and behind the reflared position and wrap with thernal insulation materials Then weld on higher position Approx 1m Approx 1m 183 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION i To avoid the position difficult to weld you may add a prefabricated assembly below Drainage pipe Difficult to weld at this position 3 Operation order Basic procedures for welding Assemble copper pipes lt Check whether clearance is proper Fill nitrogen 2 4 Nitrogen pressure 0 05 0 3Mpa 0 5 40 1kgf em Welding heating Welding flux Acknowledge weldin
215. for RQD5GB K RQ5GB K RQD8GB K RQ8GB K RQD20LA M RQD30LA M RQ20LA K RQ30LA K 1 HI TEMP STERILIZING RAPID HOT WATER PRESET 97 0 ON TIMER OFF 2 3 4 4 10 1 ix 9 8 7 6 5 Graphic Illustration of Wired Controller LCD No Display Icon Meaning Quick RAPID Under instant water heating mode it is allowed to activate HOTWATER the auxiliary electric heating tube to heat the water in a 1 Heating short time HI TEMP STERILIZI Svstem Time 00 00 Display the current time Display the AUTO OFF time under instant heating and Timer 88 88 energy saving mode Display the AUTO ON time under 2 OFF state Preset Time FT 00 08 Display the preset water heating time under preset mode Parameter 00 00 Display the operating parameter code and value under Inquiry inquiry state Thermal G Displayed when the temperature is reached or the Insulation compressor is not started under ON state 3 Heating Displayed when the compressor is started 89 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Instant Immediately start water heating function according to HOTWATER preset temperature Mode Immediately start water heating function according to Energy preset temperature but the upper limit of preset Saving Mode temperature is restricted Preset the water heating time so that the water heater wil be started
216. fresh air duct can be connected as fig 9 3 Well sealed and heat preservation should be done for both air duct and round air duct 4 Fresh air should be the air after filtrate treatment Cutoff 2 Cut off 147 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Installation of air supply duct N Ceiling hoisting N Return air Return air Sunnlv air No 1 2 3 4 5 6 e Return air Ducted type Return air Name Hoisting duct indi orunit inlet Supply air bent Air outlet Note Fig 6 only shows the install of rear return air inlet button return air inlet can also been installed according to the actual installation need The method of installation is similar to the rear return air inlet s The supply air duct which is rectangle or circle and connect with the air inlet of the indoor unit should at least keep one open The circle air duct type should adopt circle preservation pipe to transmit cool heat air to room The circle air duct should add a transitionary pipe which size should match the size of air supply duct of the unit After connecting the transitionary pipe install the circle air outlet vent connection pipe whose longest length to every individual air outlet vent should not over 10m Ducted type indoor unit model 70 can share 3 trainsitional pipe while model 100 120 can share 4 The transitional pipe whose straight length is 200 and circle air outlet co
217. ft Baffle Plate 01362703 1 01362703 l 32 Evap Connection 01072713 1 01072713 1 33 Water Level Switch Support 24212705 1 24212705 1 34 Right Baffle Plate 01362702 1 01362702 1 35 Water Level Switch 45012701 1 45012701 1 36 Pump Gasket 1 76712707 1 76712707 1 37 Pump Gasket 2 76712708 1 76712708 1 38 Pump Drainage 05232722 1 05232722 1 39 Pump Support 01332707 l 1332707 l 40 Water Pump PSB 7 43130320 l 43130320 l 41 Wire Clamp 71010105 1 71010105 1 339 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 5 3 3 Single side Cassette Unit_Exploded view and Parts List GMV L R22Td Na KParts List SERVICING S N Part Name Qty bala GMV R22Td Na K GMVL R22Td Na K 1 Panel Assy MTO1 top 1 TL1000120 TL1000120 2 Water Tray Assy 1 12412702 12412702 3 Water Diversion 1 24212708 24212708 4 Evaporator Assy 1 01024103 01024103 5 Right Side Plate Assy 1 01302729 01302729 6 Cross Flow Fan 1 10352701 10352701 7 Electric Heating Pipe Assy 8 Soleplate Assy 1 01222714 01222714 9 Right Side PlateAssy 1 01302746 01302746 10 Rear Case Assy 1 22202702 22202702 11 Motor FN20Z 1 15018762 15018762 12 Electric boxAssy 1 01404655 01404697 13 Mainboard 1 30226034 30226033 14 Electric box cover plate 1 01412725 01412725 15 Protective Cover of Patching Board 1 222427221 222427221 16 Draining Pump 1 43132701 43132701 17 Electric expansio
218. g flux Add welding flux Cooling continue to fill nitrogen for over 10s Shut off nitrogen Make visual inspection to the weld quality a Cleaning of portions for braze welding Polishing Removing metal materials at connection portion Removing oxidation film using non woven fabric abrasive cloth or abrasive paper If any oil stain is existent acetone or spirit solvent shall be used for ungrease treatment At the same time compressed air at 0 8 gauge pressure shall be used for cleaning The cleaning shall be repeated not less than 3 times until there is no dirt discharged b Check whether clearance between pipe and connector is proper Put the connector into the pipe and face downward If the connector does not fall down depending on friction force the clearance is considered proper c Nitrogen filled protection e Since vigorous oxidation would occur on the surface of copper pipe at braze welding temperature to effectively restrain the generation of oxide coating in copper pipe nitrogen filled protection for copper pipe is necessary e After copper pipes are assembled nitrogen shall be filled in copper pipe connectors e Nitrogen charging method 184 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Pressure is 0 05 0 3MPa Nitrogen flow of 4 6L min gas flow can be sensed by hand shall be guaranteed to charge in work piece
219. g refrigerants 256 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Fan It accelerates the flow of air for better heat exchange One way valve Limit the flow direction of refrigerants Filter Filter the impurity of refrigerants High pressure liquid accumulator It is used for accumulating the residual liquid of refrigerants in cooling cycle Cut off valve It is used for connection between indoor unit and outdoor unit as well as maintenance 257 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 2 Outdoor Unit 4 2 1The Uni with Side Air Outlet SERVICING GMV Pds100W Na K GMV Pds120W Na K GMV Pds140W Na K GMV Pds160W Na K Disassembly and Assembly of Compressor removal of the compressor Remarks Make sure that there isn t any refrigerant in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before Illustration Handling Instruction Step 1 Disconnect the power of compressor ju Disconnect the power cord of Compressor eUnscrew the retaining screw of power cord with screwdriver eUnplug the power cord 2 Disassembly of retaining nuts on compressor 3 Dismantle the discharge pipe and the suction pipe of compressor Disassemble the retaining nuts on the compressor 3p Dismantle the _ discharge pipe and the suction pipe of
220. ght angle with the unit and distance to unit should not be beyond 300mm PIILEE Roof E Hoisting stand Within300mm ja Lm below280mm Drain hose N b NK ll Drain raising Z E EN hose 1 220mm s lt XZ S Ceiling Instruction The slant gradient of the attached drainage hose should be within 75mm so that the drain i i Drain hose attachment E hole doesn t has to endure the unnecessary E outside force gt e 9 Please install the drainage hose according to the following process if several drain hoses T connected together Ab 100 Y Y _T tie in join drain hose ove mm L i b L 4 The specs of the selected join drain hose should fits the running capacitv of the unit 2 Check the smoothness of drain after installation Check the drain state by immitting 600cc water slowly from the outlet or test hole Check the drain in the state of refrigerating after installation of the electric circuit Way of immiting Drain hose Test hole cover Drain vent for repair use plastic lt stopper is included drain the water A v4 in waterspout by this outlet vent gt Test hole lt Immiting water from the rest hole gt Plastic water pot The length of the pipe should be about 100mm lt Immiting water from the outlet vent terminal gt 154 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual
221. gle Central control status set running temp of indoor unit maximum is 30 and minimum is 161 C Timer setting status increase or decrease the timer on off time maximum 4 Y is 24hr and minimum is 0 5 FAN A Set the indoor fan speed of hi mid low auto B Successively press FAN button to set on off swing A Under single central control mode set on off timer of selected indoor unit 6 TIMER B Under inquiry status inquire the timer setting of the indoor unit with current address 7 ON OFF Set ON OFF of the indoor unit 2MODE and Under single central control press MODE and ON OFF buttons Lock simultaneously to start stop the lock of operation to buttons of wired controller 7 ON OFF for selected indoor units 2MODE and Under single central control press MODE and TIMER simultaneously to start 6 TIMER Shield mode stop the shield of operation to MODE button of wired controller for selected indoor unit 4 Wand Shieldin Under single central control press W and TIMER simultaneously to start stop g the shield of operation to Temp button of wired controller for selected indoor 6 TIMER Temp unit 7 ON OFF Shieldin Under single central control press ON OFF and TIMER simultaneousiv to and SNORE start stop the shield of operation to ON OFF button of wired controller for 6 TIMER selected indoor unit 2 MODE Memory and3 B mode Refer to power off memory function about the details 4 Wand Selection ghala the control mode of region monitoring c
222. h the units will enter high pressure protection the control device will display the corresponding error and the units can t be started up Low pressure sensing device is used for detecting pressure of outdoor unit according to which the control device can judge the speed of corresponding fan When the pressure is too low the units will enter low pressure protection the control device will display the corresponding error and the units can t be started up Based on the mode of the unit and the pressure outgoing control of the fan judge and output corresponding speed ON OFF of 4 way valve is determined by the mode of the units ON OFF of electromagnetic valve is determined by the mode of the units Based on the value of high pressure temperautures of inlet and outlet of the pipe or discharge temp under different modes electric expansion valve adjusts its opening angle Based on the capacity calculated by outdoor unit compressor outputs different frequencies to drive control which will output actual frequency of compressor Filter plate It filters power interference and protects the units under bad power environment it restrains units from disturbing power supply and prevent the units from affecting the works of other electric appliances Due to inverter units are sensitive to interference the filter plates usually are equipped for current inverter units The power supply of this units is single phase so the filter plate is also the single phase
223. he corresponding exhaust corresponding liquid bypass outdoor unit emperature sensor plug is connected through Yes Check if the corresponding liquid No bypass sub assembly is in good C condition e g if the solenoid Replace the liquid bypass sub assembly valve is in good condition and if the capillary pipe is blocked Yes hen the exhaust temperature No of sam ressor is higher than 102 C Whether the openness of corresponding indoor unit electronic expansion valve is increased Check if the electronic expansion valve is correct Yes Y Change corresponding electronic Change me gutdoor unit expansion valve sub assy mainboard Change the mainboard chip of the outdoor units Yes No When the exhaust temperature of compressor is higher than 110 C Whether compressor reduces its capacity Yes No Check if the capacity output of outdoor unit is equal to the capacity demand of indoor units wes Notes 1 The AC frequency conversion machine includes air out senor and shell top sensor volume 2 The temperature protection point in different machines are different 3 There is no liquid refrigerant bv pass in frequencv conversion machine Repair the leakage of svstem pipe and jadd refrigerant according to the required 229 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 4 Compressor overcurrent protection Abnormal overcurrent error
224. he fan stops the anti cold air operation will not take effect even f evaporator T v evaporator again e Blowing Residual Heat Operation When the indoor unit runs under heating mode if it should be stopped for reaching the temperature spot fault defrosting etc you should carry on the blowing residual heat operation before stop in order to exclude the inner surplus heat of evaporator and electric heater When the indoor unit needs to carry out blowing residual heat operation the indoor fan should be switch to low fan speed and turn off the indoor fan after running the corresponding period T residual heat Show as the following figure Necessary for blowing residual heat Unnecessary for blowing residual heat Setting wind speed Low speed Fan OFF l lI LI LI T residual heat gt t s 0 The corresponding residual heat removal period for different models in different situations is listed in the following table The blowing period for residual heat in different situations T residual heat s Reaching the T Stop temperature Entering into Malfunction the defrosting stop point Duct Type Series 100 60 100 60 60 Well MEIN 50 10 50 10 10 Type Series Cassette Type 60 Low wind 20 20 Series non stop 75 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Special case For the indoor units of cassette series it will run at low fan speed when i
225. he limit concentration please consult your dealer If no proper measures it might cause human suffocation in case of refrigerant leakage Please install at a position that is strong enough to support the weight of machine If the installing position is of low strength the machine may drop down and thus cause human injury Please carry out installation in accordance with the rules for preventing the typhoon or earthquake The machine may tip over if the installation does not comply with the requirements The electrical cabling shall be carried out by qualified electricians in accordance with the Safety Code for Electrical Equipment relevant local rules and the installation instructions Make sure to use the special purpose circuit If the power circuit capacity is low or the construction is improper it might cause electric shock or fire accidents Please use suitable cables and connect them securely Please fix the terminal joints securely The terminal connection shall not be affected due to any external force applied onto the cable Improper connection and fixing may cause heating and fire accidents gt the cables in correct shape and prevent them from protruding upward Please protect them securely with repair board Improper installation may cause heating and fire accidents When erecting or relocating the air conditioner do not let any air enter into cooling circulation system except the specified refrigeran
226. he outdoor unit shall be installed by using rubber damping pad or spring damper The installing dimension shall comply with the installation requirements in these instructions The outdoor unit must be fixed at the installing position The installation shall be done by specialist technicians 5 1 2 Cautions for installation of up outdoor unit To ensure good operation of the air conditioner the selection of installing position must be in accordance with the following principles The outdoor unit shall be so installed that the air discharged out of the outdoor unit will not flow back and that enough space shall be maintained around the machine for repair The installing position shall be in good ventilation so that the machine can breathe and 136 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION exhaust enough air Ensure that there is no obstruction at the inlet and outlet of the machine If any please remove the obstructions blocking the air inlet and outlet Also ensure that the outlet air and noise from the air conditioner will not affect the neighbors The outdoor unit must be lifted by using the designated lift hole During lifting take care to protect the air conditioner and avoid knocking the metal parts thus to prevent rusting in the future Avoid direct sunshine as it might be The installing position must be able to drain the rainwater and the water generated from defrosting
227. ial the address code of wired controller to the position same as the address code on corresponding indoor unit The address code of wired controller is located on the back of wired controller Below is factory default setting The default setting of address dial up code is 0000 and the address is 1 See above for the position of dial lever 209 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Dial up Value The dial up value of address code is set in binary system The dial up value is O when the lever is dialed to ON end the dial up is 1 when the lever is dialed to numerical end on opposite side For number 4 1 on the address code the dial up 4 refers to high bit and the dial up 1 refers to low bit Dial up table dial up switch with 4 bit Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Address 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 0 5 0 1 0 1 6 0 1 1 0 7 0 1 1 1 8 1 0 0 0 9 1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 0 11 1 0 1 1 12 1 1 0 0 13 1 1 0 1 14 1 1 1 0 15 1 1 1 1 16 Example 1 If the dial value is 0111 this represents that the address is 8 the pins 1 2 amp 3 of the dial switch are dialed to the numerical end and the pin 4 is dialed to ON Example 2 If the dial value is 1010 this represents that the address is 11 the pins 2 amp 4 of the dial switch are dialed to the numerical end a
228. id pipe To Hydro unit Liquid pipe To indoor uint gas pipe 48 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 6 2 Explanation of Flowchart When connected to power the indoor and outdoor units start to work When working under cooling mode the low temperature and low pressure refrigerant gas from the heat exchanger of each indoor unit will collect and be suctioned by compressor where it will be compressed into high temperature high pressure gas After that the gas will enter into the outdoor heat exchanger where it will exchange heats with the outdoor air and become refrigerant liquid Via Y type Branching pipe or Branching collection pipe the liquid will flow into each indoor unit The liquid will be decreased of the pressure and temperature by throttling element After that the liquid will enter into the indoor heat exchanger where it will exchange heats with the air to be regulated in the room and thus become low temperature low pressure refrigerant gas The process is cycled repeatedly to achieve the purpose of cooling When working under heating mode the 4 way valve AB will be activated so that the refrigerant will circulate in reverse to the cooling process The refrigerant gives out heats in indoor heat exchanger Under specific conditions the electric heating elements will start to work and give out heats In the outdoor heat exchanger the refrigerant will absorb heat to perform heat pump heating cycle so a
229. ield room will be processed as under 30 Test for 30 seconds successively to check if the temperature sensor is disconnected If yes alarm will be sent otherwise no processing will be made If the controller of outdoor unit detects failure of outdoor sensor under open circuit short circuit and excess of test value the outdoor unit will execute the following default actions that is the error message will be sent to each indoor unit and the error code will be displayed via error indicator or wired controller When the outdoor ambient temperature is lower than 5 the disconnection failure of outdoor inlet middle and exit sensors in shield room will be processed as under 300 Test for 30 seconds successively to check if the temperature sensor is disconnected If yes alarm will be sent otherwise no processing will be made If the controller of outdoor unit detects failure of outdoor sensor under open circuit short circuit and excess of test value the outdoor unit will execute the following default actions that is the error message will be sent to each indoor unit and the error code will be displayed via error indicator or wired controller When the outdoor ambient temperature is lower than 5 the disconnection failure of outdoor inlet middle and exit sensors in shield room will be processed as under 300 Error Code of Hydro Unit Error Code Error C5 Jumper error E6 Communication
230. ifugal fan 10319051 1 13 Return air inlet Sub assy 01499061 1 14 Motor FG70B 15018322 1 15 Centrifugal fan 10319051 1 16 Bottom Cover 01258649 1 17 Cover of Air in 01258650 1 18 Water Tray Sub assy 01278633 1 19 Right Side Plate Sub assv 01308670 1 20 Hook 02112446 2 21 Left Support of Evaporator 01078625 1 22 Return air inlet Sub assy 01498641 1 307 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 3 GMV L R56P Na K GMV L R63P Na K GMV L R71P Na K GMV L R80P Na K 308 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R56P Na K GMV L R63P Na K GM No Part Name V L R71P Na K GMV L R80P Na K Code Qty 1 Top Cover Sub assy 01258652 1 2 Hook 02118504 2 3 Left Side Seal hole Plate Sub assy 01308680 1 4 Seal of Connection Pipe 01498610 1 5 Electric Box Assv 01394609 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assv 01308676 1 7 Left Support of Evaporator 01078603 1 8 Liquid entered Pipe Sub assv 04324603 1 9 Collect Gas Pipe Sub assy 04674602 1 10 Evaporator Sub assy 01054601 1 11 Fan Fixed Plate Sub assy 01338631 1 12 Fan Motor Left SYP 200 190J 1 15018603 1 13 Return air inlet side board Sub assv 01499074 1 14 Motor FG150B 15018612 1 15 Fan motor Right SYP 200 190J 1 15018604 1 16 Bottom Cover 01258612 1 17 Cover of Air in 01258614 1 18 Water Trav Assv 01278612 1 19 Right Side Plate Sub
231. ig 7 6 Screw tightly both hanger bracket setting bolts M8 Refer to Fig 5 7 Screw tightly both hanger bracket fixing bolts M6 to prevent the movement of the indoor unit Refer to Fig 5 8 Adjust the height so that rear side of the drainpipe slightly inclines to improve drainage Caution yx Adjust the height by turning the nut with a spanner Insert the spanner from the hanger bracket opening Refer to Fig 8 In case of hanging It is possible to install using inward facing hanger brackets by not removing the brackets from the indoor unit Refer to Fig 9 Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts for installation work 164 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Ceiling Hanger bracket 40 or less Hanger bracket setting bolt M8 uspension bolt Hanger bracket f Hanger bracket Fig4 fixing bolt M6 Ceiling slab Fig 5 165 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 7 INSTALLATION OF HYDRO BOX 7 1 Dimension of Hydro box Applicable to RQD8GA K RQD5GA K RQ8GB K RQ5GB K Dimension mm WxDxH 650 X 300 X 250 Power Specification 220V 50Hz Dimension of Pipe Feed pipe Water Discharge 3 4 pipe Applicable to ROD8GB K RQD5GB K Dimension mm WxDxH 650 X 435 X 258 Power Specification NM 220V 50 2 Refrigerants pipe Dimension of Pipe Water Discharge Refrigerants pipe Applicable
232. in reverse to the disassembly procedures and energize it for testing e Duct Type Unit 5 6 kW 8 0 kW Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Remarks Before removing the fan make sure to cut off the power firstly Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Unplug the motor cables eCut off the power supply of indoor unit Use screwdriver to remove the electric box cover and unplug the motor cables in electric box 2 Remove the filter sub assembly and return air inlet cover board E eRemove the filter sub assembly from the return air inlet frame and use screwdriver to remove the return air inlet cover board 3 Remove the screws on fan sub assembly eRemove the screws on fan sub assembly 4 Overturn the propeller housing eRotate the propeller housing to the return air inlet opening according to arrow direction 278 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 Loosen the fan and motor eUse inner hexagonal spanner to loosen the screws on fan and remove the clamp fixing the motor 6 Replace the motor eFirstly disengage the motor from motor support Then sequentiallv disengage the fan sub assembiv form the motor shaft Remove the motor from the return air inlet and replace with new motor In which for the motor with automatic motor support the motor support shall be removed in
233. independent communication Net 2 Pinboard 2 is connected with communication module of address 03 and indoor units address 01 08 of office 1 2 corresponding with independent communication Net 3 The outdoor figure is as follow 103 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL r 5 m NI UHR m EN MM Yar Pinboard 2 3 neilsbed connects with indoor unit or communication module and 4 core neilsbed with outdoor unit Pinboard 1 3 core neilsbed connects with indoor unit or modules and 4 core neilsbed with outdoor unit Mark C Centralized controller cabinet is mainly used to put communication modules together Refer to Section 3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System about its figure and connection method of communication modules Mark D Centralized Controller ZJ701 For the first use of it address mapping setting must be made to specify addresses of communication modules which should be controlled In this project example there are 3 communication modules with the address of 01 02 and 03 which are displayed in the centralized controller correspondingly Mark S1 S2 and S3 Telephone 3 way triple adapters are used to connect communication modules with communicating net of indoor and outdoor units Refer to Section 3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System for its connection method 3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System e Step
234. indoor unit if the drainage is thorough and if there is any water deposit If any readjust it If not complete the water test and proceed to the thermal insulation on all pipe joints 202 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 12 4 Requirements of Heat Preservation gt Heat Insulation Materials The thermal insulation material of obturator foam shall be used Fireproof level B1 The thermal conductivity shall not be higher than 0 035w m k when the average temperature is gt Thickness of thermal insulation layer The thickness of thermal insulation layer on condensate pipe shall be over 10mm gt The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing Thermal insulation is not required for the outdoor section of condensate pipe 203 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 13 INSTALLATION OF WATER PIPELINE 13 1 Pipeline between Hydro box and Water Tank Preparation of Pipe the PPR pipe with outer diameter dn25 which is S2 5 series thickess is 4 2mm is recommended Hot water pipes are applied as feed pipe for cooling water and outflow piep for hot water The PPR pipe with outer diameter dn20 which is S2 5 series thickess is 3 4mm is recommended All applied PPR pipes must comply with national standards GB T 18742 If other insulated pipeline are adop
235. ine of hot water which will cause heat loss The water tank shall also be installed close to the outdoor unit as much as possible The power switch of water heater shall be installed in the place which is away from the water It s better to assemble water proof box In low temperature of winter or if the unit hasn t been started for long time energize the unit for 8 hours at least before turning on the unit In low temperature of winter the power can t be cut off after the unit stops or the protection of anti freezing will not work If the unit will not be used for long time drain the water inside the unit water tank and pipeline through draw off valve after turning off the power of the unit Drain steps are as follows Close the ball valve for water replenishing of water tank open the terminal hydrovalve and open the drain of water tank Then open draw off valve A or B which is on the pipeline between the outdoor unit and the water tank and wait until there is no water flowing out Close all valves and drain If user need to add water and start the unit please refer to the instruction of 3 2 2 The operations above of different models may be slightly different so the installation manual of product is the standard 3 2 Cautions of Outdoor Unit If it is installed in an environment where the temperature is below the O C and the system stands by power on the control system will make anti freezing run start the water pump and compressor unitl
236. ing heating mode and any indoor units which operate under cooling heating mode will show mode conflict When the master indoor unit meets power failure or is turned off the unit mode will be treated as the former mode conflict i e the operation mode of the indoor unit mode is the operation mode of the complete unit 2 3 Control Function of Hydro box 1 Instant Heating Mode Two Temp Sensors There is a temp sensor that is respectively in the upper part and lower part of the water tank When the setting temperature is higher than both temp sensors for 5 C or above the hydro box will enter heating mode If the setting temperature is higher than the temp sensor in lower part of water tank for 5 C or above but which can t be met by the temp sensor in upper part The heating mode will start in 10min Single Temp Sensor if there is only temp sensor in the lower part of water tank when the setting temperature is higher than lower temp sensor for 5 C or above the heating mode will be entered 2 Energy saving Heat Retaining Mode Two temp Sensors when the temp of the lower temp sensor is 2 C higher than the setting temp heat retaining mode will be entered Single Temp Sensor when the setting temp is equal to the temp of lower temp sensor heat retaining mode will be entered 3 Anti freezing Once the temp of inlet or outlet temp sensor of Tube in tube is lower than or equal to 3 C or the temp of water temp sensor is lower than or equa
237. ing to pressure T in the below table means the min value of ambient temp and water temp 25 lt P lt 40 lt P lt 60 lt P lt 259 2809 Output P lt 25 40 60 80 P 80 T lt 0 OHz OHz 1Hz 1Hz 1Hz O lt T lt 12 OHz 1Hz 1Hz 1Hz 5Hz Fan 12 lt T lt 20 10Hz 15Hz 20Hz 23Hz 25Hz Frequency 29 lt T lt 35 28Hz 33Hz 38Hz 44Hz Max 35 lt T lt 40 36Hz 38Hz 41Hz 44Hz Max T gt 40 Max Max Max Max Max Remarks max value is 50Hz Fan Control after 3min Frequency of fan is adjusted in 3min later according to the change of pressure The max frequency of fan is 50HZ and the min is the below table The relationship between lowest fan speed and capacity of compressor output is as follows Output Frequency of scan 672X250 492 240 392X230 X lt 30 Compressor X Fan Frequency 40 HZ 30Hz 20hz 15 Hz 5 HZ Detect discharge pressure after 3min startup of the unit Fan frequency is adjusted every 2 periods according to the average value of discharge pressure so that the pressure can be restrained within optimized range If the pressure is higher than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will increase If the pressure is lower than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will decrease Heating Mode Initialization The fan runs at initial speed acoording to ambient temp for 3 min which is applicable when the unit is just started or the mode of the unit is shif
238. ion Service Manual INSTALLATION e Install the drainage hose yx For well draining the drainage hose should be Wrenched placed at a downward slant _ Bent yx Do not wrench or bend the drainage hose or flood its end bywater Fig 2 x Flooded Wrap heat resistant material when connect the longer drainage hose though indoor Fig 2 e Install the connection pipes Connect the connection pipe with the two relative leading pipes and tie the nut on tie in of the connect pipe tightly Note Be careful in bending the connection pipes or you will damage the pipes If the tightening torque is too great in tightening the flare nut leakage will happen 6 5 Floor Ceiling Type 6 5 1 Selection of installation site Selection of Installation Location for Air Conditioner Unit The installation of air conditioner unit must be in accordance with national and local safety codes Installation quality will directly affect the normal use of air conditioner unit The user is prohibited from installation by himself Please contact your dealer after buying this machine Professional installation workers will provide installation and test services according to installation manual Do not connect to power until all installation work is completed e Selection of Installation Location Such a place where cool air can be distributed throughout the room Such a place where is condensation water is easilv drained out Such a pl
239. ion Service Manual SERVICING 2 5 Communication error Communication error Yes Check if the No communication line of indoor unit is connected Check the orientation of plug and socket Yes Measure if the No E Replace the communication line communication line is through Check if the communication line of indoor and outdoor unit is connected correctly Check the orientation of plug and socket Yes Check if the two ends of communication line are mounted with magnetic ring Please mount the included magnetic ring Check if the outdoor unit is electrically powered Please supply power to the outdoor unit Yes g No e adorons codes of m 1 Change the repeated address codes indoor units in the same system are repeated Yes If the address code of wired controller complies with the address code of the connected indoor unit Change the address code of wired controller 232 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 6 Water full protection Fault display If the voltage of liquid level switch terminal is correct Check if the water overflows Replace the mainboard of indoor unit Check the liquid level switch Replace the mainboard of indoor unit Check the wiring of drainage pump If the voltage of drainage pump terminal is correct If the drainage pump is running
240. ion to wall height Distance from the net unit gt 000 For the state that the units are surrounded by walls It is recommended to install the units at the same directions No limitation to wall height INSTALLATION 2200 Up to 4 units ina line LL LL LL LL LLL 4 J 7 4 XU Front side Upto4 units in a line L EL C 7 Ream side 21000 lt JM sEE E IIBII LIz WOZOLYIIGzI I N I O I I IN NK GIXIIIIONVYOW N Up to 4 units a line 141 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION xIn consideration of seasonal wind during installation of outdoor units Correct Correct Incorrect Protecto Fresh air inlet N One side rear side _____Fresh air inlet One side rear side Fresh air inlet One side rearjside Fresh air inlet One side rear side In this state defrosting time will be prolonged In consideration of snow during installation of outdoor units It is required to equip protectors on air outlet and air inlet and a higher foundation base to prevent snow from covering air inlet an
241. ipe e Connect the liquid accumulator and connecting pipe Note keep the fire awav from other components when welding Disassembly and Assembly of Gas Liquid Separator Remarks Make sure that there isn t any refrigerant in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before removal of the gas liquid separator Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Disassembly of gas liquid separator Disconnect the connecting pipe with acumulator 2 PAT Unsolder two spots on gas liquid separator and then unplug connecting pipe Note keep the fire away from other components when welding 263 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 255 Unscrew the A Unscrew the retaining retaining screws of screws of gas liquid gas liquid separator separator SE Replace e Replace gas liquid gas liquid separator separator Replace gas liquid separator Prevent the gas liquid separator from dropping Don t damage the other components 4 Screw the retaining screws of gas liquid separator Screw the retaining screws of gas liquid separator 5 x Weld the gas liquid separator with connecting pipe Weld the gas liquid separator with connecting pipe Note keep the fire away from other components when welding 264 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual
242. ir switch fuse link and other protective components shall be installed and the selection and use of them shall be proper Remarks a1 Air switch can be protections of overloading and short circuit Its breaking capacity is not so good as fuse link neither is its reaction speed However it can be reset manually after operation a2 Fuse link just can be the protection of short circuit and its breaking capacity and reaction speed are good but its fuse shall be replaced after operation b It is advised that customer shall select air switch according to the rated current of the unit Usualy the current value of air switch shall be approximately 2 25 times as the rated current of the complete unit Rated current of fuse link shall be 1 5 2 times as that of the unit 15 1 3 4 Inspection of Components inside the Electric Box under supply interruption Inspect if there is any component broken off during transportation by eye Then check if there is any loose component or wiring by hand For huge unit screw the terminals of patching board and wiring by screwdriver or sleeve Screw them again after 2 months normal running Auxiliary contact of AC contactor can t be removed which has been debugged in factory 15 1 3 5 Cautions of Laying Power Circuit The power circuit of small unit shall be laid by trunking or flame retarded PVC pipe and the power cord of 214 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION huge unit shall
243. ire 4001039509 1 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39008026 1 1 1 314 SERVICING De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Qty No Part Name Code GMVL R22PS N GMVL R28PS N GMVL R36PS N aB K aB K aB K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01494118 1 1 1 2 Support of Evaporator 01094122 1 1 1 01024231 1 3 Evaporator Assy 01024230 1 01024232 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01094121 1 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub 01314172 l l 1 Lassy 7 Seal of left side Plate 01494115 l l 1 Sub assy 8 Seal of Connection Pipej 01494116 1 1 1 Sub assy 9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01424319 1 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01264176 1 1 1 12 Right Side Plate Sub 01314175 l l l assy 13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1 1570520103 1 14 Fan Motor 1570520201 1 1 15 Motor Sub assy 150024011 1 1 1 IBorder Plate Assy of Air 16 Return End 02225234 1 1 1 17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394994 1 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01264178 1 1 1 20 Fan motor mounting Plate 01324341 1 1 1 Sub assy 21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 1 1 1 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1 24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226221 1 1 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 l 28 Sensor sub assy 39008026 1 1 1
244. ithout foam shall be wrapped by using thermal insulation pipe The butt connection between foam and thermal insulation pipe shall be sealed with self adhesive sticker Upper foam of thermal Lower foam of thermal insulation insulation 3 Cautions The thermal insulation materials shall be able to withstand the pipe temperature For heat pump unit it is required to withstand a temperature not lower than 70 on liquid pipe side and not lower than 120 on gas pipe side For cooling only unit it is required to withstand a temperature not lower than 70 on both liquid pipe side and gas pipe side Example Heat resistant PVC foam over 120 Foam PVC over 100 The connector between indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be wrapped with thermal insulation materials and shall have no clearance to the wall on which the outdoor unit is mounted as shown below 189 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION MA Ee No clearance When wrapping the thermal insulation tape each circle shall suppress half of the previous circle To avoid reducing the thermal isolation effect do not wrap the tapes too tight After completing the protection work and wrapping the pipes use the sealing materials to block the holes in the wall 10 11 Vacuum Pumping 1 Purposes of vacuum pumping Discharge air and nitrogen in the piping to obtain vacuum state Vacuum is dry capable to remove moisture in
245. l insulation tube must meet the specifications ae 2 Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air entry Installation of Air Duct when 1 Design the length of air duct according to static pressure with high static pressure 2 The air inlet shall be optimally designed to avoid too small duct type unit size 124 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 1 copper tube must meet the specifications 2 Ensure it is dry and clean inside the tube Make sure to charge nitrogen as required for protection when welding the tubes Welding 4 Please keep to the welding process and ensure the system free of leakage 5 Add a dual way filter on liquid pipe side Installation 6 Formultiple systems please mark them properly of Carry out leakage detection under pressure after welding connection 1 Purge the system clean pipes 2 Keep the pressure for 24 hours Purge and make leakage Except for the influence by temperature it is deemed detection under pressure acceptable if pressure drop is within 0 02MPa With the temperature change by 1 C the pressure will change by approx 0 01MPa 1 The thermal insulation tube must meet the specifications Thermal insulation 2 Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air entry 1 Select the installing position correctly 2 Build the foundation according to the anchor bolt position and the dimension of outdoor unit
246. l speed Finally it output proper duty ratio to change the rotational speed so that the decination can be cleared the frequency of fan adjusts from 0 to 55Hz 0 means the stop of fan and 50 means fastest speed of fan Cooling Mode Initialization Within 3min after the unit is started set the initial fan frequency according to outdoor temperature This is applicable when the unit is initially started or the mode of the unit is shifted Output P lt 25 n o gt 80 T lt O OHz OHz 1Hz 1Hz 1Hz 0 lt T lt 12 OHz 1Hz 1Hz 1Hz 5Hz Fan 12 lt T lt 20 10Hz 15Hz 20Hz 23Hz 25Hz Frequency 30471835 28Hz 33Hz 38Hz 44Hz Max 35 lt T lt 40 36Hz 38Hz 41Hz 44Hz Max T gt 40 Max Max Max Max Max Remarks Max value is 50Hz Fan Control after 3min a Frequency of fan is adjusted in 3min later according to the change of pressure b The max frequency of fan is 50HZ and the min is in the below table OHz means the stop of fan regarding the drive of fan 68 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 50Hz Once the pressure PeZ55 C is detected the frequency of outdoor fan will change to 50 Hz immediately Definition under cooling mode if the ambient temp lt 14 C the cooling is Hypothermy cooling Fan Control Under Hypothermy Cooling Under Hypothermy cooling high pressure is between 30 C and 50 C If high pressure is lt 30 C the frequency of fan will de
247. l to 5 C the wired controller of water tank will display Anti freezing At that time whether it is ON or not anti freezing operation will running until temperatures of inlet and outlet temp sensors are higher than or equal to 10 C If the conditions for quiting anti freezing can t be met the outdoor unit will handle this When such conditons can be met water heating operation will stop 4 Breaking off of Waterproof Temp Sensor When the unit is ON if temperatures of inlet and outlet temp sensors are 20 C higher than the temp of water temp sensor after 10min running of water pump the wired controller will display FL Error code of water temp sensor is also FL 5 Forcible Start of Water Pump When the unit is OFF press both buttons Mode and V simultaneously for 5s to start this function which is also the method for turning off this function The function can last 30 minutes the longest 80 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 3 WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER NOTE Make sure that there is no obstruction between the remote control and the signal receptor The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 10m 8 Don t drop or throw the remote control Don t let any liquid flow into the remote control Don t put the remote control directly under the sunlight or any place where is very hot FAN button Press the button to change the speed of the fan according t
248. l with nitrogen Welding Airtight tests Vacuuming and drying 175 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 10 2 Three Principles of Refrigerant Piping Installation Keep to the three principles of refrigerant piping Key Factors Measures to Avoid Failure Dry Invasion of outside water abrication o acuuming and Example Rainwater engineering Purge water Invasion of indoor condensate Clean Formation of oxides inside the pipe during welding Invasion of dust and foreign articles from outside xpel with nitrogen 0 05 0 5 abrica fitting pipe Airtight Incomplete welding Leakage from flared port Leakage from edge Use suitable materials copper tube soldering bar welding procedures ER Observe the basic operations or flaring of fitting pipe Observe the basic interfacing procedures sap 10 3 Installation of Metal Embedded Pipe Work Order Metal Embedding Installation of Metal Diagram Embedded Parts Plot the line on ground if possible and use laser to project it onto the roof This is quick and correct Advance Installation of Metal Embedded Parts Please select according to local codes Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts In case that the metal embedded parts cannot be used due to design change the expansion bolts may be used Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts e The foot pedal
249. le Controller 0 Region monitoring 2 The wired controller buttons of 16 indoor units in region can be shielded controller or locked 3 Itcan time 16 indoor units in a region 4 It has the function of power off memory Note Wired controller must be reserved with which indoor unit has matched 02 Function mode Features Region wired 1 Itcan replace wired controller to control selected indoor units in a region controller 2 Itcan uniformly time the selected indoor units 3 It has the function of power off memory Note Wired controller matched with indoor unit must be removed and indoor unit must be re energized after debugging Fig 1 2 Sketch map to the relation among the region controller region monitoring controller and region 97 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL wired controller5 2 Operation View A h Y 4 I 6 TIMER ee A 7 ON OFF i Fig 5 2 Instruction to functions of buttons Table 5 1 No Name Function FUNC A Switch the control mode of inquiry single central control 1 FUNCTION B In central control status give the central order by successively pressing FUNC button 2 MODE Set cooling heating fan dry mode for indoor unit A Inquiry status cycle increase or decrease No of indoor units to easily inquire the status of each indoor unit 3 A B Sin
250. leakage detection Connect the pressure gauge to Freon nozzle on outdoor liquid valve and gas valve and connect a vacuum pump Then establish vacuum simultaneously from high pressure side and low pressure side Pressure gauge connector valve Connector on gas side P Vacuum pump Connector on liquid side Start the vacuum pump and turn Lo and knobs 190 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION b Continue for 0 5 1 0 hour after the vacuum level reaches 0 1MPa gauge pressure 1kgf cm Then close the VH knob on high pressure end and VL knob on low pressure end to stop the vacuum pump c Remove the hose connected to vacuum pump and reconnect it to the refrigerant tank Expel the air in the hose Open the VL knob on low pressure end to charge refrigerant to the system piping When the pressure reaches 0 0kgf cm close the VL knob on low pressure end d Remove the hose connected to refrigerant tank and reconnect it to vacuum pump Start the vacuum pump and open the VH knob on high pressure end Pump for 30 minutes from high pressure end and then open the VL knob to pump from low pressure end until the vacuum level reaches 0 1MPa gauge pressure 1 kgf cm e When the procedures for vacuum pumping are finished refrigerant shall be charged If the vacuum level reaches 0 1MPa gauge pressure or lower the vacuuming process is then ended Stop the vacuu
251. ll be stopped and the swing louver stops at current position Others When the indoor unit receives the shutdown signal detecting the fault signal and defrosting signal unless the auxiliary electric heating protection no matter the swing louver are under any state they will all stop at initial position after the cessation of indoor fans When the indoor units detected the auxiliary electric heating protection no matter the indoor units are under any state the automatic swing will work and the indoor fans will run at high speed at the same time 5 Controlling of drainage pump motor Cassette indoor units have drainage pump device to discharge the condensation water which is produced during cooling or drying When the indoor unit is operating under cooling or dry mode the water pump and compressor will start at the same time When powering off or cooling stop drying stop or transfering to other modes the water pump will be powered off after five miuntes When water level is flooded for 8 second at any mode include power off the water pump must be started at once The pump will not stop running untill the flooding signal disappears and it will stop running ten minutes after the flooding signal disappears Cooling stop Non cooling Non cooling i Compressor start i Compressor stop Cooling Compressor stop Pump start i Pump start PI Pump 3 Pump stop stop Pump stop i 5m 5m Water full
252. llows xx Mode Setting There 4 kinds of modes that are heating energy saving presetting and night x Temp Setting Range 35 58 C max setting temp in energy saving mode is 50 C xx Manual ON OFF Timer ON OFF the timer is clock timer Current Time Display Clean Fast Water Heating yx Operational Parameter Inquiry yx User Parameter Setting xx Touchable Buttons N Note Don t install the wire controller in wet environment or where it is exposed under sun QDon t knock throw or frequently disassemble wired controller Don t operate the wired controller with wet hand 4 2 2 Control Interface xxDisplay of Wired Controller 86 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Applied for RQD5GA K RQD8GA K 1 CONTROL RAPID AIRCON HOTWATER PRIOR HOTWATER SAVE PRESET 090 ON TIMER 55 58 OFF 10 9 8 T 6 5 Graphic Illustration of Wired Controller LCD No Display Icon Meaning Quick RAPID Under instant water heating mode it is allowed to activate HOTWATER the auxiliary electric heating tube to heat the water in a Heating short time Hot Water on 2126 i This function is not provided for this model 1 Priority Air Conditioner i This function is not provided for this model on Priority System Time 00 00 Display the current time Display the AUTO OFF time under instant heating and Timer TIMER 88 88 energy saving mode Display the AUTO ON time und
253. m pump and place still for 1 hour Then check the vacuum level for any change In case of any change it indicates that there is leakage In this case proceed to leakage detection and repair 10 12 Refrigerant Charge 1 Calculation method for refrigerant charging Refrigerant shall be charged according to calculated amount specified in engineering drawings Method for calculation of added refrigerant volume based on liquid pipe Mass of refrigerant to be charged gt length of liquid pipe x refrigerant charge amount of every meter of liquid pipe Amount of refrigerant charge for every meter of liquid pipe kg m Medium 254 22 2 019 05 159 012 7 9 52 6 35 R22 0 54 0 29 0 41 0 187 0 187 0 12 0 06 0 03 RATOA 0 35 0 25 0 17 0 11 0 054 0 022 Note a Standard pipe length is 15m If refrigerant piping L is shorter than or equal to 15m no additional refrigerant is needed If piping is longer than 15m based on liquid pipe more refrigerant shall be added The above table shows how much refrigerant shall be charged for every one additional meter of piping b Electronic balance shall be used for refrigerant charge c Thickness of pipe wall shall be 0 5 1 0mm and pressure bearing capability shall be 3 0MPa d The longer the piping the more refrigerating capacity and heating capacity shall be weakened 2 Steps of refrigerant charge are as follows a The connecting hose of refrigerant cylinder
254. me indoor unit But the address codes of different units can t be the same Mainboard of hvdro box and displav panel don t need the address code The indoor unit of VRF units are applicable to all digital and inverter outdoor units Control device of the outdoor unit consists of two parts as viewed from function which are master control system and inverter drive control system They are in a same control panel 51 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 2 Explanation of Schematic Diagram Outdoor Unit System Function It connect with indoor unit or hydro box to receive their ON OFF command mode setting temp and ambient temp by 3 pin communication wire It can determine its running mode and the proper running frequency which will be sent to drive control system It can adjust fan speed according to system pressure and monitor the temp of each temp sensor running status and protection of the units in real time in order to make sure normal running of the whole system If there is any malfunction that occurs nixie display indicator on master control board will display the protection code which indicates specific type of malfunction The code of malfunction of the drive is E5 High pressure switch is used for judging the high pressure of the system When the pressure is too high the high pressure switch will break and such signal will be received by mainboard and later be sent to control device Then the error cod
255. mm 1 I Assembly Room No 1 Assembly Room No 2 Office No 7 Office No 8 75 Fe OO Office No 1 Office No 2 Office No 3 Office No 4 Office No 5 Office No 6 b T T T T T T T T T T T Monitor Room p p Office 5 Office 7 Ofice Office Office 1754 1454 15 54 1554 1454 1654 1554 B NSS SS gt 1 Instruction to Distribution of Unit and Installation of Equipment This office building has been installed with 2 sets of GMV units as shown in the table below Quantity of required Nam communica Quantity e 4 2 B e Models tion indoor Corresponding rooms of indoor units units modules pinboard Address of communication module 1 2 Uniti Office 2 3 4 an Office 3 5 6 7 8 Office 5 9 10 Office 6 11 12 Unit 2 GMV R620W4 Room ry n Akies ai D indoor unit module Office 7 02 1 2 Office 8 3 4 101 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Assembly 1 2 3 4 room 1 03 es Assembly 5 6 7 8 2 Frame Diagram of System Net 3 m B GMV L R620W4 A 2 C ies Net 2 sun y J
256. mmable or explosive thing is stored or the place where there is leakage of flammable or explosive gas The unit cannot be installed in the place where there is corrupt gas and serious dust saline fog lampblack and high humidity PAS Note The air conditioner unit installed in the following place may have malfunction if it is unpreventable please contact the Nominated Repair Center Of Gree Electric Appliances Inc Of Zhuhai the place with greasy all around the seashore place with salinity and alkali the place with vulcanized gas such as vulcanized hot spring the place with high frequency equipment such as wireless equipment electric welding machine and medical treatment equipment the place with special environment gt 143 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 1 The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV L R22P Na K GMV L R25P Na K GMV L R28P Na K GMV L R32P Na K GMV L R36P Na K GMV L R40P Na k Electric box Nameplate Liquid pipe Gas pipe TTTTTTTTTTTTTTIT I I 5 j 7 Y 1 2 MN return vent 1 i T Lower air return Drainage pipe mi 2 The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV L RA45P Na K GMV L R50P Na K GMV L R56P Na K GMV L R63P Na K GMV L R71P Na K GMV L R80P Na K GMV L R90P Na K GMV L R100P Na K GMV L R112P Na K
257. mperature Sensor 390002073 1 27 Display Board 30296313 1 28 Tube sensor 39000283 1 29 Tube sensor 390000372 1 Notes is only the part of RQ5GB K is only the part of ROBGB K 297 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual RQD5GB K RQD8GB K Exploded view SERVICING LON 298 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Parts List No Part Name Code Qty 1 Top Cover 01264216P 1 2 Electric Box Cover 01424268P 1 3 Original PCB Mounting Plate Sub Assy 01324367 1 4 Electric Box Assy 01392868 1 5 Panel front rear 01544141P 2 6 Enter Water Pipe Sub Assy 04362830 l 7 Water Pump 43130322 1 8 Water Flow Switch Sub Assv 45028061 1 U Double Pipe Condenser ces 1 01152804 011241844 10 Tube in tube heat exchanger 1 00904122 H Left Side Plate Sub Assy 01314242P 1 12 Supporter 01802827P 1 13 Outlet Water Pipe Sub Assy 04364119 1 14 Cut off valve Sub Assv 2 07334418 1 15 Cut off valve Sub Assv 1 07334419 1 16 Supporter 01802826P 1 Iv Cut off valve 07334422 1 18 Sewage Pipe 04362899 1 19 Chassis Sub assv 01194145P 1 20 Support sub assy 01802830P 1 al Electric heater 32102803 l 22 Column 01854116P 2 23 Terminal Board 42010265 l 24 Main Board 30226228 1 25 AC contactor 44010221 1 26 Transformer
258. mperature setting is adjustable but it shall be tested by engineers For detailed needs please contact the engineering test personnel The upper limit may be set to 65 C Under ON state you may press MODE key to switch between instant 4 Mode water heating mode energy saving mode preset mode and night mode 5 Sterilize open the sterilizing function in high temperature condition water temperature set up to 70 automatically 6 Temp Rap Under instant water heating mode it is used to start stop the quick id water heating function 8 ON OFF Switch on or off the machine Under OFF state you may hold down MODE and keys 4 Mode simultaneously for 5 seconds to activate the cleaning function If you and Cleaning hold them for 5 seconds again or the machine is failed the system will 7 Function exit the cleaning function The ON OFF key is disabled after the Decrease cleaning function is started The cleaning function can last 30 minutes the longest 3 When the machine has no fault you may hold down and keys Increase simultaneously for 5 seconds to enter in keypad lock state in which and Key Lock case the other keys will be disabled Hold them down again for 5 7 seconds to exit the lock state When the machine is incurred to fault it Decrease will automatically release the lock state 93 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 4 2 3 Display Applied for 5
259. n 100 C for one minute continuously the ambient sensor error signal will disappear and indoor unit will operate as the former state Evaporator temp sensor When the evaporator temperature is measured lower than 30 C or higer than 100 C for one minute continuously the evaporator temp sensor error signal will be sent error code FO and then indoor unit will stop for abnormity When the evaporator temperature sensor is in trouble the evaporator temperature is measured lower than 30 C or higer than 100 C for one minute continuously the evaporator temperature sensor error signal will disappear and the indoor unit will operate as the former state The measure times should not be accumulatived Fault Type Error Code Indoor ambient temperature sensor error FO Indoor tube inlet sensor error F1 Indoor tube sensor error F2 Indoor tube exit sensor error F2 Upper limit value i Temperature of sensor Lower limit value 5 2 55 lt 1 4 Error pog 1 producing Sensor fault state 9 Address setting of indoor unit Indoor unit at the same units must have exclusive address to operate so you should set the address when installing the indoor unit The address of indoor unit at the same units is not allowed to repeat The address of the same indoor unit should conform to the address of remote controller The ad
260. n the sleep mode is in the m AR g cool and drv mode the set H Li Li temp will increases 1 2 im during the set time then the SWNG HMD U GT SAVE unit will operate according to ae the temp When sleep mode is 3 NFF H H H R in the heat mode the set temp decreases 1 2 during the set p time then the unit will operate 3 according to the set temp SLEEP AR N HMD TIMER ON TI MR CFF AN CN SAVE NOF Temp Timer button When the unit is operating increase In by pressing button once and decrease lr by pressing button once The indoor temp can be set in the range of 16 300 Press the Timer OFF TIMER ON button at operating stopping to set the off on time Press Timer OFF TIMER ON once to increase 0 5 hour for the set time The Max value of setting time could be 24 hours when repressed it the setting time will be canceled Operation procedure Normal procedure 1 Press ON OFF button after connected with the power then the unit is operating 2 Press MODE button to choose the need operation mode 3 Press FAN button to set the fan speed 4 Press button to set the need temp Selectable procedure 5 Press SLEEP mode to set the sleep state 6 Press TIMER OFF button to set the set time Note When the operating mode selected by the indoor unit is clash with the one selected by the outdoor unit the remote controller will display the operating clash after 5 seconds and the
261. n valve Assy 1 07334129 07334129 18 Support 1 01792703 01792703 340 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R28Td Na K GMV L R36Td Na K Parts List Code SIN Part Name Qty GMV R28Td Na K GMVL R28Td Na GMV R36Td Na K GMVL R36Td Na K 1 Panel Assy MTO1top 1 TL1000120 TL1000120 2 Water Tray Assy 1 12412702 12412702 3 Water Diversion 1 24212708 24212708 4 Evaporator Assy 1 01024104 01024104 5 Right Side PlateAssy 1 01302729 01302729 6 Cross Flow Fan 1 10352701 10352701 7 electric heating pipe Assy d p 8 SoleplateAssy 1 01222714 01222714 9 Right Side PlateAssy 1 01302746 01302746 10 Rear CaseAssy 1 22202702 22202702 11 Motor 1 15018762 15018762 12 Electric boxAssy 1 01404655 01404697 13 Mainboard 1 30226034 30226033 14 Electric boxcover plate 1 01412725 01412725 15 Protective Cover of Patching Board 1 222427221 222427221 16 Draining Pump 1 43132701 43132701 17 Electric expansion valve Assy 1 07334129 07334129 18 Support 1 01792703 01792703 341 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 3 4 Wall Mounted Type Unit 1 GMV L R22G NaB K GMV L R28G NaB K
262. nd the pin 1 amp 3 are dialed to ON Tib ts Address 8 dial up value 0111 Address 11 dial up value 1010 2 Address code about capacity On the mainboard of indoor unit two 4 bit DIP switches are used to distribute the address and capacity of indoor units The 4 bit DIP switch marked with capacity below used for setting the capacity of indoor units is factory set before shipment of indoor unit while it is covered by sealant so that it cannot be changed by the user Below is factory default setting onus The default Capacity dial up is the maximum capacity of indoor unit As shown above the capacity is See above for the lever position Dial up Value The dial up value of capacity code is set in binary system The dial up value is O when the lever is dialed to ON end the dial up is 1 when the lever is dialed to numerical end on opposite side For number 4 1 on the capacity code the dial up 4 refers to high bit and the dial up 1 refers to low bit 210 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Dial up Table 4 bit Dial up Switch Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Capacity 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 1 25 0 0 1 0 30 0 0 1 1 35 0 1 0 0 40 0 1 0 1 45 0 1 1 0 50 0 1 1 1 60 1 0 0 0 224 1 0 0 1 70 1 0 1 0 80 1 0 1 1 90 1 1 0 0 100 1 1 0 1 112 1 1 1 0 140 1 1 1 1 280 3
263. ng of control mode including wired control and remote control The wired control mode refers to that the indoor unit is controlled from wired controller hand controller This setting is factory defaulted dial up switch pulled to ON position When the setting is wired control mode the function dial up on S7 for setting of memory mode and setting of master slave indoor unit will be disabled These two settings can be done from the wired controller directly The remote control mode refers to that the indoor unit is controlled from remote controller When the setting is remote control mode its function dial up must be set on S7 211 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Dial up switch 3 M S The setting of master slave indoor unit refers to the master slave setting of indoor run mode mainly used to meet the needs of special people on priority e g leader patients etc The factory default setting is that all indoor units are master dial up switch pulled to ON position When all the indoor units are set as slave the outdoor unit will run according to the mode of slave indoor unit that is firstly started If the mode of slave indoor unit started later has in conflict against the mode started earlier the system will display mode conflict error so that the indoor unit started later cannot work In this case the run mode of the unit is decided by the slave indoor unit that is firstly s
264. nges of indoor ambient temperature shown as the following figure High Medium u i Low Indoor Ambient Temperature H R B ______ ndoor setting temperature Automatic cooling fan speed Common High f Indoor Ambient Temperature 1 42 B M Indoor setting temperature Automatic cooling fan speed Trendy Automatic fan speed switching will be detected every 30 seconds If the indoor fan is closed at first the fan will be forced to run at high speed for 8s after start up then changed to setting speed Blowing Residual Cold Air Control When the indoor unit is turned off the fan will run for 0 60 seconds at the setting speed or automatic speed When the capacity requirement of indoor unit is 0 the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit will be closed and then the fan will unceasingly run at the setting speed or automatic speed 2 Dry Operation When the units work under dry mode the indoor fan could only work at low speed no matter what speed is set All other actions are the same with cooling operation Please refer to cooling operation Low Indoor ambient temperature Indoor setting temperature If the indoor fan is closed at first the fan will be forced to run at high fan for 8s after start up then changed to setting speed 2 Heating Operation e Heating Capacity Outdoor unit will determine the compressor capacity output according to the capacity requirements of indoor unit Indoor unit
265. nnected to electronic 7 unsolder the pipes expansion valve connected electronic expansion valve 3 Replace the electronic T Install the new electric expansion valve MIN gt expansion valve in correct position 4 Weld the electric expansion Weld the electric valve with pipeline expansion valve with 4 pipeline 5 Install the coil of electronic Install the coil of electronic expansion valve expansion valve 272 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Disassembly and Assembly of Fan and Fan Motor Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Disassembly of front W Remove the bolts plate 27 Disassemble the front gt plate 2 Disassembly of cover of i Remove the bolts electric box Disassemble the cover of electric box 3 Disassembly of power Unplug the power cord of cord of fan fan from mainboard Disassemble it from wire bundle and clip 4 Disassembly of dome massa Remove the bolts Disassemble the dome 273 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 5 Disassembly of axial flow Disassemle retaining fan s nuts for the fans Remove fans Disassembly of motor Disassemble the screws for motor Replace motor 7 Replace motor and l Replace motor and assemble the unit according assemble the unit to the reversed steps J acco
266. nnecting the drainage pipe to the indoor unit f Gradient over 1 100 13 When connecting the drainage pipe to the indoor unit please fix with the included pipe clamp and do not use glue water thus to ensure easy repair 14 Installation requirements for auxiliary drainage pipe Pipe clamp Drainage PVC pipe Unit drainage pipe Drainage hose The auxiliary drainage pipe must be thermally insulated Thermal insulation of condensate pipe iN 15 The long drainage pipe be fixed by isi bolts thus to ensure a gradient of 1 100 PVC cannot be bent The spacing between the supports of horizontal pipe is 0 8 1 0m Twisting will be caused and thus air bag will be formed if the spacing is too high Once the air bag is formed the pump can only compress the air bag no matter how forcible it pushes but there is no flowing water thus resulting in abnormal water level This will cause flooding of the ceiling 196 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 7 16 If the air flow of indoor unit is high this might cause negative pressure and result in return suction of outdoor air Therefore U type water trap shall be designed on the drainage side of each indoor unit Indoor unit Install water trap as shown below Install one water trap for each unit Installation of water trap shall consider easy cleaning in the future mL f Joint Joint Indoor unit 17 Connec
267. nnection pipe whose diameter is 200 produced by our company can be ordered separately as standard fittings Model 50 and the model below it do not share circle air duct The following is the diagram for install circle air duct Note 1 The longest length of air duct means the general length of the wing supply pipe to the farthest air supply vent plus the general length of return air duct to the relative farthest return air vent 2 To the unit with auxiliary heater if the circle air duct is need to connected the straight length of transitional air duct should not shorter than 200mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Name Screw Return air Ducted type Return air Transitional Supply air Air outlet duct indoor unit inlet air duct duct Setting hole for maintenance After installation of hidden duct tvpe unit manhole must be provided in ceiling on the electric box side of the indoor unit In respect to the manhole the following points must be taken into consideration For access the manhole size shall be larger than 500mmx500mm The manhole must be at a possible easily accessible for repair of electric elements and pipe The air inlet may also be used as manhole for repair of motor 148 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 6 2 4 wav cassett type Unit 6 2 1 Selection of installation site 1 Obstruct should put away from the inlet or outlet
268. nstalled with additional tube The purpose is to adjust the different pipe diameters If the pipe size selected on site is different from the size of branch connector please use the pipe cutter to cut from the middle of different connection pipes and remove the burrs Then insert the copper pipe to appropriate depth The branch pipes from Gree are all provided with positioning mark ARE Branch pipe l I gt FT ILI S Cut from the middle of copper Pu pipe as needed The connection method that copper pipe is in couple with a smaller branch pipe shall not be used JE FEE wa Copper pipe Copper pipe Branch pipe N L1 Hp LT Correct connection Wrong connection SY So Copper pipe shall not be inserted too much for connection with branch pipe En Lukii Copper pipe Branch pipe Treni r s f Correct connection L NL Wrong connection 182 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 10 7 Welding of Copper Pipe 1 Braze welding Materials for braze welding There are two kinds of braze welding soft braze welding and hard braze welding Hard braze welding is required in this case Selection of braze welding Red copper red copper brazing filler metal is Bcu93P GB 6418 and welding flux is not needed Flame flux capable of preventing the surface of copper pipes from oxidation recommended for use Temperatur
269. nual INSTALLATION 6 3 3 Clearance data Unit mm 6 3 4 Installation demonstration Bositing Stand fase Hoisting Screw MG ots 10 Provide 1 Y Washers accessory pus Provide 1 Water Level Fig 2 a 7 a Cardboard for installation 223049 STA 8X13 F 549 Fig 3 156 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Hoisting the main body of the unit 1 Hoisting the main body Attach the hoisting stand base to hoisting screw In order to firm the hoisting stand base use nuts with washers on either end of it refer to Fig 1 hu Please refer to the dimension of ceiling opening on the cardboard for installation There is a mark for ceiling opening center on the cardboard There is also a mark for main bodv center on the cardboard Use screws to fix the installation cardboard on the unit refer to Fig 3 Adjust the unit to right installation place Check if the unit is horizontal Inner drainage pump and bobber switch are installed in indoor unit Check if everv side of the unit is horizontal by water lever If the unit slants to opposite direction towards which coagulate water flows it will bring malfunction to the bobber switch and cause water drops refer to Fig 2 5 Unscrew the screws on the cardboard which can be used for installing front panel e Drainage pipe Fco eee 1 Installing drainage pipe The diameter of drainage pipe should be larger than that
270. o the following order SWNG FAN AUTO FAN SPEED 4 AUTCFAN ER gt al gt s TEMP button z x Set temp increases 1c e AR g by pressing and Li 1 decreases 1 c by pressing JN 4 once SWNG HMD LI GT SAVE w DRY Set temp 16 c 30 c 3 T e H H FAN Set temp 16 c 30 c ki AR HEAT 22 Set temp 16 c 30 c Set temp 16 c 30 c KA ON OFF button Press the button to turn on ress the button to change the unit Press the button the mode according to the GREE once again to turn off the unit and cancal the timer He 2 MIE ONOFF NOTE The cooling only units have no mode NOTE After every indoor unit received the turn off signal the fan and electric inflate valve will continue to work for 20 70mins to make use of the rest cool or rest heat while for preparation for the nest work And this is normal phenomenon 81 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL NOTE This type of remote control is a kind of general use remote control that is suitable for several types function of air conditioner units Please understand that the functions and buttons that are not suitable for this air conditioner will not be introduced Liquid crystal displayer It shows all set contents y P d SWNG FAN SLEEP button AUTCFAN a Press the button to set SLEEP E FER mode and stop when repressed So Whe
271. o uniformly set or control the indoor units Refer to Fig 1 1 Fig 1 2 about the Sketch map to the relation among the region controller region monitoring controller and region wired controller 00 Function mode Project Debugging Initial state Setti NE 01 Function mode Region Controller Region monitoring controller 02 Function mode Region wired controller Fig 1 1 Before using the controller functions must be selected by the personnel who performance the installation with the requirements of users Please refer to Project Debugging Setting section for the details Note If the controller is set to be region wired controller the wired controller of the selected indoor unit must be removed The region controller can be matched with long distance monitor As a region monitoring controller its control is subject to that of the long distance monitor In the same group one of the region controllers can be used as region monitoring controller and matches one or more region wired controller which replace s one or more wired controller in which case the region monitoring controller can also monitor or control the region wired controller Features 00 Function mode 1 00 function mode is factory initial state Initial state 2 Before using o1 or 02 function mode must be selected Project Features Debugging 1 Both single control and central control tol 16 indoor units in a region are Region Setting 01 Function mode availab
272. ocedure of ADDRESS SETTING 1 The centralized controller without energizing and setting will display following Cincluding clear all the finished address settings 00 00 00 00 00 Display Present Unit No 00 00 which means soft address 00 No 00 indoor unit Soft address is the No displayed in 1 64 grid of LCD Press SYSTEM DEBUG into system setting interface After pressing UP DOWN LEFT and RIGHT buttons press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING Then press UP or DOWN button to switch between them 111 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Soft address Press LEFT or RIGHT button to switch between SOFT and Hard ADDRESS settings and UP or Down button to adjust their values After adjustment press CONFIRM button to make the address values corresponding and effective If the cursor stops at hard address position hard address is blinking press CANCEL button to make the setting value ineffective in which case the will be displayed Soft address is the No displayed in 1 64 grid of LCD and hard address is the actual one of communication module In this example the centralized controller controls 3 communication modules with the address of 01 02 and 03 i e hard address is 01 02 and 03 For convenient management soft address will be set to the same as hard address i e 01 001 02 002 and 03 003 If comm
273. of Indoor Unit 4 3 1 Duct Type Unit SERVICING Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Remarks Before removing the fan make sure to cut off the power firstly Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Unplug the motor cables eCut off the power supply of indoor unit Use screwdriver to remove the electric box cover and unplug the motor cables in electric box 2 Remove the cover of return air inlet eUse screwdriver to remove the lower return air inlet cover board 3 Remove the back propeller housing eLoosen the clamp between back propeller housing and front propeller housing Remove the back propeller housing 4 Remove the front propeller housing eUse screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the front propeller housing Remove the front propeller housing 5 Loosen the fan and motor eUse inner hexagonal spanner to loosen the screws on fan and remove the clamp fixing the motor 6 Remove the motor eFirstiv disengage the motor from motor support and then disengage the fan from the motor Then remove the motor from the lower return air inlet frame In which for the motor with automatic motor support the motor support shall be removed in advance and then changed to the unit 277 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 7 Replace with a new motor eAssemble the unit
274. of connecting pipe Polythene pipe dimension outer diameter 25mm wall thickness gt 1 5mm e Drainage pipe should be as short as possible and drooping gradient at least 1 100 to avoid the formation of air bubble e f drainage hose cannot have enough drooping gradient drainage raising pipe should be installed e order not to bend the drainage hose the distance between hoisting stands should be 1 to 1 5m Correct above 1 100 Gradient X Wrong e With accessory drainage hose and clamp insert the drainage hose into the drainage faucet and then tighten the clamp e Entwine the clamp of drainage hose with the big sponge to isolate heat e Isolate heat for the outdoor drainage host 157 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Sponge Accessory Clamp Accessory Below mm Sponge Gray Drainage Hose Notice for drainage raising pipe e The installation height should be less than 280mm e A right angle should be formed by the drainage raising pipe and unit which should not be more than 300mm far from the unit 2 Hoisting Stand Base a CLIS WA 2 Clamp Accessory Ceiling Note e The gradient of the accessory drainage hose should be within 75mm so that the drainage faucet need not endure extra outside force e If several drainage hoses join together please install them according to the following process a The spec
275. of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 32 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R22Td Na K GMV L R28Td Na K GMV L R36Td Na K kW 2 2 2 8 3 6 Cooling Capacity Btu 7506 9550 12280 kW 2 5 3 2 4 0 Heating Capacity Btu 8530 10900 13650 m3 h 450 500 500 Air Flow Rate CFM 265 294 294 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 45 41 45 41 45 41 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 50Hz 220 240V 50Hz 220 240V 50Hz Output kW 0 02 0 02 0 02 Fan Motor es A 0 22 0 22 0 22 mm 9 52 9 52 12 7 inch 3 8 3 8 1 2 M mm 06 35 06 35 06 35 pss Liquid Pipe inch 1 4 1 4 1 4 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness mm 030 X 1 5 30 X 1 5 030 X 1 5 mm Main body 920 360 185 Panel 1180 430 30 Package Dimensions WxDxH mm Main body 1290x465x270 Panel 1260 505 110 Net Weight Main body Panel kg 16 3 Gross Weight Main body Panel kg 2908 Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating 3 The sound level was tested under circums
276. olution Service Manual Dial the 3 rods to OFF 555 3 us N digital CONTROL 109 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Set DIP for address according to the following table Address from 0 to 31 Address e 1 Jo o o Nm 2 jo WOWNNNINININININININ 2 2 2 gt gt 2 O O O RW NM OO COIN c a Q N 2 OO Address from 32 to 63 CONTROL Address N 61 ou m A 110 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Address from 64 to 95 Address from 96 to 127 DIP S2 DIP 63 Address DIP S2 DIP S3 Address 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 41511 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 64 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 96 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 65 1 0 0 0011 1 0 97 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 66 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 98 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 67 1 1 0 0011 1 0 99 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 68 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 100 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 69 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 101 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 70 0 1 1 010 1 1 0 102 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 71 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 103 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 72 0 0 0 110 1 1 0 104 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 73 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 105 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 74 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 106 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 75 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 107 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 76 0 0 1 TEC 1 0 108 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 77 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 109 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 78 0 1 1 AS ROM EI 1 0 110 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 79 1 1 1
277. olution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R22P NaB K GMV L R22PS NaB K GMV L R28P NaB K GMV L R28PS NaB K GMV L R36P NaB K GMV 1 R36PS NaB K GMV L R45P NaB K GMV L R45PS NaB K GMV L R56P NaB K GMV L R56PS NaB K GMV L R71P NaB K GMV L R71PS NaB K 28 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Qty Ne Pant Name Cade GMV R22P NaB GMV R28P NaB GMV R36P NaB K K K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01494118 1 1 1 2 Support of Evaporator 01094122 1 1 1 3 Evaporator Assy 01024231 l 01024232 1 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01094121 1 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub 01314172 1 1 1 assy 7 Seal of left side Plate 01494115 l l 1 Sub assy 8 Seal of Connection Pipe 01494132 l l l Sub assy 9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01424319 1 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01264176 1 1 1 12 Right Side Plate Sub 01314175 l l l Lassy 13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1 1570520103 1 14 Fan Motor 1570520201 1 1 15 Motor Sub assy 150024011 1 1 1 Border Plate Assy of 16 Return End 02225234 1 1 1 17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394978 1 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01264178 1 1 1 20 Fan motor mounting Plate 01324341 l l l Sub assy 21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 0 0 0 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1 24
278. on of indoor unit and outdoor unit Test run of indoor unit Air flow and noise level inspection INSTALLATION Design Kicking off Material selection Inspection of site installation position Installation of Installation of outdoor unit connection pipes Connection of Purge and make power cables leakage detection under pressure Address dial code Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit Leakage detection under pressure Vacuuming Add refrigerant Open the valve Comm g of complete unit As built Drawing Delivery of the Operating Instructions 126 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 2 TOOLS FOR INSTALLATION 2 1 Common Tools S N Material Specification unit Qty S N Material Specification unit Qty Three stage distribution Momental 1 cabinet set 15 spanner 17 36mm set Non adjustabl 2 Light 16 wrench Fire Adjustable 3 extinguisher pcs 17 wrench 8 12 pcs 4 Uniform suit 18 Pliers pcs 5 Hard hat head 19 Scissors pcs Oxygen relief 6 Safety strap set 20 valve Accordin Accordin and cutting g to Nitrogen relief g to 7 knife 1 4 2 5 8 pcs practical L 21 valve 0 6MPa PCS _ practical situation Acetylene situation 8 Pipe bender set 22 relief valve
279. onnections and new welded spots of indoor unit and outdoor unit Repair welding shall be performed immediately Afterwards pressure maintaining is repeated until eligibility is reached 10 10 Heat Preservation of Refrigerant Piping 188 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 1 Connection of thermal insulation pipe Carry out thermal insulation to the refrigerant pipe after confirming that it has no leakage Please perform thermal insulation to the refrigerant pipe according to the steps below Check if the thermal insulation pipe has met the thickness requirements If not the condensing water is easy to attach on thermal insulation pipe and finally drips The thickness requirements are shown below Refrigerant Pipe mm Outer Dia x Thickness u eisdem Drm 6 35 0 5 gt 10 9 52 0 71 gt 10 12 7 1 gt 15 15 9 1 gt 15 19 05 1 gt 15 22 2 1 5 gt 20 25 4 1 5 gt 20 28 6 1 5 gt 20 b34 9x1 5 220 e Wrap the refrigerant pipe according to required thickness The clearance between thermal insulation pipes shall be sealed with self adhesive sticker e Wrap the thermal insulation pipes with tapes thus to extend their ageing time 2 Thermal Insulation of Branch Pipe Each branch pipe is provided with foam Wrap the branch with the included foam The upper and lower foam shall be sealed with self adhesive sticker All the sections with or w
280. ontroller region wired NONE SF B Set the control mode of region monitoring controller region wired controller Note The characters with gray back ground indicate buttons Following part is the same to it The time of single press of the button is more than 3s which means successively press There isn t the function that the region wired controller shields other indoor wired controller 98 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 5 3 Display View INQUIRY dy det CONTROL SNLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 cenrer 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 y MODE f 7 ERROR ROOM TEMP SHEILD v FORCE bili c Li DK FAN MELT SET LOCK 7 1 Dar E ow PILLS TIMER GGREEKP C Fig 5 3 No Display name Instruction to display Inquiry state INQUIRY is displayed 1 Control mode Single control state SINGLE is displayed Centralized control state CENTER is displayed 2 Running mode Each indoor unit running mode is displayed Error ERROR is displayed during any malfunction to indoor or outdoor unit in a group 4 _ is displayed when there is no malfunction to selected indoor unit and the ambient temp is below zero 5 Fan speed display Hi mid low or auto speed of indoor fan is displayed 6 Swing Swing running of indoor unit is displayed 7 Timer TIMER ON OFF is displayed when setting timer or inquiring timer state
281. or short circuited Please check the compressor connections or winding for short circuiting or other troubles Yes Work normally Yes Check if 15V in the mainboard is stable as well as 1 2 role of 15VA No 1 If it is moistened find out the cause and take proper measures to prevent moisture Dry the PFV board and apply moisture proof glue 2 If it is dirty find out the cause and take dustproof measures If the air quality of service environment is poor it is also required to clear off the dirt periodically 3 If it is short circuit find out the cause and clean the electric box to prevent the iron scraps or other conductive substances from attaching on the board Yes Check if the IPM in the mainboard is damaged Tighten the compressor wire again and adjust phase sequence Replace the Mainboard Record and feed back De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 11 Tripping Check if it is N YeS leakage and the switch changed SS If the switching capacity can No meet the requirements Yes Tripped once energized No Yes Y In case the leakage flow is too big find out the leakage point and handle it Y Please mount the electric switches according to the capacity specified in the instruction system
282. ormer 43110239 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226221 1 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39004167 1 1 322 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R90P NaB K GMV L R90PS NaB K GMV L R112P NaB K GMV L R112PS NaB K GMV L R140P NaB K GMV L R140PS NaB K 323 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Qty Ne Name Code GMVL R90P NaB GMVL R112P Na GMVL R140P N K B K aB K 1 Air outlet side board assy 01498608 1 1 1 2 Water pump assy 15404119 0 0 0 3 Water level switch 45010201 0 0 0 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1 01024222 1 1 5 Evaporator assy 01024218 1 6 Left support of evaporator 01803273 l 01804703 1 7 Fan motor mounting Plate 01324356 1 1 Sub assv 01804703 l 8 Top Cover Board Assy 01258907 l 01264627 1 1 1 9 Right support of evaporator 010 8604 01805221 1 10 Right Side Plate Sub assy 01308679 1 1 11 Air intake side board sub assy 01375221 1 1 1 12 Filter Sub assy 11725205 1 1 1 13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2 14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1 15 Motor 1570521101 1 1 1570520901 1 16 Motor 1570521201 1 1 1570521001 1 01258603 1 1 17 Bottom cover plate assy 0125860301 1 18 Cover of air in 01258602
283. ort of filter Then screw the bolts 285 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 12 Install the front case assv and screw the bolts Install the front case assy and screw the bolts Screw these 5 screws 13 Install the front panel assy Install the front panel assy and fix it Press and tighten the clasps 4 3 4Wall mounted Unit Removal and Wall mounted Unit Assembly of Fan Motor Remarks Before removing the compressor make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Firstly remove eFirstiv use the front panel screwdriver to loosen front case and the screws electric box eUnplug the motor terminals in the electric box Loosen the earth screws and lift up 2 Remove the evaporator eFirstiv use screwdriver to remove the fixing screws on the left and right side Then remove the evaporator eUse screwdriver to remove the screws fixing the motor clamp and remove the screws connecting the motor and cross flow fan Then the motor can be separated from the cross flow fan 3 Remove the motor and cross flow fan Screw 4 3 5 Floor Ceiling Typ
284. oss hole 10 5 Management and Machining of Refrigerant Piping 1 Storage After receiving the refrigerant pipe and other components do not move them to the storage until confirming that they have no deformation bend crack or damage The pipe end must be sealed to prevent the invasion of moisture or wastes The copper pipe with coating may become deformed under the compression of the coating material so that the coils shall be placed upright To avoid the invasion of moisture or wastes a support higher than the ground must be built by using woods Care of pipe end during construction The pipe ends must be well cared during construction According to the working position work progress and surrounding environment the most effective way is to seal the end and wrap with adhesive tape i Sealing method e ee Clamp the pipe end and weld on it Clamp the pipe end to flat and weld on the clearance Then charge nitrogen 2 Skgf em This will be more effective li Method for wrapping with adhesive tape Seal the pipe end with ethvlene tape 2 Coil unwinding AN CAUTION When unwinding the coil take care not to drag it on the ground The coil shall be slowly unwound on ground without any twisting In case of excessive compression by any hard object during unwinding the thermal insulation materials may be damaged and cannot be recovered which will deteriorate the performance of thermal insulation Do not unwind carelessly Otherwis
285. osting tray and the support of filter Unscrew these 5 screws TITLE DL li ne Press the switch on both sides of front panel to release it from the clasps Then remove the front panel assy Remove the retaining screws of front panel assy and front case Remove the retaining screws of front panel assy and front case Unscrew the retaining screws of defrosting tray Remove the defrosting tray and the support of filter 284 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 6 Unscrew the retaining screw of cover of motor 7 Remove the motor cover assy 8 Unscrew the retaining screws of motor and motor shaft 9 Replace the motor 10 Install the motor cover assy screw the bolts up 11 Install defrosting tray and the support of filter Then screw the bolts Unscrew these 4 screws Unscrew this screw p gt T sen h SERVICING e Unscrew the retaining screw of cover of motor Remove the motor cover assy Rotate the cross flow fan and make the screws upward Then remov e the screws e Remove the motor and then install a new one Install the motor cover assv and screw the retaining screws of motor cover and cross flow fan Install defrosting tray and the supp
286. oter varo uns unit aucet water inlet Gornal open Cutoff Valve Cassette Ducted Wall Indoor unit indoor unit Mounted rotundity indoor unit air outlet Sewage port Ducted indoor unit Rectangular air outlet Skecth map of installation B with floor heater and water tank Diagram B Model of Hydro box Recommended water tank GMV Pds224W Na M GMV Pds280W Na M RQD20LA M RQD30LA M SXVD350LCJ A K or SXVD400LCJ A K SXVD350LCJ A K or SXVD400LCJ A K 132 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION MT lt x A D t 9 t imm e sm Ducted Skecth map of installation C with solar and water tank Diagram C Model of Hydro box Recommended water tank SXVD350LCJ A Kor GMV Pds224W Na M RQ20LA K SXVD400LCJ A K SXVD350LCJ A Kor GMV Pds280W Na M RQ30LA K SXVD400LCJ A K 133 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual law 1 Manual Vent Valve A Pipe heat exchanger INSTALLATION Orr pump Water tank with two pipe heat exchangers Cutaff Valve Hot water out valve Floor Outdoor i xe heat UNI t GI 1 olenoid zt Grculo tin 2 E one e Gates NEC
287. ounting Plate Sub assy 9122256 01325293 1 1 1 8 Top Cover Board Assy 01258607 01264627 1 1 1 9 Right support of evaporator 01078604 01805221 1 10 Right Side Plate Sub assy 01308679 1 1 11 Air intake side board sub assy 01375221 1 1 1 12 Filter Sub assy 11725205 1 1 1 13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2 14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1 15 Motor 1570521101 1 1 1570520901 1 16 Motor 1570521201 1 1 1570521001 1 01258603 1 1 17 Bottom cover plate assy 0125860301 1 18 Cover of air in 01258602 1 1 1 1 1 19 Water tray assy 01284160 01285229 1 20 Electric box assy et l l 01394896 1 21 Capacitor 33010014 l 33010056 1 22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1 23 Terminal board 42011106 1 1 1 24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1 25 Main board 30226168 1 1 1 26 Electric box cover 01425249 1 1 1 1 1 27 Seal of lefr side plate sub assy 1908672 01495212 1 28 Left side plate assy 01315255 1 1 1 1 1 29 Seal of connection pipe 5 91 01495213 1 30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4 31 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1 32 Display board 30296014 1 1 1 33 JSersor sub assy 39004167 1 1 1 No Part Name Code Qtv 326 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R90PS Na GMV R112PS NaB GMV R140PS Na B K K B K 1 Air outlet side board assy 01498608 1 1 1 gt wat 15404119 1 1
288. p22 2mm d Machining with electric pipe bender hydraulic Suitable for mass machining of fine and coarse fitting pipes p6 35mm p69 9mm Advantages Decrease the weld joint thus reduce the possibility of leakage and oxidization For example It can decrease the weld by 8 spots Please act now to improve the quality No joint is required which will save the material costs Reduced waste of fitting pipe materials Reduced resistance in the fitting pipe The bending radius higher than the pipe joint CAUTIONS During bending there shall be no wrinkling or deformation on the inner side of the copper pipe Spring pipe bend The bender inserted into the copper pipe must be cleaned Do not bend over 90 Otherwise wrinkling may be formed on the inner side of copper pipe and in the future the copper pipe will be broken from this position 179 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Steel pipe Jacketed bender Inner side wrinkled and deformed Bent with fissure occurring on this side Section The copper pipe might be deformed even if it is not bent Correct section Bend section 6 Flaring The flaring refers to expansion of pipe opening The copper pipe is inserted here to replace the casing pipe In this way it is only needed to weld on one position where the pipe is expanded Welding 10 6 Installation of Refrigerant Piping 1 Precautions on piping
289. pacity 43 40 35 30 25 Indoor Dry bulb Temp 20 Indoor Wet bulb Temp 45 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 Coefficient of Correction of Heating Capacity 21 26 N A N Coefficient of Corres ep Indoor Dry bulb Temp C O d 15 10 5 0 5 10 Outdoor Wet bulb Temp C 3 Coefficient of Correction of Water heating Capacity outdoor unit GMY Pds100R Ha K Hydro unit RQ5 A K Water tank SHD LC K Coefficient of Correction of Water Yield 900 PITA 13x54 5 0 5 0 5 25 3 0 5 Ambient T 4 7 PISIX 28354 PRODUCT 15 16 outdoor unit GM Pdsi 20 Na K Hydro unit RQDSGA K Water tank SXDXLC K Coefficient of Correction of Water Tield Ambient Temp T 05 z 46 PRODUCT Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Temp of hot water discharged H emp of hot water discharged 92 5883 2 aj file Ne el Gatt a s T 5 T a dl a mW 8 g o Ir z 8 gt Sa Es NN wx RAC eee Ce 8 E 3 E 9 e 0 be E 440 S S et g 9 gas OR aM SUA 202 CU S KALB fi M 2890 15909 Uam x a s z A E mu nas reas Mey LSS ae Pa REAT Wore VI ee
290. pacity demand of indoor units es Check if the indoor electronic expansion valve can work normally Yes Check if the indoor outdoor filters or radiating fins are dirty or blocked No The system pipe is blocked No No Yes SERVICING Refer to low pressure sensor error Add refrigerant according to the nominal refrigerant volume on nameplate and the calculated charge volume Refer to the Instruction Manual for Indoor Unit Fully open the valve Cover up the front panel properly Remove the obstructions Measure the fan motor and signal input Measure the swing motor and signal input Refer to the dial up of indoor and outdoor unit Engage the valve body with the coil Refer to the Repair and Maintenance Focus on checking the inlet and outlet of the connection between indoor units and main pipe Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoor unit Replace the electronic expansion valve drying filter and other parts De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 3 Exhaust Temperature Protection Exhaust Temperature Protection Yes No Measure if the resistance of temperature sensor is correct Measure if the exhaust temperature of compressor reaches 118 C No Yes When the exhaust N o honor ron on reg d Replace the mainboard of Replace t
291. parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 29 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R80T Na K GMV L R90T Na K kW 8 0 9 0 Cooling Capacity Btu 27300 30700 kW 8 8 10 0 Heating Capacity Btu 30030 34120 m3 h 1180 1860 Air Flow Rate CFM 695 1095 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 39 35 40 36 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 035 0 06 Fan Motor Running A 0 37 0 59 Current mm 15 9 15 9 Gas Pipe inch 5 8 5 8 mm 9 52 9 52 Pipes Liquid Pipe inch 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness me 30 1 5 Unit Dimensions iim Main body 840 840 240 Main body 840 840 320 WxDxH Panel 950 X 950 X 60 Panel 950 X 950 x 60 Package Dimensions rani Main body 960 960x310 Main body 960 960 394 WxDxH Panel 1040 1025 115 Panel 1040 1025 115 Net Weight Main body Panel kg 90 63 99 85 Gross Weight kg 38 10 46 10 Main body Panel Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump
292. perating parameter code of Inquiry the machine is displayed 9 Antifreeze ANTIFREEZE Display the antifreeze state of Hydro box Floor 10 E This function not provided for this model Heating 90 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL yx Buttons Applied for ROD5GA K RQD8GA K Key Functions Check Timer A Mode 10 20 O O 0 O Prior Rapid v On Off No Key Name Key Functions Press Check key to enter into inquiry state Press Check key to return to preset temperature and water tank temperature state Generally the inquiry function is used by test personnel for inquiry of the machine 1 Check operating parameters 1 Under inquiry state press or key to switch the inquiry code and inquire the corresponding operation code of the machine 2 When the inquiry code is 00 you may press TIMER key to set the system time 1 Under OFF state you may press TIMER key to set the AUTO ON time 2 Under instant water heating mode and energy saving mode you 2 Timer may press TIMER key to set the AUTO OFF time 3 Under preset mode you may press TIMER key to preset the water heating time 4 When the inquiry code is 00 under inquiry mode you may press TIMER key to set the system time 1 Set the temperature 3 The range of water temperature default setting is 35 58 The range can be increased to 35 65 C by setting 5
293. pipe 12 7 10 Negative Delta RQ20LA K Gas pipe 19 05 10 Negative Delta RQ30LA K RQD20LA M Liquid pipe 15 9 10 Negative Delta RQD30LA M 13 3 Connection Requirements of Hydro box and Water Tank Connect hydro box with water tank by water pipe which can be galvanized pipe or seamless steel pipe like PVC pipe PPR pipe etc ight Circulating Joint Size Cin Connection Method Pipe m Inlet Pipe 3 4 3 Threaded Connection Outlet Pipe 3 4 3 Threaded Connection If the vertical height is more than 5m please contact us Execute insulation work to circulating tube and the thickness of heat insulating material shall be not less than 10mm Each joint of circulating tube shall be completely sealed 13 4 Installation Requirements of Water Pipeline Cooling water inlet of water tank connects tap water pipe and hot water outlet connects the terminal water outlet One way valve filter and pressure relief valve shall be installed in the inlet of tap water Manual cut off valve shall be installed in water inlet or outlet for conveniency of servicing Air outlet valve shall be installed on the highest position of the water pipe If there are a few of terminal water outlets which also far away from the water tank please add return water pipe to prevent users from waiting long for hot water 205 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual
294. power light will flicker then the indoor unit turns off At this time the units will become normal after the operating mode of the indoor unit is changed to cooperate with the outdoor unit Cool mode can cooperate with dry mode and fan mode can cooperate with any mode 82 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual How to insert batteries CONTROL Two batteries Two AAA dry cell batteries are used by the remote control 1 Remote the cover from the back of the remote control downward take out the worn batteries and insert two new ones Make sure the two poles are correct 2 Re attach the cover e ACL Remove the cover Re attach the cover open RESET KEY a2 Insert 2AAA dry cell battaries attachment 1 All the prints and code no will be showed on the displayer after the insert of batteries The remote control can be operated after 10sec 2 The lifetime of the batteries is about one year 3 Don t confuse the new and worn or different types of batteries 4 Remove batteries when the remote control is not in use for a longtime to avoid mal function caused by liquid leakage 5 The remote control should be placed about 1m or more from the TV set or any other electric appliances 6 The remote control should be used in the receivable range the reception range is 10m 7 When the remote control can not be controlled in the situation of inserted batteries please remove the back cover an
295. press the press the button Temp Setting for 5s to enter the interface of user parameter setting Choose 01 to turn off the function of Directly heated Clean Add cleanser into water tank in properticn After adding cleanser press the temp setting for 5s to enter the interface of user parameter setting Choose 06 to start the function of Circulated Clean After circulated cleaning has been running for 30min it will stop automatically If it is expected to be turned off within 30min press temp setting for 5s to enter the interface of user parameter setting Then choose 06 to turn off the function of Circulated Clean Drain the water with cleanser and then clean the cleanser which may stay inside the pipeline and the unit by the ways mentioned above 2 2 The Cleanout of Finned Heat Exchanger For better heat exchange the finned heat exchanger is usually placed outdoors After a period of time the fins will be blocked which will affect the heat exchange of the condensator and increase the energy consumption Therefore the finned heat exchanger shall be cleaned every 6 12 months But if there is a great of pollution such period shall be shortened Clean Method Cut off the power supply Wash the fins repeatedly from the opposite direction of inlet of heat exchanger by pressure gas Wash it vertically with the fins to prevent them from collapse It can be washed by high pressure water but the pre
296. r To ensure correct installation please make sure to read the Safety Considerations thoroughly before starting the installation works considerations stated below are classified into ZN WARNING and NGAUTION Those that might cause death or severe injury in case of wrong installation are identified in WARNING However those that are stated in CAUTION may also cause severe accidents sometimes Therefore both of them relate to important safety considerations and must be strictly followed After completing the installation and test run and confirming that all are normal please introduce to the client on how to use and repair the machine according to the Operating Instructions Besides please deliver the considerations herein to the clients together with the Operating Instructions and ask them to keep properly WARNING The installation shall be performed by the vendor or professional dealer from which you buy the machine If you install by yourself any improper installation might cause water leakage electric shock or fire accident The installation shall be done correctly according to installation instructions Improper installation may cause water leakage electric shock or fire To install a large air conditioning system in a small room please make sure to take measures to prevent that the refrigerant will not exceed the limit concentration in case of leakage For the measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding t
297. r Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Protrusion M V di ke e Do not immerse in water The extended section of drainage hose shall be wrapped with thermal insulation sheath when passing the room Thermal insulation of condensate pipe Fig 3 41 gt After installation of the drainage pipe be sure to make water test and check if the water can be drained smoothly Drainage hose 11 Drainage hose A b After piping work check if the draining flow is smooth 12 3 Test for Condensate Pipe The water test for condensate pipe includes closed water test and drainage test The closed water test is focused on checking if the drainage pipe system is well sealed and if there is any leakage The drainage test is focused on checking if the drainage pipe system can drain water smoothly and thoroughly and ensuring that there is no water deposit except the specially designed water trap After connection of the drainage pipe is completed firstly carry out closed water test Seal the outlet of drainage pipe with adhesive tape or plug Then fill water into the drainage pipe system form indoor unit side Stop filling after ensuring that all the drainage pipes are filled with water After 24 hours check all the joints of water pipe for any leakage If any repair and reinstall If no leakage proceed to drainage test Remove the adhesive tape or plug from the drainage pipe Check the water tray and drainage pipe of
298. r sensor sensor reez confli catio or unit sensor st error error error e ct n failure error error Power Bright Bright Bright Bright Prigh Dark Dark Blink Blink Lamp t Mod Dark Blink Blink Bright Blink Dark Blink Blink Dark Timer lamp Blink Blink Bright Blink Dark Blink Bright Blink Dark Feng Yun and Feng Xia series Tube inle Tube midd Tube exit Room 4 Mode COMM outdo Def Antifr unicati Error t sensor le sensor sensor sensor confli or unit rost eeze on error error error ct failure error Test Brig Blink lamp Blink 1 ht Dark Blink 2 Blink Timer Blink Blin Blink Bright Blink Dark lamp k Notes QD Bright and dark intermittently Bright and dark simultaneously Floor Standing Lantianshi qingliangwangzi fengsheng series Indoor tube middle sensor Outdoor ambient Outdoor ambient temperature sensor error Indoor tube inlet sensor error Indoor tube exit sensor error Outdoor tube inlet sensor error Outdoor tube exit sensor error Error with exhaust temperature sensor 2 digital FI F3 F5 F7 F9 Fb 2 3 5 7 Fd E E E E Error with exhaust temperature sensor 1 fixed frequency Error with exhaust sensor error Exhaust overtemperature Communication error High pressure valve error 225 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 1 2 Display Code on Digital Tube of Outdoor Mainboard
299. radient See the schematics below Wrong connection Correct connection 6 Confluence toward the horizontal pipe shall be best from the upper Back flow is easy to occur if from the lengthwise direction Indoor Unit Mounting of horizontal pipe NG NN NS N Z N N NN oN Main pipe Main pipe 2 Main pipe 7 Do not tie the condensate pipe and refrigerant pipe together 8 To ensure smooth drainage of condensate a vent hole shall be set at the highest point of drainage pipe 9 Carry out water flow test and full water test after the pipe connection is completed On one hand check if the drainage is smooth on another hand check the piping system for any leakage 195 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 10 Steel sheath shall be provided to the pipe crossing the wall or slab The pipe joint shall not be positioned within the sheath The steel sheath shall be flush with the wall surface or slab base but 20mm higher than the slab base The sheath shall not affect the pipe gradient The clearance between pipe and sheath shall be blocked by using flexible inflammable materials The sheath shall not be used as the supporting point of the pipe 11 The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing 12 Ensure a gradient over 1 when co
300. rate must be provided to the users for daily management and maintenance So this long distance monitoring system combining electronic communication and computer technologies is developed to collect the running state of the units and to monitor and control the units from a long distance Its structure is as follow Unit e Unit A w 1 gt Communication Communication I Module Module Unit d Unit 3 _ J Co AL Communication Communication Communication Module _ Modulo _ Module 7 2 Connection Between the Computer and the Unit 1 Notice The address code of the communication modules should not be conflicted in one project Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater One every 800m of communication distance equipped with one and One every 30 communication modules equipped with one 30 sets Repeater 00m Repeater the communication cable and heavy current wire should be separated and the distance between them can not be below 15cm line and line B of Bus 485 should respectively correspond with line A and line B 114 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL crystal head crystal head buckle is downwards 4 core crystal phone plug 485 A line 485 B line Crystal phone plug 2 a e 3 way 3 way connector connector or di IDU wejding IDU sms SO c w D1 V 01 D1 COM2 COM
301. ration Dry No Guide louver swings p Fan low speed On Preventing it fro Ves running again 3min Adjust temp yes Fan low speed Electric expansion valve controlled by Electric expan Sion valve off mode of air supply 5 CONTROL 56 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Heating Operation di Heating Operation p There Is Not There Is Guide Louvers Swing A n The Operation Yes CONTROL Of Defrosting No In The Process O Preventing Restart eration 3 Minute Temperature Adjustment In The Process Of Preventing Cold Air Yes Y Fan Motor As Per Set Air Supply Speed Fan Motor Stop gt gt Y Y Fan Motor Stop Fan Motor Stop T Y Y Electronic Electronic Expansion Valve Close Expansion Valve Defrosting Control Electronic Expansion Valve Capacity Control Water Heating Operation 27 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Water heating Y Power LED On On defrosting Adjust Temp Start water pump and add hot water
302. rding to the reversed 4 steps and then inspect the unit when energization 274 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Disassembly and Assembly of electrical parts box Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Disaasembly of the Remove the bolts cover of electric box Remove the cover of electric box Disaasembly of electric Unplug each power cord and box communication wire on mainboard Remove screws 9 Disassemble electric box Bear tt 3 Assemble it according to Assemble it according to reversed steps reversed steps then inspect it after energization ear 275 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Disassembly and Assembly of Vapour Liquid Separator Step Illustration Handling Instruction Disconnect the gas liquid LE Disconnect the gas liquid separator with its pipeline separator with its pipeline 2 Remove the gas liquid w Remove the bolts separator from chassis Remove it from chassis 3 Fix the new gas liquid U Place it on correct position separator on chassis Screw the bolts up Weld the pipe with gas liquid separator 4 Connect the gas liquid separator with pipeline 276 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 3 Disassembly and Assembly
303. re V 7 ND ire lt x RD e Sus L ENT o 3 6 VARY cil MI X YECN Li 7 bo 52 22 CA F Aa TRANSFORMER DE AM et e JOOR UN FAN MOTOR PE NDOOR UNIT 7 STEPPINGNZ 00 ta 247 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual GMV R28T Na K GMV R36T Na K GMV R45T Na K GMV R50T Na K GMV R56T Na K GMV R63T Na K GMV R71T Na K GMV R80T Na K GMV R90T Na K GMV R100T Na K GMV R112T Na K GMV R125T Na K GMV R140T Na K GMVL R28T Na K GMVL R36T Na K GMVL R45T Na K GMVL RSOT Na K GMVL RS6T Na K GMVL R63T Na K GMVL R71T Na K GMVL R80T Na K GMVL R90T Na K GMVL R100T Na K GMVL R112T Na K GMVL R125T Na K GMVL R140T Na K L Swing Motor cM Limit Switch Water Level Switch L s d A A lt a R 1 2 19 lt lt CNI 3 Manual Panel 4 NB A 4 Te W 3 Evaporator Be x PUMP SERVICING Environment Temp sensor g Tempsensor Mid Tempsensor In Tempsensor 1TYEGN GMV R22Td Na K GMVL R22Td Na K GMV R28Td Na K GMVL R28Td Na K GMV R36Td Na K GMVL R36Td Na K X ab 248 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV R22G NaB K GMVL R22G NaB K GMV R28G NaB K GMVL R28G NaB K GM V R36G NaB K GM VL R36G N aB K GMV R45G NaB K GMVL R45G NaB K Environment Temp JU In Temp JET gj TH3 B Middle Temp
304. ressure ePlease pay attention to heating in case that surrounding materials should be burnt by high temperature eWrap the valve with wet cloth eReweld the pipes connected to 4 way valve gun to unsolder the four pipes connected to 4 way valve 3 Install new 4 way valve Install new 4 way valve 260 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 4 Install the coil of 4 way valve ePlace the coil of 4 way valve correctly eTighten the screws with screwdriver Disassembly and Assembly of electronic expansion valve Remarks Make sure that there isn t any refrigerant in pipe system and the power supply is cut off before removal of electronic expansion valve Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Remove Connect new 4 way eRemove the coil of the coil of valve with pipeline electronic expansion valve electronic and place it away from fire expansion valve 8 2 Use eUse welding gun to welding gun unsolder the pipes to unsolder connected to electronic the pipes expansion valve connected eProvide nitrogen to electronic protection during gas expansion welding and the nitrogen valve pressure should be 0 5 0 1kgf cm relative unsolder the pipes pressure connected to ePlease pay attention to electronic heating in case that expansion valve surrounding materials should be burnt by high
305. ries thickess is 4 2mm is recommended Hot water pipes are applied as feed pipe for cooling water and discharge piep for hot water The PPR pipe with outer diameter dn20 which is S2 5 series thickess is 3 4mm is recommended All applied PPR pipes must comply with national standards GB T18742 If other insulated pipeline are adopted the above can be reference 3 3 Discharge Pipe for Condensate a Applicable pipelines for discharging water from air conditioner Feed pipe UPVC PP R pipe PP C pipe and hot galvanizing steel pipe b Complete certificates and quality inspection reports c Requirements of Specification and Thickness Feed Pipe UPVC 32 2 40 2mm 50 2 5 128 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION hot galvanizing steel pipe P25mmX 3 25mm 32 3 25 40mmxX3 5mm 50mm X 3 5mm 3 4 Heat Insulating Materials a NPR PVC b Non flammable grade is B1 c Refractoriness shall not be less than 120 C d Thickness of heat insulating material of condensate pipe can t be less than 10mm e If diameter of copper pipe is greater than or equal to 15 88mm the thickness of heat insulating material cant be less than 20mm if diameter of copper pipe is less than 15 88mm the thickness of heat insulating material can t be less than 15mm 3 5 Communication Wire and Control Wire Communication wire and control wire must be the twisted pair or shielding twist
306. rolled by capacity ectric expansion valve B full open Electromagnetic valve B On controlle valve 4 way valve A Close 4 way valve B Close Outdoor fan protection control Compressor protection contro Electric expansion valve A full open utdoor electric expansion valve B close Electromagnetic valve B close 4 way valve A close 4 way valve B Close utdoor controle by water heating mode Compressor initialization Electric expansion valve A full open utdoor electric expansion valve B close Electromagnetic valve B close Oe 66 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Heating and Water Heating Operation v Water Heating Y nitialization 6 Yes CONTROL Startup Wo Protection of Yes NL UC Yes adjustment 0 valve On controlled mi heating Outdoor and water heating protection control 4 way valve A Close 4 way valve B Close Outdoor fan stop ompressor defrosting control i cl QL valve B controlled xpan sion valve B protection control ana Electromagnetic valve Electromagnetic valve Electric expansion valve A full open ectric expansion valve B full open Electromagnetic valve 4 way valve B On Away valve On controlled by heating and _ Water heating
307. s After assembling nitrogen begins to charge until welding is finished and will continue over 10s during cooling after welding Main points of nitrogen charge See the drawing below When nitrogen is charged the press switch on the quick connector and inflator shall be closed to let nitrogen totally filled in the pipe Make sure nitrogen reaches all welding connectors in order to effectively discharge air Avent port must be available when nitrogen charge is continuously performed or otherwise gas would escape from gap around connector making welding stuffing difficult and prone to pores Places requiring protection xx 055 i hte duri eldin Nitrogen charge pipe Copper pipe aki Copper pipe Fi E NON pomum Nitrogen eee Vent port U d Welding heating Notes e Braze welding is flame hard braze welding Relevant safety operating regulations must be abided by e Confirm that nitrogen is flowing through before copper pipe is heated e Neutral flame or slightly reducing flame shall be used for red copper braze welding Outer flame is normally used Copper pipe connectors shall be heated uniformly Take care to distribute heat in terms of dimension of pipe material Generally insert pipe shall be preheated at first for close matching and then swayed along length of connector to make it heated uniformly until braze welding temperature is approached then copper pipe is heated circularly to reach
308. s of the selected joint hose should fit the running capacity of the units Drainage HoseQ C Accessory SS Below 5mm below 500mm 158 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual e Front panel body and installation 1 Take off the front panel from the panel body Accessory ST4 8X13 F Fig 4 Accessory 1 INSTALLATION 2 AS shown in Fig 4 install the panel body and then tighten the screws according to the sequences in the figures 3 As shown in Fig 5 install the panel on the panel and then turn it for fastening 6 4 Wall mounted type 6 4 1 Dimensions Data l Remark The appearance will be different according to the models J T Lei Model GMV L R22G NaB K GMV L R28G NaB K GMV L R36G NaB K GMV L R45G NaB K A mm 770 770 830 830 B mm 250 250 285 285 C mm 190 190 189 189 Model GMV L R50G NaB K GMV L R56G NaB K GMV L R71G Na K GMV L R80G Na K A mm 1020 1020 1178 1178 B mm 310 310 326 326 C mm 228 228 227 227 6 4 2Installation space requirements Schematic diagram of installation spaces 159 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION j Z ZZZZZZZ g f gt 150 4 y gt 3000 a wall i S 5 unit mm 2 1 PN e p
309. s to achieve the purpose of heating When working under heating and hot water generation mode the 4 way valve AB will be activated so that the refrigerant will give out heats in indoor heat exchanger and hydro indoor unit but absorbing heats in outdoor heat exchanger for heat pump heating and hot water generation cycle thus to achieve the purpose of both heating and hot water generation When working under hot water generation mode the 4 way valve B will be activated so that the refrigerant will give out heats in hydro indoor unit but absorbing heats in outdoor heat exchanger for heat pump heating and hot water generation cycle thus to achieve the purpose of hot water generation When working under cooling and hot water generation mode the 4 way valve B will be activated as needed in which case the refrigerant will give out heats in hydro indoor unit but absorbing heats in indoor heat exchanger for cooling heating and hot water generation cycle Under this mode test may be done for complete recycling of the heats But when the water temperature is very high only a part of heats can be recycled The system may identify according to reliable working range In this way the machine realizes the purpose of both cooling and hot water generation 49 Gree Commercial AC DC INVERTER VAF PLUS WATER HEATER SOLUTION Service Manual CONTROL 50 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL CONTROL 1 CONTROL OF
310. screw do use nut and gasket individually at the upper and lower of the hoisting stand to fix it The use of gasket anchor board can prevent gasket breaking off 2 Use installation cardboard Please refer to the installation cardboard about the dimension of ceiling opening The central mark of the ceiling opening is marked on the install cardboard Install the installation cardboard on the unit by bolt 3 piece and fix the angle of the drainage 151 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION hose at the outlet vent by bolt 3 Adjust the unit to the suitable installing place Refer to the fig 2 4 Check if the unit is horizontal Inner drainage pump and bobber switch are included in the indoor unit Check if 4 angles of each unit are horizontal by water level If the unit is slant toward the opposite of the coagulate water flow there may be malfunction of the bobber switch and leading water drop 5 Remove the gasket anchor board used to prevent gasket breaking off and tighten the nut on it 6 Remove the installation cardboard Nut supplied at scene Z d 4 Gasket attachment N A Insert 2n Hoisting stand 2 Tighten double nuts 2 board Fix the hoisting stand firmly Fix the gasket firmly Bolt of one of the angle of outlet pipe is fix on the angle of the drainage slot Center of the ceiling opening N x Pd Install cardboard Pd MW U gt X
311. se check if the compressor is in normal condition if this has been detected Please cut off the power immediately once the network voltage is excess high otherwise it could cause the machine damaged or breaking out of fire Record and feed back p M Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 3 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 1 Introduction of Major Electrical Elements Name Photo Function Introduction Main functions 1 Filter the power interference and ensure the anti interference ability of the unit under poor quality of power supply 2 Inhibit the interference of the unit to the power supply and prevent the operation of unit from affecting other electric appliances like TV Filter board For connecting and disconnecting the circuit of main loop provided with overcurrent and short circuit protection Air switch The IPM module integrates 3 pairs of complementary IGBT tube controls their connection and disconnection via PWM wave so that the DC bus voltage is applied to different stator windings of the compressor in different time section and the current is hence generated on the stator Meanwhile magnetic field is induced on the rotor windings thus to push the rotor and drive the compressor to run IPM module The PFC module integrates 4 diode tubes and 2 MOS tubes They convert the input power into DC power Meanwhile
312. shall be connected to the connector of the pressure gauge The valve shall be opened to discharge air in the hose Then the high pressure end of the pressure gauge shall be connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle on the small valve of outdoor unit ie WEI ae A Pressure gauge connector valve A Gas liquid bl TRE Refrigerant cylinder J 5 Connector on gas side d ye dile sl Connector on liquid side K Spring bal b Open pressure gauge valve vi cn il liquid state refrigerant into the liquid pipe side until required amount is reached If refrigerant can not be charged in system unless the unit is turned on let the system run at 191 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION full load cooling mode Open Vr and discharge air in the hose The high pressure end of pressure gauge is connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle on the small valve of outdoor unit Open V and charge gas state refrigerant into the gas pipe until required charging amount is reached c Observe electronic balance or spring balance When required amount is reached the valve shall be closed very quickly and then source valve on the refrigerant valve shall be shut off d The amount of charging refrigerant shall be recorded Refrigerant charge shall be recorded as per the following table Unit Mark Amount of charging refrigerant Kg Unit 1 Unit 2 192 Dc Inverter
313. sion GMV Pds224W Na M GMV Pds280W Na M Outdoor Unit Installation Space Dimension 139 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Electrical Box Outlet on this side 2222222 LLL DLA LALLA ALLL P P g Men i VAL ATI AN _ 777 1 Z K N T My pcm LL CSA Z l gt L L 2 1 f J yy AT i gt 4 CT C Vfl fe TT 7 7 Mbp ibd fp LAS LAP EP AEP ALA If the unit is surrounded by walls the above basic requirements for installation should be met For the state that front side and right left side of the outdoor unit is open No limitation to wall height Keep crown wall air damper and suchlike barrier if there is 3000mm above from the top of unit Keep it 1500mm above from the top of the unit whose front rear left and right side are in the open air If not a piece of return duct should be connected for smooth ventilation yxInstallation space for multiple outdoor units Keep top of units open without air damper suchlike for smooth ventilation For the state that front side and right left side of the outdoor units are open Install the unit at the same directions 140 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual No limitation to wall height ml Distance from the net units 000 Install the units back to back No limitat
314. sseccecssseececsesesceessssccecessssesensnaeens 216 MAINTENANCE ii i l bar a iayy 218 PUR O SE i o sa 218 2 ROUTINE WORK 218 2 1 CLEANOUT OF THE WATER SYSTEM u cccccessccesseceescccesseccssscesssecesseccesseecaueceeseecesecesaseseaeceeneeens 218 2 2 THE CLEANOUT OF FINNED HEAT EXCHANGER eee entes estere sns 218 2 3 DAILY MAINTENANCE 0 000 2 0000 00 218 3 ANTI FREEZING PROJECT IN WINTER 220 3 1 CAUTIONS OF WATER 22 0 20 000040001 0 00 00 00100000 220 3 2 CAUTIONS OF OUTDOOR UNIT ui ii u as 220 SERVICING A nr qasqa u N R a aR a ST sente su 223 1 LIST OF UNIT ERRORS ei ieda aa 223 1 1 LIST OF ERROR DISPLAY WIRED CONTROLLER 223 1 2 DISPLAY CODE ON DIGITAL TUBE OF OUTDOOR MAINBOARD eee 226 1 3 DISPLAY OF THE NUMBER OF INDOOR 5 0 2 2 0 00 000 00 00000 226 2 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLESHOOTING 227 2 1 HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION c cccccccesssccsssccessecesseccesceccssscssssecesseccessesessceeseecesesesasessaeceeneeees 227 2 2 LOW PRESSURE 2 2 00 00 000 00000 010000000
315. ssure shall be well controlled And also protect the fin from collapse and the electric components If there is any oily substance wash it with water which contains cleanser also be washed by dust collector and brush Keep washing it until the original color of the fin can be seen or the water which drops from the fin is clear water 2 3 Daily Maintenance 218 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual MAINTENANCE D Don t put any thing on the unit and its accessories Keep the surroundings dry and clean as well as good ventilation Clean the condensator in time when there is heavy dust on it Periodically once every week clean the filter of the water system to avoid blockage of the system Frequently check if the water replenishing device of the water system is normal 219 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual MAINTENANCE 3 ANTI FREEZING PROJECT IN WINTER 3 1 Cautions of Water System Don t place it in the extremely cold environment or the environment where the ice is easily freezen Don t installed it in a place which can t drain water Blow off pipe shall be connected with sewer Water tank shall be installed in the place which is convenient for use and maintenance and has floor drain The water tank shall be installed in the place to which the children can t easily get The water tank shall be installed close to the terminal water outlet as much as possible to avoid long pipel
316. ssv 03334601 1 03338810 1 9 Collect Gas Pipe Sub assy 01305018 1 04674609 1 0 Evaporator Sub assy 01038785 1 01038786 1 1 Fan Fixed Plate Sub assy 01339095 1 01339095 1 2 Centrifugal fan 10319051 1 10319051 1 3 Return air inlet side board Sub assy 01499055 1 01499055 1 4 Motor 15019053 1 15019522 1 5 Centrifugal fan 10319051 1 10319051 1 6 Bottom Cover 01259086 1 01259086 1 7 Cover of Air in 01259056 1 01259056 1 8 Water Tray Assy 01279051 1 01279051 1 9 Right Side Plate Sub assy 01309055 1 01309055 1 20 Hook 02112446 2 02112446 2 21 Left Support of Evaporator 01079056 1 01079056 1 99 Return air inlet side board Sub assy 01498783 1 01498783 1 305 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING 2 GMV L R40P Na K GMV L R45P Na K GMV L R50P Na K ES 17 306 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING GMV L R40P Na K GMV L R45P Na K GMV L R50P Na K No Part Name Code Qty 1 Top Cover Sub assv 01259064 1 2 Hook 02112446 2 3 Seal of Connection Pipe 2 01498644 1 4 Seal of Connection Pipe 1 01498604 1 5 Electric Box Assy 01404688 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assy 01308668 1 7 Left Support of Evaporator 01078629 1 8 Liquid entered Pipe Sub assy 04324601 1 9 Collect Gas Pipe Sub assy 04674601 1 10 Evaporator Sub assy 01038623 1 11 Fan Fixed Plate Sub assy 01339058 1 12 Centr
317. started up then changed to setting speed Anti cold air operation When the indoor unit has the capability requirement the indoor fan will be forced into the off state and run according to the following conditions If the indoor unit evaporator temperature f evaporator has reached the valve value T y evaporator then the indoor fan will run at the set fan speed after running 8 seconds at high speed If the indoor unit evaporator temperature f evaporator has still not reached the valve value T v evaporator after 1 min the indoor fan will be forced to run at high speed for 3s and then run at the setting speed shown as the following table Model Series of cassette Series of wall Anti cold air valve value T and duct types mounted type v evaporator table T v evaporator 35 39 74 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL utc A q uqa AS High t evaporator Setting speed Fan OFF 288 lt gt H t s 0 60s t evaporator Reaching the valve value within one minute t evaporator Tv evaporator Setting speed 0 60s t evaporator Failing to reach the valve value within one minute Once the indoor unit started under heating operation if the fan stops in any case including starting up defrosting fault no capability needs the anti cold air operation will keep before starting the fan for the next time Once the indoor fan is started unless t
318. sted pair line to indoor unit main board and connect it with region controller wiring terminal CN1 or CN2 Note Any main board of the indoor unit controlled by the region controller can be connected If the region controller is used as a region wired controller wired controller with the indoor unit must be removed Region Controller 4 core twisted pair line Main board of Indoor unit RE 4 core communication line terminal 4 core twisted pair line Wired controller or L region controller 4 core communication j line terminal Optional connection Fig2 1 Power cords and communication lines for region controller Before installation and connection make sure the power supply is off After installation and connection check the connection result again to prevent loose or short There are 4 connection lines included in the 4 core twisted pair line to the controller from CN1 or the upper and right CN2 to the upper they respectively are Ground line GND communication line A A communication line B B and power cord 12 v Note During following connection of wirings pay special attention to them to avoid malfunction to units for electromagnetic interference Keep the signal lines or wirings communication of region controller or wired controller at least 20 cm from the power cords or connecting lines between indoors and outdoors to prevent abnormal communication 2 Shielding twisted pair line must be adop
319. suet bases Portae cede PET ted dnas i 241 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS 254 4 1 INTRODUCTION OF MAIN PARTS ccccceessecesscessscceesceceseccuscesssecesseccsssessaueceeaeecesecesaseseasceenaeens 254 A POUT DOOR INIT eee a i L 258 4 3 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF INDOOR UNIT ui ui ice 277 5 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LISTT A 288 Fy OUTDOOR INIT suck s a a B aa A de wa A E 288 5 22 HYDRQO UNT sies dana laude ka e u 294 5 3 INDOOR UNIT EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST 304 Gree Commercial AC Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT PRODUCT 1 MODELS LIST 1 1 Outdoor Units Heati Min Wat Max Wa Coolin Model g ng er ter Power Refrig Appearance Btu h Btu h Output Output Supply erants L h L h GMV Pds100 W Na K 34120 37532 107 107 GMV Pds120 i 4 y WINa K 40944 47768 107 107 220 240V R410 i GMV Pds140 A 1Ph 50Hz WINa K 47768 52545 171 171 GMV Pds160 q W Na K 54592 60051 171 171 GMV Pds224 w WINa M 76428 85300 258 500 aloe sone at GMV Pds280 10747 A WINa M 95536 8 258 650 2 1 Note 1Ton 12000Btu h 3 517kW Notes
320. system must be installed The air switch shall have both the magnetic tripping and thermal tripping functions to ensure protection against the short circuit and overload Electric shock or fire might be caused if no installation of earth leakage circuit breaker Do not switch on the power before completion of the electrical work Make sure to cut off the power supply before repair In no case should the capacitor be used to improve the power factor Please use cable conduit for power cords Do not lay the electronic control cables remote control and signal line outside the machine with other cables otherwise the machine might become malfunctioned or failed due to electrical noise The power cord must be always connected to the power cord terminal board and fixed by using the lock connector included with the machine Meanwhile prevent them from contacting the fitting pipe The diameter of power cords shall be large enough See below for the detailed specifications The damaged power cords and connection lines must be replaced with the designated cables When connecting the cable please confirm that all the electrical components inside the electric box shall have no coupling or terminal loosened Improper installation of electric box cover may lead to potential water leakage which will cause the unit abnormal or short circuit Earth lead must be connected before connecting the power cord An earth lead longer than the power cord shall be provi
321. t If any air is mixed abnormal high pressure will occur in the cooling circulation system thus causing crack or human injury accidents During installation please always use the attached parts or designated parts Failure to use the designated parts may cause water leakage electric shock fire or refrigerant leakage A CAUTION Please earth securely Do not connect the earth wires to gas pipe water pipe lightning rod or telephone line Improper earthling might cause electric shock Leakage circuit breaker must be installed at some place No installation of leakage circuit breaker might cause electric shock Do not install at a place where inflammable gas might leak Gas leakage and despot around the machine might cause fire accidents To ensure correct drainage of water the drainage pipe shall be installed according to the installation instructions Also the heat insulation shall be provided to avoid condensing Improper installation of the pipe might result in water leakage and lead to possible wetting of the articles in the room 123 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 1 2 Key Points of Installation Installation Procedures Description and Acceptance Criteria 1 The materials specified on the engineering drawing shall be purchased as specified e g copper tube thermal insulation tube PVC pipe power cables air switch etc Material Selection Equipment 2 The
322. t pipe from the 1st manifold L lt 20m 5 8 5 9 55 ta MEE 5 I b Indoor Unit lt u 1 ca The equivalent length is designed as per one Y Type manifold pipe every 0 5m 173 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Units with capacity between 10kW and 19 kW Allowable Value Pipe 100 120 140 160 Total Length Actual Length of Pipes 150m 22 Length of farthest pipe Actual Length 50m m Equivalent Length 60m Length of pipe from the 1 Branching to the farthest indoor unit ndi indie Height difference Outdoor unit on upper 25m G between indoor unit and outdoor unit Outdoor unit at lower 20m Height difference between indoor unit 40m outdoor unit Height difference between hydro indoor unit 5m and outdoor unit Length of the farthest pipe between hydro 10m L indoor unit and outdoor unit Length of the water pipe between hydro 10m L indoor unit and water tank 9 3 Selection of Y Type Branch Pipe R410a refrigerant system Total Capacity of the Downstream Indoor Unit X Model 200 lt lt 300 FQOTA A Y Type Branch Pipe lt 200 FQO1B A 9 4 Selection of Diameter D The diameter of the piping the main pipe from the Outdoor Unit to the first branch joint R410a refrigerant system Outdoor capacity code C Gas pipe mm inch Liquid pipe mm inch 5
323. t reaches the temperature point and do not need to stop the fan 3 Compensation for Heating Temperature Under the standard conditions when the air conditioner is running the units will regulate the capacity output of indoor unit according to its setting temperature and air inlet temperature and in order regulate the indoor temperature to the set temperature When the air conditioner is installed too high and under the heating mode the hot air will easily gather up due to the density so the temperature of living space may not reach the set temperature leading to uncomfortable feeling Therefore you should use the temperature compensation function under heating mode to reflect the real temperature of living space by reducing 2 degrees of the air inlet temperature You may keep comfortable temperature in the living space Shown as the following figure Expansion valve ON i Expansion Valve OFF Indoor ambient temperature air 1 inlet temperature Indoor Setting Temperature Temperature regulation under standard conditions Expansion valve ON Expansion Valve OFF Indoor ambient temperature air i 1 B Indoor Setting Temperature Temperature regulation with temperature compensation 4 Auto swing control The indoor units of Wall mounting and cassette series have the swing function By this function you can increase the indoor air convection and the uniformity of indoor temperature regulation
324. ta on the nameplate shall govern De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 1 4 Water Tank PRODUCT Model un ity Appearance SXD250LC K 250 SXD300LC K 300 SXD350LC K 350 SXD400LC K 400 SXVD200LCJ A K 200 SXVD300LCJ A K 300 SXVD350LCJ A K 350 SXVD400LCJ A K 400 SXVD200LCJ2 A K 200 SXVD300LCJ2 A K 300 SXVD350LCJ2 A K 350 SXVD400LCJ2 A K 400 Note D Select the capacity of water tank based on suggestions of the professional and local weather conditions The data in the tables is subject to change so the data on the nameplate shall govern 10 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 2 NOMENCLATURE 2 1 Nomenclature of outdoor unit Description Code for type Code for weather Code for model Units Series Nominal cooling capacity Refrigerant Power supply Options GMV Gree Multi Variable Default T1 T2 T2 weather T3 T3 weather L Cooling Only Default Heat pump Pd DC inverter VRF Pds DC inverter VRF with water heating 120 represents 12kW Btu h kWx3412 W outdoor unit Na R410A K 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz M 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz 2 2 Nomenclature of indoor unit Description Code for type Model Code Code for weather Nominal cooling capacity Code for unit type Refrigerant Design Sequence
325. tance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 33 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 2 3Wall mounted Type PRODUCT Model GMV L R22G NaB K GMV L R28G NaB K GMV L R36G NaB K kW 2 2 2 8 3 6 Cooling Capacitv Btu 7507 9554 12284 kW 2 5 3 2 4 0 Heating Capacitv Btu 8530 10919 13649 m3 h 360 360 500 Air Flow Rate CFM 212 212 294 Sound Pressure Level dB A 37 28 37 28 43 28 H L External Static Pressure Pa Power Supply 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Fan kW 0 014 0 014 0 022 Motor Running A 0 15 0 15 0 22 Current mm 9 52 9 52 012 7 Ded inen 03 8 03 8 1 2 Connect ing E mm 6 35 6 35 Pipes Pipe inch O14 174 174 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 20 1 5 20 1 5 20 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions mm 830x189x285 830x189x285 830x189x285 WxDxH Package Dimensions WxDxH mm 995x394x268 995x394x268 995x394x268 Weight Net Gross kg 8 14 3 8 14 3 1145 Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units does not have any parameters of performing heating The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi
326. tank while connect inlet of hydro box with inlet of water tank Connect gas pipe and liquid pipe of outdoor unit with refrigerants pipe of hydro box according to their sizes When the system needs to connect with floor heating system install electromagnetic valves C and D which are respectively used for heating control of floor and waterway of water tank After the system has connected with floor heating feeding nozzle of tap water and drain joint shall be installed due to their different waterways which is shown as diagram D Horizontal distance between water heater and water tank shall be within 5m and drop height shall be not exceed 3m If such values are exceeds their specified range please contact with us The recommended installaion method is that the water tank is installed on the bottom while the water heater is on the top 8 back water pump can be installed if needed which is used for keeping the water s temp inside the water pipe Please prepare materials according to the specifications above PPR pipe is recommended if the cut off valve is installed outside Only when the water heater has been fixed the water pipeling can be installed Keep the dust and other things away from the piping system After all pipelines have been installed execute leak detection If there is no leakage execute insulation work to all pipelines especially to the valve and pipe joints Insulating cotton whose thickness is not less than
327. tart stop of the compressor is decided according to the difference between preset water temperature and actua water temperature If exceeding this time section the water Night Mode NIGHTWORK heating process will be stopped After started the machine will run cyclically every day according to the Night Mode unless the user press button ON OFF If you want a morning shower bath the Night Mode may be needed and then Night Mode is needed by some zones where electricity expense is more cheaper at 00 00 06 00 than other time Deactivate the key operation in which case any key will be Lock LOCK disabled Defrost Display the defrost state of outdoor unit Auxiliary Display the start stop of auxiliary electrical heater When the outdoor unit is failed the auxiliary heating icon will Heating flash Water Temp Display the water temperature Set 190 Set the target temperature of water Temperature Error Code HB Display the machine abnormality code 88 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL By pressing the inquiry key the wired controller will enter Parameter Oo imi into inquiry in which case the operating parameter code of Inquiry the machine is displayed Display the antifreeze running state of Hydro indoor unit 9 Antifreeze ANTIFREEZE and water tank Floor 10 This function is not provided for this model Heating Applied
328. tarted When only one indoor unit is set as master no matter if the master indoor unit is firstly started or not the slave indoor unit will give out mode conflict error as long as its mode is in conflict against the mode of master indoor unit except that the master indoor unit is stopped In this case the unit run according to the mode of master indoor unit on priority When several indoor units are set as master the mode of master indoor unit with a lower address code will be taken as the master run mode of the unit when the master indoor unit with the lowest address code is changed from STOP state to RUN state the mode of other master indoor units or slave indoor units shall be kept identical to its mode otherwise the system will give out mode conflict error Therefore when there are several master indoor units the address code of the unit shall be set from lower to higher according to priority level Dial up switch 4 I O Setting of ambient temperature acquisition point This setting is mainly used when the temperature of air conditioner area differs largely from the air inlet temperature of the unit Meanwhile this setting is only valid when the receiver is connected including the setting of temperature acquisition point at air inlet and setting of the temperature acquisition point at receiver head The factory default setting is acquisition of air inlet temperature dial up switch pulled to ON position Dial up switch 5 L H
329. ted the above can be reference Installation of Circulating pipes the water inlet of outdoor unit shall connect with outlet of circulating pipe of water tank while the water outlet of outdoor unit shall connect with the inlet of water tank The auto air outlet valve shall be vertically installed upward in the water outlet of outdoor unit while the manual air outlet valve A shall be vertically installed downward in the water inlet of outdoor unit The manual air outlet valve B must be vertically installed upward beside the inlet of circulating pipe of water tank If the conditions are permitted install the manual air outlet valve B in the place which is convenient for users The three air outlet valves above are randomly equipped Installation of Water Pipe of Water Tank safety check valve filter and cut off valve must be installed in feed pipe a according to the installation diagram of the unit pay attention to the direction of safety check valve on the valve shall point at water tank At least one cut off valve shall be installed for outflow pipe Installation of Blowing Tube on the Bottom of the Water Tank Connect the drain vent with the floor drain by PPR pipe A cut off valve must be installed in the blowing tube After all pipelines have been installed execute leak detection If there is no leakage execute insulation work to all pipelines especially to the valve and pipe joints Insulating cotton whose thickness is not less th
330. ted as signal line or wiring communication once the unit is installed in the place where there is serious electromagnetic interference 100 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL 6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER 6 1 Function Main characteristics of Centralized Controller Aset of Centralized Controller can control 64 communication modules and can connect to as much as 1024 indoor units It can conduct individual control with any separated area or unified control It can monitor or control On Off Mode Temperature setting and Timer On Off of indoor unit etc lt realize the central single or select control to all indoor units can organize several indoor units into groups as you desired and conduct unified control Group select control Error contents are shown by codes Corresponding communication module numbers of the indoor units with error contents would blink for rapid inspection and repair T 6 2 Case Study Take one floor of an office building for example to illustrate wiring and debugging of the centralized control system In this floor there are 2 assembly rooms 8 offices and 1 monitor room Refer to the following illustration for its plane structure Office Office v l 1 PAN 48 SC 5 25 25 H P lt EN T
331. ted or the frequency will be adjusted according to pressure When calculated capacity of the complete unit gt 40 69 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Pu d lt 11 11C lt T lt 15C 15 C lt T lt 22C T gt 22 C Fan Frequency Max 41Hz 33Hz 28Hz Remarks max value is 50Hz When calculated capacity of the complete unit lt 40 Outdoor Ambient T lt 3 3 lt T lt 7 7 lt TX lt 11 11 lt T lt 15 18 lt T lt 22 T gt 22 Temp Fan F Max 41Hz 33Hz 28Hz 23Hz 21Hz requencv Remarks max value is 50Hz Fan Control after 3min Frequencv of fan is adjusted in 3min later according to the change of pressure Once the lowest value or the highest value of the frequencv has been reached it can t adjusted anvmore The max frequency of fan is 50HZ and the min is in the below table ys ii up TSI 11 lt lt 15 15 lt lt 22 T gt 22C Lowest Fan 20 15Hz 10Hz 5Hz Frequency Detect discharge pressure after 3min startup of the unit Fan frequency is adjusted every 2 periods according to the average value of discharge pressure so that the pressure can be restrained within optimized range If the pressure is higher than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will increase If the pressure is lower than the setting range the frequency of outdoor fan will decrease Heating Water Heating Mode The fan runs at initial speed a
332. ter Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 4 2 2Cassete Type Model GMV L GMV L GMV L GMV L One R22T NaA K R28T NaA K R36T NaA K R45T NaA K kW 2 2 2 8 3 6 4 5 Cooling Capacity Btu 7506 9554 12283 15354 kW 2 5 3 2 4 0 5 0 Heating Capacity Btu 8530 10918 13648 17060 m3 h 600 600 600 600 Air Flow Rate CFM 353 353 353 353 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 47 41 47 41 47 41 47 41 Power Suppl 220 240V 1Ph 5 220 240V 1Ph 220 240V 1Ph 220 240V 1P OHz 50Hz 50Hz h 50Hz Output kW 0 011 0 011 0 011 0 011 Fan Motor R Vanne A 0 05 0 05 0 05 0 05 Current in 09 52 012 7 Gas Pipe inch 3 8 1 2 Connecting mm 06 35 06 35 Pipes Liquid Pipe P inch 1 4 1 4 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x Thickness m 030 1 5 Unit Dimensions ubapa sales de ma tul E u WxDxH nun aim body anel Package Dimensions Xn sad Delia a a WxDxH mm ain body anel Weight Net Gross Main body Panel kg 25 37 Notes D Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating 8 The sound level was tested under circumstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in
333. th Top Air Outlet A B C D D The diagrams below are applicable to GMV Pds224W Na fil GMV Pds280W Na equipped with RQD20LA RQD30LA RQ20LA RQ30LA Water tank without pipe heat exchanger Cutoff Valve Hot water out Hot water out ad e Tenperetuye sensor holi Outdoor unit Cutoff Valve Crculat no HE Water inlet SS Hydro unit ini Manual Vent Circulating Check valve ti Valve B ee hence eu lectric heater imm Cold vater In perature Cutort vave Faucet water Filter hormat open Cutoff Valve Sewage port Cassette Ducted Wall Ducted indoor unit indoor unit Mounted indoor unit rotundity indoor unit Rectangular air outlet air outlet 131 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual Skecth map of installation A only water tank INSTALLATION Recommended water tank Diagram A Model of Hydro box SXD350LC K or GMV Pds224W Na M RQ20LA K SXD400LC K SXD350LC K or GMV Pds280W Na M RQ30LA K SXD400LC K h bai all Water tank with UD single pipe heat exchanger gt Pipe heat f exchanger CM Cutoff Valve ees p oor utdoor unit ure QI roid D vave 1 br 1 Voter inlet Manual Vent ap ta Check volve outlet Valve B Electric heotor 95 N Cold vater n res Filter tant vase Faucet v
334. thers 185 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION When braze welding is to be performed underneath a simple support shall be built such as two ladders e Braze welding shall be easy to operate downward or in transverse direction In upward operation brazing filler metal is prone to fall so that high skills are required O O A Solder Solder Weld torch a M Dy it Weld torch prc ZIN Solder Transverse i Weld torch 7 Upward i Downward pm 2 To avoid getting a burn in following processes common wet cloth humidity content is low meaning that there shall not be water drips when welded part is cooled and because shrinkage factor of copper is different from that of welding material too quick cooling that would cause cracking of braze welding shall be avoided can be used for cooling welded parts e The following items shall be checked after welding is completed e Is there any pore or hole on welded part e Is there evident sagging of brazing filler metal 10 8 Cleaning of Refrigerant Piping e Cooling 186 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION After a section of pipeline is welded cleaning of piping is necessary Nitrogen pressure is utilized to remove foreign matters such as dust water and beryllium oxide caused by welding in the piping 1 Main purposes of cleaning are as follows
335. ting with electricity Default Heating without electricity 4 ral Tank Water tank Capacity unit L Capacity 5 Structure B Wall mounting L Stand 6 Bearing or not C Bearing Default No bearing J Inner static heating JW Outer static heating 7 Coil Type D Coil for floor heating Default No heat exchange tube 8 Power complement M 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz K 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 12 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 3 FUNCTION Auto Restart Fan Operation Mode LCD Remote Controller Option Auto Swing Function For Ceiling Soiling Prevention Program Dry Conditioning High Fan Speed Mode High Ceiling Application Two Select Thermo Sensor Hot Start Timer Selector Fresh Air Intake Directly from The Unit Drain Pump Long Life Filter For Easy Ultra Long life Filter Option ae Mold Resistant Treatment for Filter rene Filter Sign Mold Resistant Drain Pan Emergency Operation Self Diagnoses Function Set Back Time Clock Double Remote Control For Flexible Group Control By 1 Remote Controller Control Control By External Command Remote Centralized Control 13 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 4 PRODUCT DATA 4 1 Product data of outdoor GMV Pds GMV Pds GMV Pds GMV Pds GMV Pds100 GMV Pds12 140W Na 160W Na 224W Na 280W Na W Na K OW Na K Rated
336. tion of drainage branch pipe to the standpipe or horizontal pipe of drainage main pipe The horizontal pipe cannot be connected to the vertical pipe at a same height It can be connected in a manner as shown below NO1 3 wav connection of drainage pipe joint SN 3 way connection of drainage pipe joint NO2 Connection of drain elbow 197 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Connection of drain elbow NO3 Connection of horizontal pipe Connection of horizontal pipe Drainage pipe is requisite for air conditioner unit During cooling the moisture in the air will condense on the surface of evaporator Such condensing water must be drained out of the unit Meanwhile the drainage pipe has an important role to determine if the air conditioner can plays its full functions 18 All the condensate pipes must be installed at a distance over 500mm from the electric box of the unit 12 2 Installation of Drainage Pipe for Different Types of Indoor Unit 1 Duct type Indoor Unit Including General Static Pressure and Low Static Pressure a Installation of drainage pipe gt diameter of drainage pipe shall be equal to or higher than the diameter of connection pipe PVC pipe Dimension Outer diameter 25mm 32mm gt The drainage pipe shall be short and has a down gradient of 1 100 at least thus to avoid air bag gt ensure that the drainage hose will not be bent and has enough gradient a distance o
337. to RQ20LA K RQ30LA K Dimension mm WxDxH 1050 410 905 Power Specification 220V 50Hz Refrigerants pipe Dimension of Pipe Water i pipe Applicable to RQD20LA M RQD30LA M Dimension mm WxDxH 1050x410x905 Power Specification 380V 50Hz Refrigerants pipe Dimension of Pipe Water pipe 7 2 Installation Method and Dimension of Hvdro box 7 2 1 Applicable to RQD8GA K RQD5GA K RQD8GB K RQD5GB K RQ8GB K RQ5GB K Floor standing wall mounting and ceiling mounting are permissible For wall mounting take care that the motor of water pump shall not be upright Correct Wall mounted Installation 166 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION Wall Mounting Hole a cC d 265 265 T Ceiling Mounting Floor Standing Floor Standing and Ceiling Mounting Hole 167 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 7 2 2 Applicable to RQ20LA K RQ30LA K RQD20LA M RQD30LA M Floor Standing 168 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION 7 3 Connecting Pipe between Outdoor Unit and Hydro box Connect outdoor unit with hydro box by refrigerants piping Model uw Diameter mm Length lt d Connection w
338. troller receiver head controller can not work Setting of master slave indoor unit 3 M S A To slove the problem of mode conflict Master indoor Slave indoor B This function will be effective when unit unit controlled without wired controller 79 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Selecting of ambient temperature sensor Only for ducted units Ambient Ambient A Selecting of mainboard ambient temperature temperature 4 1 0 temperature sensor Tambient and receiver head sensor on sensor on temperature sensor Tambient1 mainboard is receiver head is B This function will be effective when selected selected mainboard controlled without wired controller Select to choose high E S P or low E S P fan speed Select low Select high 5 L H E S P fan E S P fan speed speed Functional description of master slave indoor unit This function is effective without wired controller if it has wired controller the master slave unit function is operated by wired controller The complete unit will judge automatically it will select the minimum indoor unit address code and minimum pinboard address code as master indoor unit Once the indoor unit address is decided the operation mode of the complete unit will follow the operation mode of the selected unit For example if the master indoor unit is in cooling heating mode the outdoor will operate under cool
339. ty of the unit We may collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in one system An outdoor unit and all the indoor units connected to this outdoor unit are called one system or collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in several systems Notes The ceiling height must be considered and a specific gradient shall be ensured along the water flow direction 2 Cassette Type Four sided Outlet a Installation of drainage pipe gt drainage pipe shall be installed to ensure smooth flow of water 199 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION gt diameter of drainage pipe shall be equal to or higher than the diameter of connection pipe PVC pipe exclusive of the rise section The drainage pipe shall be short and has a down gradient of 1 100 at least thus to avoid air bag If the inclination of the drainage hose is insufficient drainage rise pipe shall be mounted The installing height of drainage rise pipe shall be less than 280mm The drainage rise pipe shall be in right angle to the unit and the distance to the unit shall not exceed 300mm VVV WV Roof Hanger seat Within 300mm Drainage hose Below 280mm accessory i Drainage rise pipe t Below 500mm i 220mm Ceiling Clamp accessory gt The inclination of included drainage hose shall be within 75mm so that the drainage insert will not bear excessive force Drainage hose
340. ual Product
341. ub assv 12 Filter Sub assy 11725205 1 1 1 13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2 14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1 1570521101 1 1 15 Motor 1570520901 1 1570521201 1 1 16 Motor 1570521001 1 01258603 1 1 17 Bottom cover plate assy 0125860301 1 18 Cover of air in 01258602 1 1 1 01284160 1 1 19 Water tray assy 01284157 1 01394998 1 1 20 Electric box assy 01394999 1 33010014 1 1 21 Capacitor 33010056 1 22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1 23 Terminal board 42011106 1 1 1 24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1 25 Main board 30226221 1 1 1 26 Electric box cover 01425249 1 1 1 27 Seal of lefr side plate 01494125 1 1 sub assv 01494121 1 01494124 1 1 28 Left side plate assy 01314222 1 01494123 1 1 29 Seal of connection pipe 01494120 1 30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4 31 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1 32 Display board 30296013 1 1 1 33 Sersor sub assy 39004167 1 1 1 325 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Qty No Part Name Code GMV R90P Na GMV R112P Na GMV R140P Na B K B K B K 1 Air outlet side board assy 01498608 1 1 1 2 Water pump assy 15404119 0 0 0 3 Water level switch 45010201 0 0 0 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1 01024222 1 1 5 Evaporator assy 01024218 1 6 support of evaporator 01605279 l 1 01804703 1 1 1 7 Fan motor m
342. ue Weil Cp white b TUBE CN3 L 71 of _ Electrical heater Water temp upside sensor AP AP2 4 lm communication CNI KK 7 i Display line to outdoor p TNI unit 1 communication 4 core Y line PI X4 CNi4 red CNI3 blue n AUS obligate X4 TUBE D UBE obligate om OH H of AD n l Outlet pipe water temp Inlet pipe water temp sensor downside sensor water temp sensor S 20K 50K 20K jik XT k rp LK IRD EK dts 19RD 2 RD EHI e _ m AENEIS 9 hash p 12 4 NS 20BK 2 4 RD a 5 bu 5 21BU _ 6 RD ii L A il I NON 2WH KMI PE ues SRD l Li sent Ti V Stee al 6WH I HEAT L2 HEAT N 4 EN XB HEAT CIO 9 5 18RD X13 9 3H ap x4 i 6 JH RD X1K vo jek MIS AN 10YE ents CNI PE f TUBE AP lee SN HENS f TR DUDE m4 a 156 CNI K RN QE ND 1 CNI3 CNI6 X6 3 m i D W mere X4 TUBE IUBET PUMP CO ee L si WIR UNIT LD EN E CR EX B inte COMMUNICATION CORD Z AC N PUMP 9 ji RI 20K 50K 20K Pipe out Botion wnter Terp Sensor Temp Sensor TEMP sensor 253 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS 4 1 Introduction of Main Parts SERVICING GMV Pds100W Na K GMV Pds120W Na K GMV Pds140W Na K GMV Pds160W Na K RQ
343. umstance of semi anechoic chamber the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation 36 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT Model GMV L R45G NaC K GMV L R71G Na K GMV L R80G Na K kW 4 5 7 1 8 0 Cooling Capacitv Btu 15355 24226 27297 kW 5 0 8 0 9 0 Heating Capacitv Btu 17061 27297 30709 m3 h 500 1200 1200 Air Flow Rate CFM 294 706 706 Sound Pressure Level H L dB A 43 28 49 42 49 42 External Static Pressure Pa Power Supplv 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz Output kW 0 022 0 026 0 026 Fan Motor Running A 0 22 0 29 0 39 Current mm 12 7 015 9 015 9 Gas Pipe inch 1 2 5 8 5 8 Connecting Pipes Liquid mm 06 35 9 52 09 52 Pipe inch 1 4 3 8 3 8 Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection Drain Pipes External Dia x mm 30X 1 5 30X1 5 30 1 5 Thickness Unit Dimensions mm 830 X 189 X 285 1178 227 326 1178 227 326 WxDxH Package Dimensions 1006 X 395 X 295 1365x417x333 1365 417 333 WxDxH urs Weight Net Gross kg 11 15 8 17 5 23 17 5 23 Notes Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating 3 The sound level was tested un
344. unication is normal after setting the centralized controller will display as the following figure Soft address display 01 02 and 03 this button check indoor unit status Press to under corresponding soft address I 01 02 and 03 of soft address is displayed which indicates normal communication of these 3 communication modules II PRESENT UNIT NO displays 01 08 which indicates No 08 indoor unit under 01 communication module is being checked III Press ROOM REGION button to check other indoor units status under present communication module Indoor units status is automatically detected without setting in centralized controller Step 5 Troubleshooting during Installation of Centralized Controller Generally speaking connection of communication lines address DIP of communication module and address mapping setting of centralized controller are the common problems during installation of centralized controller These problems can be reflected from running indicator green of communication module Meanwhile it is recommended to debug the centralized controller after making communication of outdoor and indoor units smooth to simplify the problems 112 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL A Connection of communication lines QD If incorrect or non connection of communication module centralized controller and communication line of indoor and outdoor units the
345. vice Manual PRODUCT GMVL R125T Na K GMV R140T Na K 49470 47770 GMVL R140T Na K Conversion Formula Btu h kWx3412 1 2 5 Single side Cassette Unit Capacity Bower Model Cooling Heating Ref Supply Appearance Btu h Btu h GMV R22Td Na K 8530 7506 GMVL R22Td Na K GMV R28Td Na K 10900 220 240V 9550 R410A GMVL R28Td Na K 1Ph 50Hz GMV R36Td Na K 13650 12280 GMVL R36Td Na K Conversion Formula Btu h kWx3412 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual PRODUCT 1 2 6Wall mounted type Capacity Power Model Cooling Heating Ref Supply Appearance Btu h Btu h GMV R22G NaB K 8530 7507 GMVL R22G NaB K GMV R28G NaB K 10919 n 9554 GMVL R28G NaB K GMV R36G NaB K 13649 12284 GMVL R36G NaB K e GMV R45G NaB K 17061 15355 Y wawww GMVL R45G NaB K GMV R50G NaB K 19790 17061 GMVL R50G NaB K GMV R56G NaB K 21496 19108 GMVL R56G NaB K 220 240V R410A GMV R22G NaC K 8530 1Ph 50Hz 7507 GMVL R22G NaC K GMV R28G NaC K 10919 9554 GMVL R28G NaC K GMV R36G NaC K 13649 12284 GMVL R36G NaC K GMV R45G NaC K 17061 15355 GMVL R45G NaC K GMV R71G Na K 27297 24226 GMVL R71G Na K GMV R80G Na K 30709 27297 ses GMVL R80G Na K Conversion Formula Btu
346. whose input terminals are 52 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL AC L and N and the output terminals are L OUT and N OUT Hydro box Temp sensor of feeding water is used for detecting the temp of feeding water of water tank according to which control device judges if the anti freezing shall be executed Temp sensor of discharged water is used for detecting the temp of discharged water of water tank according to which control device judges if the anti freezing shall be executed Upper temp sensor of the water is used for detecting temp of water tank which will be sent to the display Lower temp sensor is used for detecting the temp of the water tank and judging if the temp point has been reached water pump needs to be turned on and electric heater is on or not ON OFF of the water pump is determined by temp of water tank ON OFF of the electric heater inside water tank is determined by temp of water tank 53 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual 1 2 Operation Flowchart 1 2 1 Operation Flowchart of Indoor Unit Power on Y Initialization of electric expansion valve Y CONTROL LED is on gt P ne Run Stop 99P
347. will determine the opening of indoor electronic expansion valve by the control of outdoor unit and the electronic expansion valve should be set once for every 40 seconds Temperature Control Indoor unit will control the temperature by opening and closing of indoor electronic expansion valve Shown as the following figure When the indoor unit capacity requirement is 0 the electronic expansion valve should be closed When the indoor unit of capacity requirement is not 0 the electronic expansion valve should be open 73 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual CONTROL Expansion valve ON Expansion Valve OFF Indoor Ambient Temperature 1 H Indoor Setting Temperature e Fan Control When the indoor unit has capacitv requirement If the automatic fan speed is not set the indoor fans will unceasingly run at the setting speed When the indoor fan is set at automatic speed the fan will determine the fan speed according to the changes of indoor ambient temperature shown as the following figure High Indoor ambient temperature 3 2 1 H Indoor setting temperature Automatic heating fan speed Common High fan Medium fan Low fan Indoor ambient temperature 3 2 1 H Indoor setting temperature Automatic heating fan speed Trendy Automatic fan switching will be detected every 30 seconds If the indoor fan is closed at first the fan will be forced to run at high fan for 8s after
348. with the screwdriver U Draw out the electrical source wire Note Earmark the colour of wire corresponding to the terminal when Removing the wire the mistakes can be avoided when renewing the wire connection Disassemble the bolts of pmpressor Remove the compressor from chassis U Position accurately the new compressor Screw up nuts Weld the pipeline which connects with compressor discharge pipe suction pipe oil equalized pipe 270 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Step 1 Remove the coil of 4 way Use screwdriver to remove the valve screws fixing the coil U Remove the coil of 4 way valve 2 Use welding gun to Unsolder the pipe which unsolder the four pipes connects the 4 way valve see connected to 4 way valve welding points in the picture 3 Remove 4 way valve Remove 4 way valve 5 Connect pipeline with Re weld the 4 way valve with 4 way valve pipeline 6 Install the coil of 4 way Place the coil of 4 way valve valve correctly Tighten the screws with screwdriver 271 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING Disassembly and Assembly of electronic expansion valve Illustration Handling Instruction 1 Remove the coil of Remove the coil of electronic expansion valve electronic expansion valve 2 unsolder the pipes QUse welding gun to co
349. works At the site of transport storage and construction the two ends of copper pipes shall be sealed with plastic sealing caps Before welding copper pipes must be cleaned washing the inner side of pipe with alcohol to ensure no dust and no water in pipeline Nitrogen filled welding shall be used for the welding of copper pipes Nitrogen pressure shall be 0 05 0 3MPa Nitrogen flow be sensed by hand When multiple multi connected units are installed refrigerant piping must be marked to avoid confusion between pipes of different units A two way drier shall be mounted at the liquid pipe side at the place where an outdoor unit is connected 2 Assemble copper pipes The copper pipe shall be vertically inserted to the specified length The centerline of two assemblies shall overlap The position shall be determined for welding To ensure correct mounting size do not determine the position with your hands thus to prevent the copper pipe from moving when heated 180 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual INSTALLATION See below for the welding size of copper pipe Outer diameter of pipe D Min insert depth B Clearance mm mm A D 6 35 6 0 05 0 21 1 9 52 12 7 7 ee 1 15 8 8 TA 0 05 0 27 19 05 22 2 25 4 10 E T 1 28 6 31 8 12 gt 35 14 0 05 0 35 If the mounting clearance is too large the diameter of coarse pipe be reduced to
350. y ny TUBEL S CN3 electric 11 Ww heater UPPER WATER SENSOR ADJ COMMUNICATION A r an OUTDOOR CORD o CNIS j UNIT EE PRCN9 PES PFS e Ni MANUAL lt V ALC N CN RD X5 X6 AC N PUMP Tu t 0 TUBE TUBE i 12WH X4 ER FA X p 2 i 8 Cat of connect to the 8WHI7RD i API power Suppiy of ki i DUT PIPE BOTTOM WATERIN PIPE the fa loor heo t TEMP SENSOR TEMP SENSOR Bae SENSOR lt tne ea o 20K 50K XI jump 2 f DOYEGN PUMP M 7 DISPOSE DIRGRAM ty hs _ 63622816 lt PE JLECEOLL k G 252 Dc Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING RQ30LA K RQ20LA K A X ower supply is vs be red 2 white N NI er 3 red 3 red 4 6 white a Connection l A x Y1 ransformer pam with broken U MEAT I HEAT XA Ts I 11 HEAT N uri AC L ieee o byuser 0 yellow 0 ti dee LL CNIS bl
351. y 01308679 1 1 13 Motor Support 01708502 1 1 14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1 15 Motor Sub assy pe 15018604 1 1 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 01499074 1 1 17 Filter 11129066 1 1 18 Electric Box 01394997 1 1 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub assy 01258612 1 1 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub assy 01324350 1 1 21 Water Pump Assy 15404119 0 0 22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 23 Capacitor 33010014 1 1 24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 25 Main Bord 30226168 1 1 26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 27 Display Bord 30296014 1 1 28 Sensor sub assy 39004167 1 1 320 De Inverter VRF plus Water Heater Solution Service Manual SERVICING No Part Name Code GMV R56PS NaB K GMV R71PS NaB K 1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01499074 1 1 2 Left Support of Evaporator 01078603 1 1 3 Evaporator Sub assv 01024234 l 1 4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 5 Right Support of Evaporator 01078604 1 1 6 Left Side Plate Sub assy 01314225 1 1 7 Seal of left side Plate Sub assy 01494131 1 1 8 left Connection Pipe 01494129 l l 9 Hook 02112466 4 4 10 Electric Box Cover 01425249 1 1 11 Top Cover Board Assy 01258651 1 1 12 Right Side Plate Sub 01308679 l l assy 13 Motor Support 01708502 1 1 14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1 15 Motor Sub assy 23018905 l 15018604 1 1 16 dra Plate Assy of Air Return 01499074 1 1 17 Filter 11129066 1 1 18 Electric Box 013

DC INVERTER VRF PLUS WATER HEATER SOLUTION Service

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents